Nautical chart manual : practical guidance for cartographers and engineers engaged in constructing and revising nautical charts emphasizing details of current practices as developed by the Coast and Geodetic Survey

i . . Nat
f > .
2 \

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

TA \ BR: APY

DAI CIN STITUTION

a> A. fe es

WOODS HOLE

COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY SHIP PIONEER

The Pioneer is 312 feet long, 41 feet wide, has a displacement of 2,600 tons
and 14-foot draft. She has twin screws, 4 diesel engines, standard speed of
15 knots, and a cruising range of 10,500 miles. Her normal complement is
23 officers and 91 men. She is equipped with the latest surveying and scientific
instruments.

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

PRACTICAL GUIDANCE
FOR CARTOGRAPHERS AND ENGINEERS
ENGAGED IN
CONSTRUCTING AND REVISING NAUTICAL CHARTS
EMPHASIZING

DETAILS OF CURRENT PRACTICES
AS DEVELOPED BY THE

COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY
SIXTH (1963) EDITION

Edited by
WALLACE A. BRUDER

Assistant Chief, Nautical Chart Division
Office of Cartography

Publication 83-1

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Luther H. Hodges, Secretary

COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY
H. Arnold Karo, Director

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1963

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C., 20402 - Price $6.75

CORRECTIONS TO THE NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

This manual will be maintained by issuance of corrections and/or
addition of new material as necessary. Changes shall be inserted in the
proper places upon receipt, and a record of such entry shall be made in the

spaces provided below.

Change No. change

Date
entered Signature of person entering change

Te Ia, va head
Healy tect me

| etre

a (ere
44 =
Res)
oa
hehe we deh eT pega me ym a
riley y

ene clei merit mr

NO Neva yegere

DCR 4

PREFACE

This sixth edition of the Nautical Chart Manual has been pre-

. pared as a practical instruction guide to cartographers and engineers

in the construction and revision of nautical charts. To serve this

purpose it must present the basic essentials of chart construction

and the details of current charting practices of the Coast and Geo-
detic Survey, U.S. Department of Commerce.

Due to the inherent variables of chart usage and need, no two
charts may ever be exactly similar in character and scope. The
economic importance and development of an area, the number and
kinds of dangers therein, and the scale requirement are some of the
variables that make a nautical chart an individual work that must,
however, conform to general standards.

The primary purpose of this Manual is to define these standards
in a manner that, when applied, insures accuracy, completeness,
uniformity, and simplicity in the general appearance of the nautical
charts issued by the Coast and Geodetic Survey.

The first edition of this Manual, a 34-page pamphlet entitled
“Rules and Practice Relating to Construction of Nautical Charts,”
by George L. Flower, Chief, Drafting Section, was published in 1920.
In 1944, Mr. H. R. Edmonston, Assistant Chief, Nautical Chart
Branch, reconstructed and expanded this Manual to 55 loose-leaf
pages, including for the first time, the symbols and abbreviation
sheets. Three subsequent editions, each entitled ‘Nautical Chart
Manual,” by H. R. Edmonston, Chief, Nautical Chart Branch, were
published in 1948, 1952, and 1956. This 1963 printing, the sixth
edition, under the administration of CDR Marvin T. Paulson,
Chief, Nautical Chart Division, was edited by Wallace A. Bruder,
Assistant Chief, Nautical Chart Division. This sixth edition in-
cludes extensive revisions, reconstructions, and additions by the
entire personnel of the Nautical Chart Division and brings the
instructions and other details up to present practice.

ont,

wen

NNT NTH i,

SMT PA
y ie ye
pith

a Oe
anh,

Tulse’ Gere

ivan

Cp MD,
yi alt i ak 4
ap rei

yi FI

Aa A |

KALA CALS vp d
ae wy Kite cult i

eiietinel ihe

en's niaky inde ; , *y

vy

Sa k
RV lant er

re # eT yf)

pear hat Vy
Py arith iy
RI AY

a

ETT Se (ei

enya)

Py. NUN

Di

alin
Perey

fea tit

Pe oe hae

Vivi 9 po Jame puuce ©

lie sen, tae

A a at '

Poverty) mee Oe ho (ame af t VA Eke:

Ta EROS Ae

ah by fe

AACS PE

ey

ht iGo
" haere hte et
Pie it
as

OS Pech ae A

he Weta

bw le ella
une

Sea ye

PY
Ue (ero

alee

an : VW

ty} ns i

fy vidi fui , hava:
nice iS Hod

HOLE rine i
AM REE,

“Sand tht
Morva ee

THOT

rim TL Ay

ii) sat ni eth) Wak sgt i)

' ove iiiy Celine

Tro)

vif! Ree akan
— f

ead ssn

coseeiatt: far wae

ener a
rae tT
A ss
“hed
RS avast
Hit uid ult AL
eh nT

cia

ay ay 0) "t
hy,
conker |
, aed
ry, nie

hoe bre
cae

‘nk guapeken

pene aK

, iN Rall Gag)

an Cee

CONTENTS

Page

CUASSINICATION OHS CEHARM S22 2525-225 en5 ss ese see 2

INUATOFIICOUNIE) GUELAT RAD) INDI IMUS) <= be 3

TeaiStandardvand@Ard@Proofaes= 222228.) 2= 82 3

lil Compilationse assem = 2. 5=s2en acess tece alee 4

JWT B00 fate eins See ease es 5

View Chantyewimtin os eye eee Bes ce ee ee 5

V. Correction Note and Date_____________________ Uf

Wie Samiplex Copies ssasea ce se cab ase cases. eee 2 7

RWS PAN DEBRA CII CHS 22a 2n2 2s alas 8

Tem Generaltieracticesies=.s— aa a ye ee ee e 8

II. Specifications and Source Material______________ 13

Iie Generaleinstructionsa a2] 5922 eens en eee eee 15

IVES DCClUlPATCASia se emeeue cos a fee R oe ts hae 20

We Coursesrands van cesm esse eee ee 23

VJ. Landmarks and Stations______________________ 24

Ville itlessand!Notes:.22 2280 5.22022 28 2 Tie te 31

WAT CCOnG Swe s Sere ean tees Eee aah we ers 36

TORO GHAR ENA: nes. 202 aes. eee oN 40

I. Natural Features and Relief___________________ 41

II. Culture: Shore and Offshore Structures_________ 47

Le Others@ultureses 6. we Ee | Bee ee 48

EVD ROGRARENG <2 eho oo eee ee ce ore eee 50

ep SURVEY Shr yess ae eee ep Le Be a ee ae 50

lie Soundlin'ese Seow © gis tyre SN ee loa ee eae 51

III. Depth Curves and Tints______________________ 60

INV elomproved(Channelses=4- 825-22 esses 62

NYG) DEN OVEN =A 9 Ue te Pep ge le ce 65

Vi Bottom) Characteristics. 9_-2-2- 25 2__/ =e 74

VII. Verification of Wire-drag Surveys______________- 74

VIII. Review of Hydrographic Surveys______________- 75

DPxewNevistration of surveyse 22 —-- 2) eee ee 76

X. Survey Repository.________-__-__----__---___-- 76

ADD Su TOmNAWVIG AMONG. 922220420 205 cee eons 77

I. Electronic Navigational Systems______________-_ 86

SMiAUHIZ- CRA © EUAIRM Sa 1b 222 a De 89

PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS______-_-_--------------- 97

GHOGRAPHITICANAMIBS! © = 2220. bee gee eee 105

(COMMEPIIDAIMICOIN, TRID\VID DM eee ee 110

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS.________-__-__--_-_-------- 112

I. Bathymetric Compilations_________________-__- 112

1 CrainineiProcram) ss 222002. os so ee. se 113

Ill. Research and Development___________________- 116

IiVeMElectronie|Computinesea: sae eee eee 116

ERNCUN © Geren ne eee ae nee oe ees 118

JNPIZTINIDID, (WICCNUIRIDIS)) << oboe oe ceaeeesscceeneoesen= 129
NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

(CHARDON Oho) Rate teem ernie Aba. ee eee we 171

D/A) DSC ie ys al Se wp ee ee 199

bp vintet at

ou’?

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

In the early 1800’s some interior territory and 16 States along the eastern seaboard
comprised our Nation. Commerce between the States was mostly waterborne. Foreign
trade, necessary for the survival and expansion of our national economy, was entirely by sea.

Lack of nautical charts—the most fundamental of navigation instruments—made navi-
gation dangerous in the unknown waters of our coasts and harbors. Inadequate sketches of
a few isolated areas, and written descriptions such as Blunt’s Coast Pilot, were the only
information available. Shipwrecks were common, insurance rates high, and products corre-
spondingly overpriced. Maritime commerce, as a means for the development of our natural
resources, was deterred by these unknown dangers. Safe navigation of our coastal areas and
harbors became a serious, urgent problem.

Thomas Jefferson, among others, had foreseen the need for comprehensive, reliable
nautical charts to safeguard shipping, and considered the Government responsible for pro-
ducing them. On February 10, 1807, Congress passed an act authorizing President Jefferson
to start a national hydrographic survey . .. “‘to cause a survey to be taken of coasts of the
United States, in which shall be designated the islands and shoals and places of anchorage. . . .”

The ‘Survey of the Coast’? (name changed to ‘‘Coast Survey” in 1836, and to today’s
“Coast and Geodetic Survey” in 1871) began making hydrographic surveys in 1834. The
earliest nautical chart, a black and white print made in 1839 from a stone engraving, showed
Newark Bay, but gave little detail. Although lacking detail, this first chart established the
policy of exceptional cartographic accuracy that is a continuing characteristic of the Coast
and Geodetic Survey’s modern detailed nautical charts.

Today, the activities of the Coast and Geodetic Survey in the field of engineering, science
and higher mathematics provide data vital to the development of navigation, industry and
national defense. Remaining high among the varied functions of this technical Bureau is the
responsibility of conducting surveys and publishing nautical charts of the 2% million square
miles of coastal waters of the United States and its possessions in order to provide navigational
safety.

One of the most important aids the mariner needs for safe navigation is the modern nautical
chart. It is constantly used to plot positions and courses and is considered so indispensable
in the United States that the Code of Federal Regulations requires vessels to have charts of
the waters on which they operate available for convenient reference at all times.

Among the more important improvements made in compilation and reproduction methods
and materials in recent years are: generalization of hydrographic and topographic detail for
greater legibility; addition of selected topographic detail to aid navigation by radar; plotted
Loran lines for more accurate position determination; detailed fine-line depth curve develop-
ment of submarine relief; development of three types of folded charts for small-craft use;
extensive use of dimensionally stable plastics; and the standardization of symbols and use of
accentuating colors.

’

Illustrations in Chart No. 1, ‘Nautical Chart Symbols and Abbreviations,” and Figures

in the Appendix are referred to parenthetically throughout this Manual.

2 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CLASSIFICATION OF CHARTS

Nautical Charts vary in scale with the importance of the area, purpose for which the
chart is designed, and necessity for showing clearly all the dangers within that area. In the
following five classes of charts, scales and style have been particularly adapted to their intended
use.

1. Harbor Charts are published at scales larger than 1:50,000, depending on the size and
importance of the harbor and the number and kinds of dangers existing. They are intended
for navigation in harbors and smaller waterways, and for anchorage.

2. Small-craft Charts are published at scales of 1:80,000 and larger. They are issued
folded, are designed for easy reference and plotting in close quarters, and emphasize small-
craft detail, including large-scale insets of small-boat harbors, tide, current and weather data,
whistle signals, marina facilities, anchorages, courses and distances. These folded charts
are published in three types and identified by the letters “SC” following the chart numbers.
(See pg. 89.)

3. Coast Charts are published at scales from 1:50,000 to 1:100,000. They are intended
for close coastwise navigation inside outlying reefs and shoals, for use in entering bays and
harbors of considerable size, and for navigating the larger inland waterways.

4. General Charts of the coasts are published at scales from 1:100,000 to 1:600,000. They
are designed for coastwise navigation when a vessel’s course is well offshore but where her
position can be fixed by landmarks, lights, buoys and characteristic soundings.

5. Sailing Charts are published at scales of 1:600,000 and smaller. They are used for
offshore sailing between distant coastal ports and for plotting the navigator’s position out of
sight of land and as he approaches the coast from the open ocean. They show offshore sound-
ings and the most important lights, outer buoys, and natural landmarks which are visible at
considerable distances.

LORAN CHARTS

Loran lines of position and skywave correction values are shown on over fifty selected
charts. The various rates are reproduced in subdued colors on the printed chart.

SPECIAL-PURPOSE CHARTS

The Bureau publishes a number of charts for special purposes of the Navy. The designa-
tion of these charts is “FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY”. As they are not to be sold to the public,
no price will be shown thereon.

NAUTICAL CHART TERMS 3

NAUTICAL CHART TERMS

I
Standard and Aid Proof

For every chart published by this Bureau, the Nautical Chart Division maintains a
Standard and an Aid Proof on which is noted all charting information received. A short descrip-
tion of each follows.

STANDARD

A Standard is usually a copy of a New Edition or New Chart on which is indicated all
new information, except aids and certain other data, to be applied to the chart before sub-
sequent printings.

AID PROOF

An Aid Proof is a copy of the latest print on which are indicated all changes in aids to
navigation and important corrections that must be applied to the printing plate before the
next printing. The majority of these changes are applied by hand to the existing stock of
charts before issue to the public. Information regarding changes to aids is derived principally
from Notice to Mariners.

MATTE PRINTS

Matte Prints are photoprints of the compilations of New or Reconstructed Charts made
from the first, unretouched negatives. Two prints are furnished the Nautical Chart Division,
one for use as a temporary Standard, the other as a temporary Aid Proof.

When a New or Reconstructed Chart is printed, all revisions indicated on the temporary
Aid Proof are transferred to the new Aid Proof. A check is made to assure that all information
on the temporary Standard is indicated on the chart History. The temporary Aid Proof and
Standard are then destroyed.

ADVANCE PRINTS

At the time of making the above Matte Prints, stable-base film positive prints are made
from the unretouched negatives of New Charts and Reconstructed Charts. These positives are
forwarded to our District Officer, the Coast Guard, and the Corps of Engineers for advance
inspection and return prior to printing the chart.

4 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

II

Compilations

All information shown on the charts, except revisions applied directly from air photo-
graphs to Drawings by the Division of Photogrammetry, is compiled by the Nautical Chart
Division and furnished the Reproduction Division in one of the following categories:

NEW CHARTS

Compilations of New Charts are drawn on sheets of transparent stable plastic. Black
ink is used for black plate information; green ink is used for detail to be printed in magenta.

Type should be placed directly on compilations of New or Reconstructed Charts that are
to be engraved on glass, and on smooth-drafted compilations intended for direct reproduction.
An optional method, requiring advance approval, is to place the type on a transparent overlay.

RECONSTRUCTED CHARTS

When the accumulation of new information is sufficiently extensive to affect most of an
existing chart, the chart may be completely recompiled on a new projection. This Reconstructed
Chart is processed in the same manner as a New Chart.

When only the topography is to be reconstructed, a projection is drawn on a sheet of trans-
parent stable plastic and the new topography is compiled on it in black ink. This is then
combined with the present hydrography to make a composite compilation.

Minor corrections to other color plates shall be made in green ink on the reconstruction
compilation.

DRAWINGS

At the completion of the paper press run of all black and magenta nautical chart printings,
an impression of each of these two colors is printed on separate sheets of matte finish transparent
plastic. These prints are forwarded to the Nautical Chart Division where they are designated
as Drawings and filed for use in revising subsequent chart printings. Revisions to the black
Drawing are made in red ink. Revisions to the magenta Drawing are made in green ink.

NAUTICAL CHART TERMS 5

III

Proofs

FILM POSITIVE PROOF

After the Reproduction Division has completely revised the negatives, including the
application of all revisions received subsequent to Drawing (or Compilation) date, the Nautical
Chart Division is furnished a stable-base film positive proof. This transparent print is copy-
checked against the original Drawing, all corrections indicated thereon, and returned to the
Reproduction Division for correcting, plating, and printing.

BLUE RING COPY

It shall be the responsibility of the Nautical Chart Division to furnish the Distribution
Division with Blue Ring Copies of nautical charts. All areas on these copies in which changes
have been made subsequent to the last print shall be outlined in blue pencil. The Distribution
Division will duplicate the Blue Ring Copy for the following Divisions of the Bureau and or-
ganizations:

1. Administrative and Technical Services Division—one copy, Alaska only.
2. Aeronautical Chart Division—one copy, Alaska only.

3. U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office—one copy of every chart.

4

. Canadian Hydrographic Office—one copy, east coast north of Boston, west coast
north of Oregon—Washington state line, and Alaska.

5. British Admiralty—one copy of all New Charts and New Editions.

IV
Chart Printings

The interval between printings of a chart is determined by the Exhaustion Report, fur-
nished by the Distribution Division, or by the amount and type of revisions indicated on the
Standard and Aid Proof.

Printing dates are always the Monday following the Saturday date of the last-applied
Notice to Mariners.

Chart Printings fall under the following classifications:

NEW CHART

A New Chart is constructed to satisfy the needs of navigation in a particular area. It is
laid out in conformity with a broad scheme to meet future needs in the adjacent areas and
is designated by a number not assigned in recent years. The date on which a New Chart is
first printed appears in the center of the upper margin of the chart as the first edition date,
and remains there for the life of the chart, thus:

ist Ed., Sept., 1960

It appears also in the lower left-hand corner, thus:

Ist Ed., Sept. 5/60

6 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

NEW EDITION

A New Edition is a printing of an existing chart which contains changes of such impor-
tance to navigation that all previous printings are made obsolete. It includes all chart
corrections published in the Notice to Mariners and all other corrections which were too
extensive ‘to be applied to the chart by hand and which are not ordinarily published in the
Notice to Mariners. The date of the New Edition replaces all dates in the lower left-hand
margin, thus:

2nd Ed., May 13/63

A New Edition may also be a printing of an existing chart containing an unreasonably
large number of non-critical hand corrections which in the past would have been a New Print
that canceled all prior prints in the agents’ hands. Ordinarily this designation is made at
the time of forwarding the Drawing to the Reproduction Division. However, if an additional
number of corrections should subsequently be received which justifies changing a New Print
drawing in Reproduction to a New Edition, this may be done up until the preliminary aid check
is made.

NEW PRINT

When changes or corrections of a minor character are made to a printing, the issue becomes
a New Print. A New Print includes all changes published in the Notice to Mariners since the
preceding issue of the chart.

The date of a New Print is added to the edition date at the lower left-hand corner of the
chart. It replaces any print date already charted, thus:

Ist Ed., Sept. 5/60; Revised 1/14/63

Occasionally, a chart sent to reproduction as a New Print must be recalled for application
of newly acquired critical information that requires it to be reclassified as a New Edition.

REPRINT

When the supply of a chart approaches exhaustion and unimportant or no changes are
indicated on the Standard or Aid Proof, a Reprint is ordered. The issue is an exact duplicate
of the current issue with no changes in printing or publication dates.

TIDE-OVER OR EMERGENCY RUN

When an unusual or unforeseen demand for a chart necessitates a printing before exten-
sive revisions in work can be applied to the printing plates, the current chart is reprinted as
above and referred to as a Tide-Over. Should it be necessary to make any corrections at this
time, the Tide-Over would be a New Print, or, if warranted, a New Edition.

NAUTICAL CHART TERMS if

PUBLICATION NOTE (See Fig. 3)

When space permits, the following publication note shall be centered in the lower margin:

Compiled and printed at Washington, D. C. by

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Luther H. Hodges, Secretary

COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY
H. Arnold Karo, Director

If there is insufficient space for the above 5-line note, the following publication shall be used:

Compiled and printed at Washington, D.C. by

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY

V
Correction Note and Date
Charts, before being issued from this office, are corrected by hand for information received

and for changes in aids to navigation, newly discovered dangers, important changes of channel
depths, etc., published in boldface type in the Notice to Mariners.

The number and date of the last Notice to Mariners used is stamped in the lower margin
of the chart, thus:

CORRECTED THROUGH
NOTICE TO MARINERS

NO. 2 JAN 12 ’63

U.S.C.&GS
WASHINGTON, D.C.

VI
Sample Copy

A Sample Copy is a copy of a chart furnished by the Distribution Division and forwarded
to the Nautical Chart Division for indication of all corrections which must be made by hand
to all copies of the chart before issue. Upon completion of the correction indications, the
Sample Copy is returned to the Distribution Division where all hand corrections are made and
the chart distributed.

Small-craft Charts are not hand corrected and therefore do not require a Sample Copy.

692-834 O- 64 O- 2

8 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

RULES AND PRACTICES

The rules and practices set forth herein are those which meet the present conditions and
requirements of the Coast and Geodetic Survey. Every effort has been made to bring them
into agreement with those of other charting and mapping agencies of the U.S. Government
and the International Hydrographic Bureau.

Although it is desirable that the treatment and appearance of all charts be uniform, the
various methods of compilation, drawing and reproduction make this extremely difficult to ac-
complish. Changing requirements have a marked effect on the treatment of detail on a chart.

There are certain rules which can be formulated to govern, to a large degree, the con-
struction and revision of a Nautical Chart. The following rules and practices have been
standardized as much as possible and when revisions are necessary special instructions will
be issued.

General Practices

GEOGRAPHIC DATUMS

Because of redeterminations of the dimensions of the spheroid at various times, and due
to the adjustment of additional triangulation nets, several datums have been available for
survey operations.

Two spheroids of reference, Bessel’s and Clarke’s, have been used by this Bureau in its
geodetic triangulation. However, various datums have been used on each. The old Bessel’s
Datum was used from 1834 to 1844, and Bessel’s spheroid of 1841 was used until 1880 when
Clarke’s spheroid of 1866 was adopted. The datums on Clarke’s spheroid have been:

Clarke’s Datum 1880-1901
U.S. Standard Datum 1901-1915

North American Datum 1915-1927

North American Datum of 1927

The North American Datum and the U.S. Standard Datum are the same, the only differ-
ence being the name. The term U.S. Standard was changed when the datums of Canada and
Mexico were tied in to the U.S. network in 1915, making it, as the name implies, a North
American Datum.

RULES AND PRACTICES 9

In 1899 an adjustment of the first-order triangulation in the United States was begun,
based on station Meades Ranch in Kansas. This station was selected because of its location
near the center of the area of the United States and because it was on two major arcs of tri-
angulation extending across the country at right angles to each other. Another advantage of
adopting this origin was that no change was required in the network that had been extended
to that point from the New England States and other coastal states southward to North
Carolina. In 1927 anew unified adjustment was made, also based on AMEADES RANCH, read-
justing positions in the east as well as the west. See the Hydrographic Manual for additional
details (Publication 20-2, pages 235-236).

The North American Datum of 1927 is the standard datum for nautical charts. With few
exceptions, all charts of the continental United States and Alaska are on the North American
Datum of 1927. Therefore, ‘“N.A. Datum of 1927” need not be shown on these charts. How-
ever, the older surveys are not on this datum and care must be exercised to see that they are
properly corrected before application to the charts.

The Old Hawaiian Datum is the geographic datum authorized for the Hawaiian charts.
In the Caribbean area, charts are on the Puerto Rico Datum.

The polyconic projection is now used for all field sheets. The fact that the projection
lines are not straight or parallel should not be overlooked when correcting the older surveys
to N.A. Datum of 1927.

Differences between the old and new (1927) geographic coordinates of the triangulation
stations shown on the sheets should be used when making corrections. An up-to-date file of
the geographic coordinates of triangulation stations used on survey sheets is maintained in
the Nautical Data Branch.

ISOGONIC LINES

Isogonic lines shall be shown on those charts on which a variation of 1° will, in general,
result in a distance between the lines of less than 12 inches.

COMPASS ROSES (U)

Compass roses are placed on the charts to facilitate plotting bearings and laying out
courses. The magnetic variation is changing constantly due to the fluctuations of the earth’s
magnetic fields. Because of this fluctuation, compass roses are brought up to date on the
charts whenever it is necessary to make a new printing plate. The roses now being used on
the charts of this Bureau were constructed on glass by the Bureau of Standards and are
considered very accurate. They consist of an outer circle in degrees, with zero at true north,
and an inner circle in points and degrees with the arrow indicating magnetic north. See
Chart No. 1 for example.

10 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Compass roses should be located on the chart so as to be convenient to the most important
navigational areas, and at such intervals that any part of the water area is within the reach
In some cases it will be necessary to remove topographic features when
compasses are placed on land areas. In no case should compasses be so placed as to cover or
even be close to any danger in the water area. They should not be placed at the entrance to
a harbor. When placed in the water area, every effort must be made to see that soundings
do not fall on the graduations or figures. A new selection of soundings must be made if necessary.

of a parallel ruler.

Compass rosés shall be printed in magenta. On loran charts on which one rate is in

magenta, the compasses shall be printed in black.

In general, on charts showing isogonic lines, the compass rose shall consist of a compass
circle with zero at true north, and a centerline oriented in accordance with the direction and
Along this line should be shown the amount of variation, the year

amount of variation.
Variations shall be given im units of

determined (in parentheses) and the annual change.

15’ only.

0

Be) Aaah moti 30
\ \) “ff
we ty
SS “4,
a S “yg
SS ~ D
eas Za
= 3/% =
= wy z
= 3/2 =
= w/o =
pun ORA= b+2 =I)
= [7 =o
Mee / 0 =
Ze ¥/ = Ss
2 Ss S
= e/2 S
Zz s/= =
z x s
ae SO
oO % >
42, SS ¥
“y «
Cy ©
Vi, \
aw
to in rye Ray)

Compass Rose for Charts with Isogonic Lines

LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE

Local magnetic disturbance, which causes noticeable deflections of the compass, is a fairly
common occurrence in shallow water and in proximity to mountain masses.
disturbances need not be considered in depths greater than 500 fathoms.
calling attention to local magnetic disturbance should be placed on the charts.
should be based on information furnished by the Division of Geomagnetism. (Fig. 13)

It is believed that
Notes in magenta
These notes

RULES AND PRACTICES iil

In general, disturbance notes (printed in magenta) shall be used where deviations of 2°
or more from the normal value of magnetic declination exist (except that in Alaska a lower
limit of 3° shall be used).

Examples

LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE

Differences from normal variation of as much as 5° have been
observed in Gastineau Channel in the vicinity of Lat. 58°15’.

LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE

Differencés of 12° or more from normal variation may be
expected in X Channel in the vicinity of Z Point.

When limited by space, the full note should be placed elsewhere on the chart and the
following reference note shown (in magenta) in the area of disturbance:

LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE
(See Note)

STATE PLANE COORDINATES

In areas where the Corps of Engineers and other agencies use State Plane Coordinate
systems as survey control, the coordinates shall be shown by dashed ticks in the borders of
New Charts and of charts being corrected. These ticks, at selected intervals, shall consist
of three dashes, with a total length of 4.0 mm. and a line weight of .005 inches. Where a chart
is of sufficient east and west extent to indicate grid curvature, intermediate ticks shall be used;
intermediate ticks should preferably be selected to fall on land, but where needed to control
major channels (or on special request by local users) such ticks may be charted in water areas.
In the latter case the chart notes shall include this symbol and its explanation.

The border ticks shall be labelled to indicate clearly the interval used. The last three
digits of the grid value shall be omitted. The remaining significant digits shall be placed
parallel to the grid tick rather than to the neatline (See Fig. 4). By connecting the ticks
with straight lines they can be used for control of Corps of Engineers’ surveys.

When a State Plane Coordinate Grid is indicated, the following note format shall be placed
on the chart:

PLANE COORDINATE GRID

Oregon State grid, north zone, is indicated
by dashed ticks at 5,000-foot intervals.

Charts now showing dotted ticks for Plane Coordinates are to be changed to dashed ticks
and new labelling only when the chart is reconstructed.

12 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

SCALES (Figs. 6, 7, 8)

A chart constructed at a scale of 1:80,000 or larger should have on it two sets of graphic
scales. Each set consists of a scale of nautical miles and a scale of yards. One of the sets
should be at the top of the chart and the other at the bottom, and on opposite sides if possible.
On Intracoastal Waterway Charts a graphic scale of statute miles is added between these for
nautical miles and yards.

A complete border scale should be placed on all conventional charts at the scale of 1:50,000
and smaller.

The type of projection, scale of chart, and the latitude at which the scale was computed,
shall be given in the title of all charts. The scale at the middle latitude of the series shall be
given when the projection was computed on a latitude falling off the chart.

BORDERS

The border of a chart is either a neatline or a border scale defining the limits of the area
charted. Outside the neatlines, and separated by a space in which the projection numbers
are placed, are two parallel lines, one fine and one heavy, drawn close together. See Figure 4
in the Appendix.

On an average chart, the degree numbers shall appear at least twice for latitude and twice
for longitude. The border subdivisions on charts whose scale is larger than 1:50,000 shall be
shown at the border by lines 2 mm. long outside the neatlines. Additional subdivisions of
latitude and longitude are to be added in accordance with Figure 4 in the Appendix.

When the projection is skewed (Fig. 4A), one minute of latitude and of longitude shall
be subdivided into seconds in at least one place within each chart panel, preferably on land
area clear of pertinent detail. The numerals and ticks may be placed on either side of the
projection lines. Subdivision intervals shall be in accordance with those shown in Figure 4.

DIMENSIONS OF THE EARTH (CLARKE’S SPHEROID OF 1866)
AND UNITS OF LENGTH

The following values are used by the Coast and Geodetic Survey in its computations.
They were taken from Special Publication No. 138. (See also Figures 29-34, 37)

Equatorial radius_______________ 6 378 206.4 meters

Rol arys emia xis yee 6 356 583.8 meters

liekalonie tere a we gs es Eee ee 0.621 370 statute mile
0.539 593 nautical mile

ITN Tera = 2 eae pk gS IEC 0.000 621 370 statute mile

0.000 539 593 nautical mile
39.37 inches
3.280 833 3 feet
listatute miles: c05 45 oe oe 1 609.35 meters
1.609 35 kilometers
0.868 393 nautical mile
5 280 feet
LSE OO Ute aaliats SE eee 0.304 800 61 meter

NAUTICAL MILE (INTERNATIONAL) (Figs. 33, 34)

To conform to international usage in computing distances and speeds, the value of 1 852.0
meters or 6 076.115 49 feet (approximately) shall be used for a nautical mile.

RULES AND PRACTICES 13

PANTOGRAPH
The formula for the pantograph setting to be used in making a reduction is as follows:

bx 960
s=
a

a=distance between any two points as scaled from the
sheet to be reduced.
b=distance between same two points as scaled on the
drawing.
s=setting for each of the pantograph arms.
960=factor of pantograph.

Limit of reduction by the pantograph is about 1/20. If the setting is less than 45.0, which
is too small to be set on the pantograph arms, two reductions must be made. If the first
reduction is ¥% or 1 to 4,

the first setting will be s,=960+4=240
the final setting will be s,=s <4.

II

Specifications and Source Material

- CHART SPECIFICATIONS

When a new chart or the reconstruction of an existing chart is assigned, Form C&GS-—
8324, “Chart Specifications” containing the general specifications for the chart will be
furnished. It includes the title, limits, size, scale, kind of projection, plane of reference and
other detail. The specifications must be followed carefully unless an amendment is authorized
by the Chief of Division.

EVALUATION OF CHARTING MATERIAL

Charting material consists principally of topographic and hydrographic surveys made by
this Bureau supplemented by miscellaneous surveys made by other organizations. All material
must be examined critically, and particular attention must be directed to the actual date of
survey, geographic datum, depth unit, plane of reference, purpose and character of the survey,
and whether original or compiled. The latest information does not necessarily supersede all
earlier data. In unchanging areas, all well-controlled hydrographic surveys of other organi-
zations should be combined with the basic surveys of this Bureau. In localities under constant
and extensive change, only the latest information should be used. Shoal soundings over
obstructions or rocks must not be rejected without convincing proof that the dangers have
been removed. In regions where some areas are undergoing change while other areas remain
unchanged, partial rejection of the various surveys may be necessary. The proper acceptance,
rejection, and coordination of available information constitute the supreme test of the
cartographer’s skill.

14 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

ORIGINAL SOURCES

The original source material is to be used in the compilation of New Charts and in cor-
recting existing charts. Large-scale charts that have been corrected from original source
material become source material for small-scale charts. In such case, the original source
material is referred to only where necessary to check information questioned.

All available sources of information should be used in the construction of a chart, including
the following:

1. Original C. & G.S. topographic and hydrographic survey.
2. Descriptive reports accompanying such survey.
3. All chart letters regarding area of chart.
4. Corps of Engineers Surveys.
5. Corps of Engineers Annual Reports.
6. U.S. Geological Survey quadrangles.
7. General maps from map files.
8. Chart of the area made by other nations.
9. Coast Pilots.
10. Light and buoy list (U.S. Coast Guard).
11. Notice to Mariners when conflicts arise between surveys and existing charts.
12. Air photos which supersede surveys.
13. Triangulation records.
14. Descriptions of triangulation stations.
15. Port Series publications.
16. Aid Proofs.
17. Standards.
18. Corps of Engineers Project Maps (in book form).
19. Corps of Engineers District Intracoastal Waterway Maps.
20. Corps of Engineers Mississippi River Commission Maps.

21. List of Bridges over navigable waters.

Cartographers should not hesitate to initiate a letter of inquiry whenever information is
lacking, or when existing information requires checking.

RULES AND PRACTICES 15

III

General Instructions

BASIC REQUIREMENTS

Accuracy of position, legibility, and uniform consistency in selection and placing of names,
notes, and other details on the charts, are the chief requirements in nautical chart compilation.

New or revised charts are not ordinarily smooth drafted in the Nautical Chart Division.
Special charts, for which there is an urgent need, are smooth drafted for direct reproduction.
They are referred to as PROVISIONAL CHARTS and are so labeled in the title. These
charts will be engraved in the Reproduction Division when time permits. A chart constructed
from unverified information will be labeled PRELIMINARY CHART.

Compilations and Drawings of charts which are not smooth drafted must be kept reason-
ably clean. Lines and figures must be sufficiently bold to photograph well.

The selection and placing of names is the responsibility of the cartographer. For this
reason, all compilations, before being forwarded to the Reproduction Division, should include
all type necessary to the final chart.

Compilations of new or reconstructed charts must be drawn in black ink, except that the
geographic names and the position intersections and descriptions of aids and landmarks should
be shown in blue as a guide for the application of the printed type. When a type overlay sheet

‘is used, the Reproduction Division paints out unimportant detail on the black base negative
to clear for type.

When starting a new chart, or making extensive revisions to an existing chart, it has been
found advisable to plot first all landmarks and fixed aids to navigation. Then a ready check
of their plotting can be made by comparison, if the positions of such aids are indicated on
pantograph reductions, film positives, or any other reductions of the survey sheets necessarily
made for use in the construction of the chart.

CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS

Corrections must be applied to all charts affected in the order of their scales. The cor-
rections should be made first to the Drawing for the largest scale chart. It is the responsi-
bility of the cartographer to follow this procedure unless otherwise ordered by the Chief of
Branch.

When making erasures on Drawings, care must be exercised to see that no more of the
printed chart is removed than is to be replaced by new work. Erroneous erasures must be
redrawn in black ink. Failure to observe this will cause unnecessary recutting on the negatives.

16 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Corrections to existing charts shall be made on Drawings as follows:
1. Additions and revisions for the black printing plate shall be indicated in red ink.

2. Deletions in areas not otherwise changed shall be crossed out in blue ink. Dele-
tions in close proximity to a correction should be scraped out.

3. Revisions to a color plate shall be indicated in green ink. Where a magenta print
on acetate accompanies a Drawing, all corrections to the magenta printing plate shall be
indicated in green ink on the magenta print.

4. For accentuation to the engravers, the verifier should encircle all corrections
specified in items 1-3, using a vermilion red pencil. The verifier should also draw red
leading lines from the corrections to the margin of the Drawing or magenta print.

5. The compiler shall revise all navigational aids as indicated on the Aid Proof.

6. The low water line shall be shown by a dotted curve. Where necessary to clarify
for reproduction, the compiler shall label low water areas ‘“‘G’’ (for green) and land areas
“B” (for buff).

7. All closed depth curves are to be indicated, at least partially, in the proper symbol
to indicate clearly to the engraver which symbol is to be charted. A solid line connection
between two portions of a chartered curve may be used if it is self-evident which symbol
is represented. Other depth curves shall be drawn in fine, solid lines.

8. Corrections to the border format shall be made by the Aids to Navigation Section.

9. Corrections to topography made in the Division of Photogrammetry shall be
examined by the compiler and revised as necessary to conform with other changes.

10. A printed copy of the chart must be consulted to avoid making corrections that
would conflict with color information. When noted on the Standards, special care must
be taken to avoid color conflicts on several charts which are used as bases for overprinting
special Oceanographic Office anchorage charts.

11. A comparison and agreement must also be made with all overlapping charts of
the same and larger scales.

SUPPLEMENTAL CORRECTIONS

Corrections to Drawings or Compilations on which reproduction work has been started
are to be encircled boldly in green pencil. A leading line is to be drawn in green therefrom to
the following marginal note in green: “New work by __-_------------ Date) {22222 ue

DISPOSITION NOTATIONS

Explanatory notations as to the disposition made of the material available-for the correction
of a chart must be lettered by the cartographer on Blueprints, Letters, etc. For example,
“Not used; see Letter 377 (1962)”. When a Blueprint, Letter, or other similar authority is
applied to a chart, the compiler must write on the authority the words ‘Applied to Chart
No. ---_” with the date and his initials.

RULES AND PRACTICES 17

BLUEPRINT CLARIFICATION FOR MICROFILM

When applying a rock, wreck, obstruction or the least depth on a shoal from Blueprints
to Aid Proofs or chart Drawings, a detailed enlargement of the feature being charted shall be
indicated in the margin or other clear area on the Blueprint. A leading line shall be drawn
from the enlargement to the feature. This is necessary so that the feature’s position and
value can be clearly read from a microfilm copy of the Blueprint.

LOGARITHMIC SPEED SCALE

The logarithmic speed scale (fig. 37) is to be shown on all charts of 1:40,000 and larger
scales.

ANCHORAGE CHART FILE

Compilers should consult U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office anchorage charts on file in
Standards Section and use chart copy as a guide to avoid interference between anchorage
overprint data, charted details and corrections added to the base chart Drawing.

OVERLAPPING CHARTS

Minor aids and other details on small-scale charts should be omitted when such information
is completely shown on larger scales. This procedure makes it necessary for the mariner to use
the more adequate large-scale chart. A note calling attention to the fact that such information
has been omitted should be prominently shown. Removal of this information from existing
charts may be made only with prior approval of the Branch Chief.

Overlapping portions of charts of the same scale should be identical as far as is possible.

Hydrographic detail is not ordinarily shown in a body of water outside the area for which
the chart is to be used or when the entrance is omitted from the chart. It is, however, shown
in areas not covered by other charts of the same or larger scale. In all cases, the high water
line must be shown.

REFERENCES TO INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY CHARTS

A reference note regarding the Intracoastal Waterway charts should be charted in black on
the 1:80,000 scale Atlantic and Gulf Coast charts through which the Intracoastal Waterway
passes. For example, the note on chart 1246 reads as follows:

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY

Use chart 845-SC. The depths and
channel markers are not shown hereon.

18 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY CHARTS

The note printed in magenta on the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway charts gives the project
depths and refers to the Notice to Mariners for the controlling depths. For example, the note
on chart 843 reads as follows:

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY

The Intracoastal Waterway is indicated
by a magenta line. Distances are shown in
International Nautical Miles.

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY
Project Depths
12 feet Norfolk, Va. to Fort Pierce, Fla.
8 feet Fort Pierce, Fla. to Miami, Fla.
7 feet Miami, Fla. to Cross Bank, Florida Bay.
The controlling depths are published
weekly in the Notice to Mariners.

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY AIDS

Intracoastal Waterway aids are character-
ized by a yellow band or border. Proceeding
from Norfolk, Va. to Key West, Fla.:

1. Aids with red reflectors are on the star-
board side; green reflectors are on the port
side.

2. Where the Intracoastal Waterway co-
incides with another waterway, the dual-
purpose aids have distinctive yellow triangles
on the starboard side and yellow squares on
the port side.

The article for insertion in the Notice to Mariners is prepared from the Corps of Engi-
neers’ monthly report on the condition of the Waterway. This article must include detailed
information regarding the available depths, such as: “A channel 60 feet wide, 9 feet deep, is
available along the west side of the 5.0 foot shoal 4% mile south of Beacon 128 (chart No. 834).”

The route lines shall be charted in magenta. When considered necessary, distances in
nautical miles, and true course in degrees and minutes (15 minute intervals) may be shown
adjacent to the route line, thus: 12M 008°15’ TRUE.

NOTICE TO MARINERS

Information regarding important rocks, shoals, or landmarks which have been added to,
or removed from the charts, should be furnished the Aids Section for publication in the Notice
to Mariners.

ADVANCE NOTIFICATION OF ISSUE OF CHARTS

At the time a New Chart, Reconstructed Chart or a New Edition of a chart is forwarded
to Reproduction, advance notification shall be published in the Notice to Mariners, calling
attention to the approximate date the issue will be available.

RULES AND PRACTICES 19

COAST PILOT

The Coast Pilots of the Coast and Geodetic Survey are a series of nautical books that
cover a wide variety of information important to navigators of United States coastal waters
and intracoastal waters. Most of this book information cannot be shown graphically on the
standard nautical charts and is not readily available elsewhere. Coast Pilot subjects include
navigation regulations, outstanding landmarks, channel and anchorage peculiarities, dangers,
weather, routes, pilotage, and port facilities. Coast Pilots are prepared from field inspection
notes by special Coast Pilot ship or shore parties. The principal purpose of an inspection is
to verify and revise statements in the Pilot and charted details. Cumulative Supplements,
containing changes reported since dates of editions are published each year.

In addition to serving the navigator, Coast Pilots can be used to an advantage by the
nautical chart cartographer. Cartographers should not overlook the abundance of information
contained therein that can assist in evaluating the importance of individual features that can
be shown on nautical charts. An examination of the Coast Pilot together with the Light
List will aid considerably in selecting names and other features of importance to the navigator.

AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS

The Photogrammetry Division shall make topographic corrections from aerial photo-
graphs on Drawings in accordance with the priorities established by the Exhaustion Report.
The Chief of the Conventional Chart Branch, Nautical Chart Division, shall be responsible for
the assignment of such charts.

COMPILATION REVIEW

Every chart must be thoroughly reviewed. Review must include every sounding, ele-
vation, name, and hydrographic and topographic feature. Special care must be taken to see
that every danger, danger curve, and channel is distinctly and correctly represented.

Slight and unimportant inaccuracies ordinarily need not be changed. For instance, sound-
ings, the locations of which are in error by less than half the width of figures, need not be
moved. No two cartographers will make the same selection of soundings in an area; therefore
the selection of soundings should not be changed unless there is an opportunity for a distinct
improvement.

The review of new or reconstructed charts shall be made on cellulose acetate overlays. If
changes are necessary, the compilation must be returned to the original compiler for correction ;
otherwise, the same type of mistake might be repeated.

20 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CATALOG OF CHART NUMBERS

A loose-leaf ledger is kept of all numbers, and letters used in place of numbers, which
have been used as designations for charts and miscellaneous maps of the Coast and Geodetic
Survey. It contains the title, scale and publication date of each chart, the dates on which
superseded charts have been canceled, dates on which the limits of charts have been changed,
and other pertinent information.

This record is to be used when selecting numbers for new nautical and aeronautical charts
and miscellaneous maps. The numbers of charts which have been canceled for twenty years
or more may be used again if necessary.

Cartographers should familiarize themselves with this record as it contains much useful
information.

IV
Special Areas

RESTRICTED (P-9a), DANGER (P-9, magenta), AND PROHIBITED AREAS (Figs. 1,
12, 13) (P-25, G-12, G-46)

The outlines of restricted, danger, and prohibited areas shall be shown in magenta and the
areas labeled RESTRICTED AREA, PROHIBITED ARKEA, etc., in accordance with the Code
of Federal Regulations classification. Each classification shall include the Code section
number, e.g., 204.15 and a reference to standard NOTE A (Fig. 18), e.g. “(see Note A).”
Regulations governing an area may be added in the form of a note, when advisable.

A magenta screening (Fig. 1) shall be used, when necessary, to clarify overlapping areas.

ANCHORAGE AREAS (Figs. 1, 13, 14) (P-12)

The regulations for and descriptions of anchorage areas are published in the Code of
Federal Regulations. Areas shall be shown by a solid magenta line on all charts which are
expected to be used for anchorage purposes. Generally, they are labeled in the same manner
as RESTRICTED AREAS, etc.

Anchorage regulations may be added in the form of a note on large-scale harbor charts,
when advisable (Fig. 14).

SEAPLANE AREAS and ANCHORAGES (Fig. 13) (P-9)

The limits of seaplane areas and anchorages are shown by dashed magenta lines and
labeled in accordance with the Code of Federal Regulations classification including, assigned
section number, e.g., 207.50 and a reference to standard NOTE A (Fig. 12), e.g. (see Note A).
Seaplane lanes are shown by dashed magenta lines and labeled SEAPLANE LANE A, etc.,
including section number and reference as above.

RULES AND PRACTICES 21

CABLE AREAS AND PIPELINE AREAS (Fig. 1) (P-7, —7a, -8, -8a)

In general, only those cable or pipeline areas which have been approved for charting by
the Secretary of the Army shall be charted. These areas shall be shown on all charts which
are expected to be used for anchorage purposes.

The limiting lines shall be charted in magenta and spaced 1,000 feet apart except on
small-scale charts where a spacing of that width would not be of sufficient prominence.
Areas shall be shown by symbol P-7a and labeled CABLE AREA or PIPELINE AREA
in magenta (black when the chart does not have a magenta printing plate) in a position
which will not obscure important hydrographic information.

Oil, gasoline, and natural gas pipelines not presently charted, shall not be charted unless
requested by the Corps of Engineers.

Charting of transoceanic cable routes was approved in 1961 (CL. 742/61) as a possible
means of preventing service disruption and cable damage by commercial fishing operations.
Charting approval by the Secretary of the Army is not required. Symbol P-7 is used for
such cable routes.

SPOIL AREAS (Fig. 1) (G-13)

Spoil areas are so designated on dredging sheets generally originating from Corps of
- Engineers after-dredging surveys. They may, however, originate on private or other Govern-
ment agency surveys. These areas are for the purpose of depositing dredged material. The
limits should be charted by a short-dashed line, (Fig. 1). All soundings and depth curves are
to be omitted, the area labeled ‘Spoil Area’’ and tinted in the darkest blue shown on the
chart.

*When advised that a spoil area has been discontinued, it shall be so labeled and retained
on the chart until a survey showing results after final spoil deposit is available for charting.

*Comment: If Disposal Area designation is used, the above note may not be necessary.

DISPOSAL AREAS (Fig. 1) (G—Gce)

Disposal Areas are established or approved by the Corps of Engineers for depositing
dredged material where existing depths indicate that the intent is not to cause sufficient shoal-
ing to create a danger to surface navigation. Soundings and curves should be retained. Blue
tint should not be added. The following note should be placed within the area, in black:

Disposal Area
Depths from survey of ___--_------

22 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

DUMPING GROUNDS (Fig. 1) (G—Gb; P-11)

Dumping grounds are areas designated by the Corps of Engineers for dumping, by per-
mit, various types of materials. Generally, such areas are well offshore or in deep water.
If existing depths indicate that future dumping is not intended to cause shoaling sufficient
to create a danger to surface navigation, soundings and depth curves may be charted within
the area. The area is labeled ‘‘Dumping Ground” and tinted blue, if justified by the
hydrography.

The following note shall be used when dumping regulations have been prescribed by the
Corps of Engineers:

DUMPING GROUND

Regulations and permission for dumping in area (or areas)
indicated, may be obtained at the office of the District Engineer,

Corps of Engineers, city , state

When advised that dumping has been discontinued in an area, it shall be so noted and
retained on the chart until a survey showing results after final dumping is available for
charting.

FISH TRAP AREAS (Fig. 1) (P-10)

The Corps of Engineers, with the cooperation of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, has
defined by geographic coordinates the limits of areas in which fishing structures may be placed
in Chesapeake Bay and tributary waters. These coordinates are published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 33, Section 206.

The limits of other areas, although included in above publication, generally are not accu-
rately defined and may require supplemental information from the Corps of Engineers for
charting.

The limits of fish trap areas (Fig. 1) shall be shown on charts of 1:80,000 scale and larger.
The following note is used on all charts:

FISH TRAP AREAS
Boundary lines of fish trap areas are
shown thus; — — (magenta line)
Caution: Submerged piling may exist
in these areas.

Due to the large scale, certain affected charts do not contain the entire area, so it will be
necessary to define the limits as follows:

SOU Tine | MITBO.BR Gils IMIR ARES RE AMEE magentalline)

RULES AND PRACTICES 23

FISH STAKES

Fish stakes should not be shown inside the limits of fish trap areas. Where no fish trap
regulations have been established, fish stakes may be shown if known to be of a permanent
nature or if they are a definite hazard to navigation.

RULES OF THE ROAD (Fig. 1)

The line of demarcation between the areas where the Inland Rules of the Road apply and
the areas where the International Rules of the Road apply shall be shown on charts of
1:80,000 scale and larger, (Fig. 1). The note “USE INLAND RULES OF THE ROAD”
shall be placed on the inshore side of the line.

Regulations governing the Rules of the Road are specified in U.S. Coast Guard publication
CG-169 ‘PILOT RULES,” which is on file in the Standards Section.

A note, stating the limits within which the Inland Rules of the Road apply, shall be used
wherever it is found impracticable to use the line.

BREAKERS (A-12, 0-25)

The word “Breakers” is used instead of the breaker symbol except in small, uncongested
areas. Extensive breakers are shown by a dashed line with the word ‘Breakers’ along the
inshore side.

V

Courses and Ranges

COURSES (Fig. 1)

Courses shown on the conventional charts, including the conventional Intracoastal Water-
way charts, shall be true and given in degrees and quarters. Courses shall be magnetic on all
Small-craft charts and the folded Intracoastal Waterway charts. Speed trial courses shall be
given in degrees and minutes.

TRIAL COURSE

When the measured distance on a trial course is within 10 feet of the standard value for
a nautical mile (1852m. or 6076.1 ft.), it shall be charted as follows:
oO (o)

MARKERS | | MARKERS

i
|
|
|
|
1
\ COURSE 330°00' TRUE ,

When the measured distance on the course differs from the standard value by more than
10 feet, the actual measured distance must be stated; for example:

! 00/°30' TRUE |
692-834 O- 64-3

24 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

RANGE LINES (Fig. 1) (P-1)

Ranges shall be shown by a solid line from seaward to the point where the vessel should
leave the range. From that point the range shall be continued with a short-dashed line through
the navigational aids. The visibility of range lights is not charted.

RANGE NAMES

The names of ranges given in the Light List should be added to all large-scale charts when
convenient.

VI

Landmarks and Stations

LANDMARKS (Fig. 18) (D, I, J)

Only those objects which have been recommended as landmarks shall be charted.

If determined by triangulation, the positions of landmarks must be carefully plotted by
their geographic coordinates, directly from the lithographed sheets if available. See special
file of triangulation diagrams which are overprintings on a selected set of nautical charts
covering the entire charted coastal areas. Diagrams are also available for all the states.

If determined by stereo bridging, the positions of landmarks shall be plotted by using their
geographic coordinates, directly from Form C&GS-567, ‘‘Nonfloating Aids or Landmarks for
Charts.”

When determined by some other method, (sextant fix, Kelsh Instrument, planetable,
photo plot), the landmark position shall be carefully transferred to the Drawing from the
survey or topographic sheet. Since landmark reports are generally received in advance of
final survey data, the initial application of new landmark information in maintenance revision
will usually be directly from the Form 567. Such action should be clearly stated by the
compiler on the form.

The Photogrammetry Division should be requested to locate accurately any landmark,
the position of which is questionable. All deletions and additions of important landmarks should
be published in the Notice to Mariners.

Objects reported by the Aeronautical Chart Division and other sources are not to be
considered of sufficient accuracy for nautical charting, unless clearly stated otherwise. A
file of these objects and recommended landmarks not accurately located will be maintained in
the Standards Section. Accurate positions will be requested when a field party is being sched-
uled for the area.

Positions of navigationally important objects should be requested immediately. Hmer-
gency orders will be prepared when justified.

An opening on a bridge symbol should not be obscured by the landmark symbol.

Names of landmarks should not be abbreviated unless they fall in a very congested area,
but if abbreviated, they must conform to Chart No. 1, ‘“Nautical Chart Symbols and Abbre-
viations,”’ which has an alphabetical list of abbreviations, terms and references.

RULES AND PRACTICES 25

Descriptive terms in general are not charted. Colors describing painted objects are par-
ticularly undesirable because of their temporary nature. The name of the material of which
an object is built should not be charted, since the mariner cannot identify an object by its
material even at a short distance.

The company’s name on a tank, stack, etc., is omitted from the chart unless this name,
or the abbreviation of it, is visible on the landmark in letters large enough to serve as an identi-
fying feature to the mariner. Names of well-known buildings may sometimes be shown in
parentheses following the name of the landmark, as, DOME (STATE HOUSE).

The large circle (2.5 mm) with dot in center (I-35, I-In) shall be used for recommended
landmarks that have been accurately located. The landmark style lettering, all capitals, shall
be used for both description and the name of the landmark, such as, STACK (TALLEST OF
THREE), HOUSE (WEST GABLE). A small circle (1.0 mm) without dot (I-35, I-Io) shall
be used for landmarks not accurately located. Label the circle with capital and lower case
lettering, such as, Mon, Cup, Dome. The abbreviation ‘‘PA”’ should be added when necessary
as a safety feature.

When two similar objects are adjacent, and shown by two separate landmark symbols, the
word TWIN is omitted, but when they are indicated by one landmark symbol, the word TWIN
is used.

When only one object of a group is to be charted, its name is followed by a descriptive
legend in parentheses, including the number of objects in the group, for example (TALLEST
OF FOUR) or (NORTHEAST OF THREE).

LANDMARK CLASSIFICATIONS

The following classifications are defined for the purpose of standardization (letters and
figures refer to those on Chart No. 1, Symbols and Abbreviations):

MONUMENT MON. (I-35)

Do not use obelisk, or other terms.

FLAGPOLE FP. (J-19)

A single staff flagpole rising from the ground and not attached
to a building.

26

FLAGSTAFF FS. (J-19)

felnio|

FLAG TOWER F. TR. (J-Je)

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Because of its non-permanence, a flagpole rising from a building
is not desirable as a landmark. Although it is desirable in lo-
cating a building to observe upon the most definite part (such
as the flagstaff), it is not necessarily the most important part
for charting purposes.

Any scaffold-like tower on which flags are hoisted, such as a
Coast Guard skeleton steel flagpole. Do not use signal tower.

LOOKOUT TOWER LOOK. TR. (J-4)

TOWER TR. (I-41)

Any tower surmounted by a small house in which a watch is
habitually kept, such as a Coast Guard Lookout Tower or a
Fire Lookout Tower. The term must not be substituted for
OBSERVATION TOWER, or part of a building in which no
watch is kept.

That part of a structure higher than the rest, but having verti-
cal sides for the greater part of its height. Any structure,
whether or not its sides are vertical, with base on the ground
and high in proportion to its base.

A tall pole or structure for elevating antennas. For more than
one tower use RADIO TOWERS.

Chart FM stations thus: © RADIO Tower 415 FT
Do not chart call letters. Omit height above Mean High Water
if relatively low.

Chart AM stations thus: ©O Kas)

oO KC
If it is a commercial broadcasting station the call letter and
frequency should be added. As AM radio towers are usually
lower than FM or TY, the elevation may usually be omitted.

TELEVISION TOWER TV TR. (M-Mb) ©vw tower ais Ft

A tall, slender structure for elevating antennas. Do not chart
call letters. Height above Mean High Water-should be charted
if exceptionally high.

Obstruction lights on radio or television towers are omitted
unless especially requested and their characteristics are known.

WATER TOWER (I-45)

RULES AND PRACTICES 27

(Infrequent)

A decorative structure enclosing a tower or standpipe. Its ap-
pearance may prevent its being recognized as a water tower or
standpipe.

A tall cylindrical structure, in a waterworks system, the height
of which is several times greater than the diameter.

A water tank elevated high above the ground by a tall skeleton
framework. The word Elevated may be omitted since a tank
would not be a landmark unless elevated.

GAS TANK or OIL TANK (I-46,-71)

DOME

CUPOLA CUP. (I-36)
o)ono

SPIRE (I-8b)

Since a gas or oil tank differs in shape and size from a water
tank, the compound name is used. Gas or oil tanks, in general,
are not charted unless recommended as landmarks, or requested
by the Army or Navy.

A large, hemispherical cupola, or a roof that is actually rounded
or many sided.

A turrett or small dome-shaped tower which rises from a butild-
ing and is small compared to the building.

A slender pointed structure surmounting a building. It is rarely
broken by stages or other features. Do not use steeple. The
term SPIRE is not applicable to a short pyramid-shaped struc-
ture rismg from a tower or belfry.

28

HOUSE or BUILDING HO.

akan)

CHIMNEY CHY. (I-44)

{ooo yo)

STACK (I-44)

ooo

[oo of noe

WINDMILL (I-42)

Tia

LORAN STATIONS (L-63,-Lg)

JN

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

BLDG. (I-38a,-5)

When the building itself is the landmark, it is not desirable to
chart a specific point, such as west gable. Chart HOUSE or
BUILDING, followed by the description of the point located, if
recommended by the field party.

A relatively small, upright structure projecting above a building
for the conveyance of smoke.

This term is to be applied to any tall smokestack or chimney,
regardless of color, shape or material, when the stack is more
prominent as a landmark than any building in connection with
it. Do not use chimney.

A self-explanatory term.

Do not use lone trees or conspicuous trees, since the adjective is
assumed. Otherwise the trees would not serve as a landmark.

Loran stations with antennas 90 feet or less in height shall be
charted with the position approximate symbol (L—Lg) and desig-
nated ‘Loran Station’. They shall be shown only on those
charts that include loran lines of position.

Loran stations with antennas higher than 90 feet shall be charted
with the landmark symbol (L-63) and designated “LORAN
TOWER”. They shall be shown on all charts of the area, unless
determined to be infeasible.

RULES AND PRACTICES 29

TELEMETRY ANTENNA (M-Ma)

The telemetry antenna of a missile satellite tracking station shall
be charted with the landmark symbol and designated ‘““TELEM
ANT.”

COAST GUARD STATIONS (J-3,-3a)

The names and numbers of Coast Guard Stations shall be added to charts of 1:80,000
scale and larger. When the Coast Guard Station is not a prominent landmark, the symbol is
used and placed normal to the shore. On charts at scales smaller than 1:80,000, the symbol
and abbreviation C.G. shall be used. :

BROADCASTING STATIONS (See R. TR., pg. 26)

The Flight Hazard Section, Aeronautical Chart Division, maintains and supplies data
from an up-to-date list of call letters, geographical location, frequency, power, and other infor-
_mation pertinent to commercial broadcasting stations. The ‘List of Broadcasting Stations”,
published by the Bureau of the International Telecommunication Union, Berne, Switzerland,
becomes obsolete between printings. Requests for up-to-date commercial broadcasting
station information shall be made through the Chief, Nautical Data Branch.

It is the policy of the Bureau to chart broadcasting stations in accordance with the follow-
ing procedure:

1. Stations specifically recommended for charting will be charted regardless of other
radio aids in the locality. Chart elevation above Mean High Water if exceptionally
high.

2. Stations shall be charted in areas not adequately covered by other radio aids if accurate
positions are available.

3. Whenever the towers of commercial AM broadcasting stations are charted as land-
marks add their call letters and frequency. Omit call letters at TV and FM towers.
© R. TR.

Towers shall be shown thus: Hoan Ow

4. Obstruction lights on all towers shall be omitted unless specifically requested.

5. On charts of exclusively inland river areas, broadcasting stations shall not be charted
unless the tower is recommended as a visual landmark.

30 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

AERONAUTICAL RADIOBEACONS, RADIO RANGE STATIONS (Fig. 23) (M—Mb,-Mc)

These facilities usually are shown on small-scale charts only when specifically requested
and after approval by the Chief, Nautical Chart Division. Where considered to be of parti-
cular value in surface navigation, they have been shown on a few large-scale charts. Surface
navigators should use aeronautical radio range stations only as radiobeacons. Bearings of
radio range courses are not given because: courses cover a fan-shaped area that increases
rapidly in width when going away from the radio station; courses over water cannot be flight-
checked, so exact locations cannot be given; courses may stray with changes in atmospheric
conditions; courses are realigned frequently and seldom can be hand corrected.

For aeronautical radiobeacons and radio range stations, the standard marine radiobeacon
symbol (M-3) a magenta ring of 7.1mm. diameter centered over a black dot of 0.76mm. diameter
or over the standard landmark symbol, will be used, together with the letters AERO R.BN.,
or AERO R.Rge. and the identifying frequency and signal, thus: AERO R.BN. 302 =:5, or
AERO R. Rge. 342 =i. It is not necessary to add operating minutes because they are all
continuous.

The attention of the Aids Section shall be called to any aeronautical radiobeacon added
to the charts so that appropriate information can be published in the Notice to Mariners and
subsequent issue of N.O.O. Publication 117.

The fact that all aeronautical radiobeacons near the coasts will not be shown does not
preclude their use by shipmasters. N.O.O. Publication 117 contains a list of most of those beacons
which are near the coast, with positions and pertinent data sufficiently accurate for use on
small-scale charts.

When the best available position is of doubtful accuracy, an accurate position should be
requested through the Chief, Nautical Chart Division.

In evaluating graphic positions the following standards are to be followed:

a. Positions originating with C&GS topographic or hydrographic surveys or Obstruction
Charts are acceptable for charting at scales equal to or smaller than the source.

b. Positions on modern 1:24,000-scale G.S. Quads are acceptable for charting at 1:40,000
scale and smaller.

When an aid has been approved for charting, and an accurate position requested, the aid shall
carry the notation PA pending receipt of such position.

TRIANGULATION STATIONS (D-1)

Triangulation stations, rather than landmarks, should be shown on the charts when needed
to control surveys of the Corps of Engineers or when they may be of value to the U.S. Navy
in its operations. Only recoverable stations are charted; they are represented by small tri-
angular symbols. When determined by the Corps of Engineers, the abbreviation C. of E. is
appended. The Corps of Engineers’ name of the station is also added.

RULES AND PRACTICES 31

VII

Titles and Notes

TITLE INFORMATION

An explanation of abbreviations used on nautical charts need not be shown in the title of
charts with scales smaller than 1:50,000. However, when this information is omitted, reference
shall be made to the Symbol Sheet, thus:

For Symbols and Abbreviations see C.& G. S, Chart No. 1

AUTHORITY NOTE

An authority note similar to the following must be used on all charts, listing only those
Bureaus that have contributed to the information used in compiling the chart:

AUTHORITIES
Hydrography and topography by the Coast and Geodetic Survey
with additions and revisions from the Geological Survey, Naval Oc-
eanographic Office and Corps of Engineers.

When most of the information is from sources other than the Coast and Geodetic Survey, a

note similar to the following is used:
AUTHORITIES

Surveys by the Coast and Geodetic Survey and Corps of Engineers

STORM SIGNALS (Fig. 13)

Storm signals are displayed by the Weather Bureau at numerous places along the coasts
of the United States. These signals are to warn the mariner of the approach of violent storms.
The stations where storm signals are displayed should be listed on the conventional charts
affected, thus:

STORM WARNINGS

The U. S. Weather Bureau displays storm warnings at
the following approximate locations

Custom House, Boston (42°21.5'-71°03.2')

Boston C. G. Station (42°22.1'-71°03.1')

Boston Lightship (42°20.4'-70°45.5’)

Names of yacht clubs, marinas, boat yards, etc., shall not be included in the list. Use
only the geographic feature named in the Weather Bureau report, e.g., Seattle, West River,
Hatteras C.G. Station, etc.

On charts at scales smaller than 1:200,000 there shall be listed individually, by geographic
position, only the most prominent and conspicuous offshore warning stations. The following
note shall be used on these charts:

STORM WARNINGS

For a complete list of storm warning
stations, see large scale charts

32 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

JUNCTION NOTES
References to adjoining charts and to insets, panels and sections shall be treated as follows:

When two charts of different scales join—

(CONTINUED ON CHART 1220)

When two charts of the same scale join—

(JOINS CHART 865-SC)

When a chart is printed front and back, add the following note in margin at junction:
(JOINS SIDE B)

Inset: When an area outside the chart is included within the chart borders, an inset is used—

imaeezall
7

(JOINS INSET) /

Inset: Representation of a small area on a larger scale—

ae

(SEE INSET)

Panels or sections: When panels or sections on the same scale join—

(JOINS PANEL BELOW) !
(JOINS SECTION BELOW) en
I

PANEL SECTION

REFERENCE TO CHARTS

The reference (use chart ) shall be used on small-scale charts where hydrography and/or
aids to navigation have been omitted because of available large-scale chart coverage.

(use chart 400) Black plate

The reference (chart ——-) shall be used on all charts where considered desirable to call
attention to additional large-scale coverage.

(chart 400) Magenta plate

RULES AND PRACTICES 33

BRIDGE CLEARANCES (H-18a,-18b)

Bridge clearances, both horizontal and vertical, shall be shown on all Small-craft, Intra-
coastal Waterway and large-scale Conventional Charts. On small-scale charts, clearances
shall be shown at fixed bridges spanning waterways that are expected to be navigated at the
scale of the particular chart.

Bridge clearances and classifications shall not be shown on waterways which are not repre-
sented by depth curves, soundings, or depth legend. The charting of such clearances, omitted

or removed from existing charts, shall be reconsidered when larger scale charts of the area are
published.

The Corps of Engineers shall be the authority for showing bridge clearances on nautical
charts.

However, for those bridges which the Engineers have not furnished or published clearances,
clearances from another reliable source may be charted pending receipt of data from the Corps
of Engineers. Bridge clearances from sources other than the Corps of Engineers shall be
labeled “REPORTED.”

It shall be the responsibility of the Chief, Nautical Data Branch, to originate written re-
quests for the Bureau’s field units at their first opportunity to verify ‘“‘reported”’ clearances of
bridges considered important to the mariner.

Verified clearances by our field units shall be turned over to the Corps of Engineers. If
that organization accepts and publishes them, the “reported” label shall be removed from the
charts affected. If the Corps of Engineers does not accept C&GS values, the label “reported”
shall be retained.

A card file (Form C&GS-961) of bridge clearances, compiled from available information,
is maintained by the Nautical Data Branch as follows:

1. Atlantic Coast and West Coast of Florida to longitude 84°00’. In this file, the forms
will be filed first by latitude and second by longitude.

2. Gulf Coast from longitude 84°00’ to Mexico. In this file, the forms will be filed first
by longitude and second by latitude.

3. Pacific Coast, including Alaska and Hawaii. In this file, the forms will be filed first
by latitude and second by longitude.

Information for this file is obtained from:

1. Corps of Engineers publication ‘Bridges Over the Navigable Rivers of the United
States” (four parts) issued in 1961.

2. Additional information (footnotes) in preliminary 1960 Corps of Engineers bridge lists
used to supplement item 1.

3. Corps of Engineers construction permits and final completion reports subsequent to
1961 bridge listings.

34. NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Disposition of bridge clearance data:

1. Bridge card completed in accordance with listings thereon by Nautical Data Branch
personnel.

2. Data transferred to Aid Proofs of affected charts.
3. Bridge card given to Chief, Aids to Navigation Section for publication in Notice
to Mariners.

(a) If no Notice is required and correction is to be made only at next printing, a
copy of the bridge card is forwarded to the Coast Pilot Branch and so noted
on the card.

4. Clearance data transferred from Aid Proof to revision drawing by cartographer.

(a) Location of structure added to revision drawing by cartographer from origi-
nal source material.

The three charting phases of bridge structures are as follows:
1. Commencement
(a) Add dashed-line symbol.
(b) Designation “Bridge under construction.”

(c) Magenta screening on important waterways supplemented by caution note
calling attention to probable hazards to navigation in area (see Figure 12).

2. Completion prior to Corps of Engineer inspection.
(a) Add authorized permit clearances.

Example: FIXED BRIDGE

HOR. CL. 100 FT.
THORI
VERT. CL. 25 Fr pau RIZED

(b) Delete magenta screening.

3. Corps of Engineer inspection ‘‘as built’”’ clearances.
(a) Revise clearances as necessary.
(b) Delete AUTHORIZED.

All fractions of a foot shall be disregarded in determining the final charted clearance.

For symbols representing various types of bridges, see Symbol Sheet (Chart No. 1) items
H-14 through H-18b.

The terms Left and Right, when referring to bridge spans and river banks, mean Left
and Right proceeding downwardly toward mouth of stream, and in the Intracoastal Waterway,
proceeding south on the Atlantic Coast and west on the Gulf Coast.

RULES AND PRACTICES 35

The tabulations in the Bridge Book list vertical clearances referred to low water and
high water. However, the vertical clearance notes at the front of each part of the book give
the following information:

Tidal Waters—The clearance shown refers to Mean High Water and Mean Low Water,
except in regions of diurnal inequality where the Mean Lower Low Water clearance may
be given.

Nontidal waters—The clearance shown at high water refers to the stage at which navigation
generally ceases.

The latter category shall be treated individually, such as the Columbia River where charted
clearances are referred to Columbia River Datum (MLLW during lowest river stages). Chart
6151 clearances are referred to MLLW.

Clearances above dams are referred to the datum of soundings which is ordinarily the
Normal Pool Elevation.

Normal Water Surface elevation on certain rivers is, for all practical purposes, to be
considered MHW.

Notes regarding clearances at bridges, etc., must conform to the following standards:
(6 pt. No. 3 L.C.G.C. Caps)

MORROW LIFT BRIDGE OVERHEAD POWER CABLE
HOR. CL. 220 FT AUTHORIZED CL. 75 FT

VERT. CL, 15. FT. DOWN

VERT. CL. 145 FT. UP HOLDEN BEACH CABLE FERRY

HOR. CL. 75 FT
REMOVABLE SPAN )
BASCULE ) LOCK
FIXED BRIDGE ) HOR. CL. 50 FT WIDTH 75 FT
SWING BRIDGE ) VERT. CL. 15 FT LENGTH 640 FT
PONTOON BRIDGE )
RETRACTILE BRIDGE )

OVERHEAD CABLE CROSSINGS (Fig. 1) (H-4)

Overhead cables shall be indicated by a dashed line with clearance referred to MHW*.
The clearance authorized by the Corps of Engineers shall be used for charting rather than the
actual or “‘as-built” clearance. Cables known to carry high voltages are to be labeled, thus:

OVERHEAD POWER CABLE
AUTHORIZED CLEARANCE 40 FEET

*Clearances on Columbia River Charts are referred to Columbia River Datum (MLLW during lowest
river stages). Chart 6151 clearances are referred to MLLW.

For reference to datum other than MHW, see above Bridge Clearance notes.

A card file (Form C&GS-961) of cable clearances is maintained in the same manner as for
bridge clearances. The files are compiled from information furnished by the Corps of Engineers
in the form of construction permits.

The application of overhead cable data is the same as that previously described for bridge
clearances.

36 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Clearances, other than those furnished by the Corps of Engineers, shall not be charted.

Overhead cable crossings located from other sources such as C&GS surveys, aerial photog-
raphy, etc., shall be charted and labeled OVERHEAD POWER CABLE or OVERHEAD
CABLE, as the case may be. The Nautical Data Branch should be requested to obtain the
authorized permit clearance of such cables.

Clearances shall not be shown on waterways which are not represented by depth curves,
soundings or depth legend. Symbol and designation shall be charted.

Exception: Such clearances may be included on small-craft charts.

VIII

Records

DESCRIPTIVE REPORT NOTE

When an original topographic or hydrographic survey is applied to a chart, a notation
shall be entered in the Review Section of the Descriptive Report of the survey on Form
C&GS-8352, ‘Record of Application to Charts.” If Form 8352 is not in the Descriptive
Report, the cartographer shall insert one next to the back cover.

HISTORY OF CARTOGRAPHIC WORK

A record, commonly known as a “History” (Form C&GS-8322) must be submitted for
every chart compilation, whether it results in a new chart, a reconstructed chart or a correction.
The “History”? must represent a complete and detailed record of all available information used
or consulted in the compilation. The information used for the compilation may come from
various types of surveys and records, such as hydrographic sheets and accompanying descrip-
tive reports, topographic sheets and descriptive reports, blueprints, letters, field examinations
and reports, U.S. Engineers reports, Coast Pilot publications, congressional documents, charts
of foreign countries, Name Standards of this Bureau, triangulation records, and many other
sources too numerous to mention. It is the compiler’s duty to obtain, whenever possible, any
available information, in addition to that on record in the Division, which is pertinent to the
job in hand. A sample of this record is shown on the following page.

37

RULES AND PRACTICES

ae a a ee : — : =a]

: | |
re. ae : nay ase /1-€ 9/ \29-82-6|27-LZ-6| Lite OTe =E |
vA C2, /

29-/-0/| = ai: Zey, J! @9-92-6 \¢7-02-6 Z-
He ea
Hit

=I

995 $42 false MAN \ITA

LL

a]

SS

reps ae prepreg APE 796/ zt
; |

UT Pane Puan le tO IAAL a 2 76/| A

as TVECT Tt fLOG) PFUT | ysoupuo7| SIBD| Z96/ =F
7 TF ZA |
7ETKO IPL Al

prea
gore, etre TF pee 57 7 fay 70 M oypAy [Es A
pane ny repre PIECNY) | 7 fliay JO M\ PAH | SIBP A

Ayuouny

o
3

NOILVWYOINI JO JDINOS dal ddv

UOIJOUWJOSU]

ALIv3O1 hoyed

G3illdd¥ NOILYWYO4INI

zg-z/-z/| 796102 J30 20 CORI C Ia eon COG Vemecel I Ones) aera ee eaters
- -_ It L
498A HL] Ol du dN ON
- we YALL ONIMVAG
-IN DY 2 P.2?y HINT NOILDNGOUdIY OL JNLN4 YwyOD DIY ON O/ 1yvHD
vow) syavwaa | SATU NOISIAIG LYVHD TWIILAWN - AAOM JIHdVYOOLYVD 4O AYOLSIH DBs

Szc6 SOBO

History of Cartographic Work

38 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

In the “History” heading, the compiler shall add only the chart, sheet, and project num-
bers. All other items in the heading shall be completed by the Chief, Conventional Chart
Branch, and the Chief, Nautical Data Branch.

Items entered on the ‘History’ should be numbered consecutively, and the information
called for under the various headings must be supplied by the compiler.

Under the heading ‘‘ Applied,” a check mark should be made in the appropriate column to
indicate whether the item has been fully or partially applied. As it is important that no item
of source material be cleared from the Standard until it is fully applied to the chart, it is re-
quired that all partial applications be underscored on the ‘‘History” in red. Under no circum-
stances shall any item be considered as fully applied unless it results in a complete applica-
tion, either directly or indirectly, of a completed survey record. Information applied partially
is also indicated on the Standard.

Under the main heading “‘Source of Information,” there is a sub-heading ‘‘File No.” The
file number usually carries a designation, in addition to the number, which identifies the source
material as a hydrographic survey H or topographic survey TJ of this Bureau, or as a blueprint
Bp or letter L showing information from other sources. In addition to the above items of
source material, many publications of other organizations are used to furnish chart information.
These publications are entered under ‘File No.” with their original designations, such as
“A.M.S. Quad Central Park,” “G.S. Quad Winter Haven,” ‘‘Canadian Chart 803,” etc. The
important thing to remember is that the reference under File No. should identify the item
without question.

Under sub-heading “‘ Date,” the actual date of the survey or determination should be given
whenever it can be ascertained. Otherwise, the date of publication is to be used.

Under sub-heading “‘ Authority,” the name of the person, agency, or organization making
the survey, determination or report should be entered.

Under heading ‘‘Type of Information,” it should be recorded whether the source material
involved hydrography, topography, triangulation, aids to navigation, landmarks, cable areas,
bridge clearances, names, etc.

Under heading ‘‘Locality,” to expedite location of reference area, the compiler shall list a
prominent name, approximate geographic position, or general note such as “north quarter of
chart,” ‘‘east portion of chart,’’ etc.

The entry under the heading “Information Applied,” should consist of a short, definite
statement, describing the condition of the source material, how it was used and what infor-
mation resulted on the chart. For example, it should be made clear just what information has
been charted in every partial application of source material. If the source material is applied
before verification and review, or if information is applied indirectly through another chart,
it should be so stated. If contours only, or shoreline only, or drainage or cultivation, or a com-
bination of any of these were used, mention should be made of this. If no correction to the
chart is required from the source material, this fact should be stated. This column may also
be used for any pertinent and useful remarks.

Reference to triangulation sources must be as complete as possible. For example: ‘“Geo-
graphic positions, Calif. III, page 38.”

RULES AND PRACTICES 39

A copy of the Chart Specifications form should accompany all ‘Histories’ of new and
reconstructed charts.

Histories of canceled charts and histories prior to reconstruction of a chart are stored in
the Federal Records Center, Alexandria, Va. Requests for these histories should be referred to
the Standards Section.

FUTURE HISTORY RECORD

Form C&GS-8325 entitled “Information of Value in Future Corrections to Charts”
should be filled out and filed in front of the History for the chart concerned.

This form was designed to record information which the cartographer discovers while com-
piling a chart and which he wishes to pass on as a help at the time of future corrections to the
chart. Some of the items which should be recorded are noted on the form as a guide. The
cartographer should also add any information regarding a particular chart which, in his opinion,
should be preserved for future reference. For example, notes regarding the need for future
surveys, the location of certain fixed aids, or the mention of discrepancies in source material
which cannot be reconciled, would be very useful. Areas in which information is needed should
also be indicated on a set of standards in the Standards Section.

The form should be consulted for possible assistance to the Cartographer when experiencing
difficulty in applying source material.

692-834 O- 64-4

40 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

TOPOGRAPHY

GENERAL STATEMENT

Topographic detail is shown on nautical charts to help the mariner determine his position
at sea in relation to fixed visible objects. It is compiled primarily from photogrammetric
surveys made by this Bureau and supplemented by other sources when necessary.

Topographic maps made from the surveys are used for planning, compiling, and correcting
topography shown on the charts. The map manuscripts are available during different stages
of their compilation as follows:

Preliminary Manuscript

Compilations from meager or unverified control. Preliminary manuscripts are not dia-
grammed on the Standards and should never be used for nautical chart compilation.

Incomplete Manuscript

Controlled plots with incomplete detailing; prepared for the use of field parties. Incom-
plete manuscripts are diagrammed on the Standards with the pencil notation ‘‘History,”’ but
shall not be used for compiling or correcting the charts.

Advance Copy, Advance Print, Advance Manuscript

These synonymous terms indicate a controlled plot with detailing complete except for
revisions made during review and may be used for compiling or correcting the charts. Nor-
mally, any revisions made as the result of the review are minor and rarely affect the chart.
The numbers assigned the manuscripts in this advanced form.are indexed on the Standards in
pencil, indicating these maps must be marked partially applied on the chart History until the
reviewed manuscripts are applied to the charts.

Renewed Manuscript

These are the final basic surveys which may be completely applied to the charts. All
applications shall be indicated on Form C&GS-8352 “Record of Application To Charts” in the
Descriptive Report. Cartographers taking charts in hand for correction should obtain authori-
zation to apply these surveys completely, if time permits.

Revision Sheets

Revision Sheets, sometimes called “RS Sheets” are copies of either advanced or reviewed
manuscripts to which are made corrections from aerial photographs, taken after the date of
the Advanced Print. They are assigned an R.S. number which is different from the original
manuscript number. Revision Sheets may be applied to the charts in the same manner as
the advanced or reviewed manuscripts.

TOPOGRAPHY 41

Some New Charts and corrections to existing charts are compiled directly from the photo-
eraphs. When this is done, it is the responsibility of the nautical cartographer to see that the
topographic delineation is clear and appropriate. Notes in blue ink shall be added to the
Drawings to clarify questionable detail for the engraver. To indicate tint colors on the Draw-
ings, the letters “Ma” shall be used for green (marsh tint), ““W” for blue (lakes and ponds), and
“B”’ for buff (land tint). While it is sometimes necessary to clarify corrections by showing
the tints in color on the Drawings, it is not desirable because the colors photograph on the
reproduction negatives and obscure the line detail. This method of indicating tints should
be avoided where possible; but, if used, the colors should be lightly shaded.

It shall be the duty of the engineer to indicate in the Specifications the detail to be charted
and the symbolization to use. Consideration must be given to the chart scale and the purpose
for which the chart is being constructed. In general, on large-scale charts complete topographic
detail should be shown along the coast for several miles inshore, while on small-scale charts
most of the detail inside the high-water line should be omitted.

On compilations and on final charts the outer coastline and important rivers are shown
by the maximum weight line (.011’’), but streams and unimportant indentations are shown
by thinner lines. In a dense drainage system, minor streams are omitted.

Physical features, such as gravel, brush, trees, etc., generally are not shown by symbols,
but are indicated by name.

Symbols used on the charts of this Bureau are shown on Chart No. 1, ‘‘SSymbols and Abbre-
viations,’’ and Figure 1 in the Appendix of this manual. A few of those symbols which need
emphasis are discussed on the following pages.

Natural Features and Relief

HIGH WATER LINE (Fig. 1) (A-9)

The shoreline shown on the charts is the mean high-water line except in marsh or man-
grove areas where the outer edge of vegetation (berm line) is used. It shall be represented
by a .011’’ line which shall gradually decrease up streams and rivers. Unsurveyed shoreline,
or shoreline connecting two surveys which do not join satisfactorily, shall be represented by a
dashed line. The outer limits of marsh shall be indicated by a .006’’ continuous line.

42 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

LOW WATER LINE (A-10) (R)

On new chart and reconstruction Compilations and on correction Drawings the low-water
line shall be shown as a single row of dots. It shall be delineated whenever possible from hydro-
graphic surveys. However, when the hydrographic surveys do not adequately portray the
low water line, it shall be compiled from the photogrammetric surveys.

When a foul limit line is shown along shore, the low-water line, if inshore of the foul line,
may be omitted.

The area between the high and low-water line shall be tinted green and, when known, the
character of this area such as “Sand,” “Mud,” “Gravel” shall be labeled.

MARSH (Fig. 1) (C-17)

The mean high-water line in marsh, mangrove, cypress, or similar swamp areas is generally
obscured by vegetation and will not ordinarily be located on topographic surveys. In such
areas, the outer edge of vegetation visible above Mean High Water, usually represented by a
fine line on the topographic survey, presents a fairly definite shoreline to the navigator and
should be charted by a .006”’ solid line.

On photogrammetric surveys, the line of change between the solid marsh and an area
usually flooded is indicated by a difference in symbols; on the chart, it shall be shown by a
fine dashed line .006’’ in width.

An area shown on the photogrammetric survey by the open marsh symbol outside the
high-water line shall be indicated on the charts by the word ‘‘Grass” or ‘“Grs’’. If the low-water
line is not indicated on the survey sheets, the area shall be defined by a single row of dots
and shall be tinted green. Areas too small to be tinted may be indicated by tufts of grass.
A marsh area inside of the mean high-water line shall be represented by a green tint and black
legend. A black broken line .004’’ in width shall be used to denote the inshore limits of marsh
when no other symbol furnishes such a limit. Symbols for roads, railroads, levees, and bluffs
are examples of symbols that may replace the black dashed line.

SURVEY CHART

TOPOGRAPHY 43

In all cases, to clarify to the lithographer the limits of the area to be shown tinted on the
printed chart, the cartographer shall indicate the marsh area by a blue pencil tint on the Draw-
ing. Water areas of lakes and ponds shall be similarly tinted and the abbreviation ‘‘W”’ for
water shall be placed in such lakes and ponds in non-photographic blue ink.

MANGROVE (A-7)

The mangrove symbol is used only when the mangrove area is of small extent or when
the growth is a prominent feature. For large areas, the word Mangrove is used and repeated if
necessary. When the word is used, the inner limits are indicated by a thin black dashed line.

SURVEY

CYPRESS (WOODED SWAMP)

Cypress is treated in the same way as mangrove except that trees growing outside the
high water line are indicated by the word Trees.

SURVEY

TREES (C-5, —5a to —5f)

When trees are recommended as a characteristic feature, or where they would appear to

be useful to the navigator (as for instance, on a sand spit where a tangent may be observed),
the tree symbols shall be shown on the charts.

44 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

BLUFFS AND CLIFFS (A-2, -3)

The terms “bluff” and “‘cliff”’ are variously defined. On nautical charts, bluffs are usually
considered to be not rocky and cliffs are considered to be rocky. As bluffs and cliffs are of
particular value for radar navigation, it is desirable that they be symbolized in some form on
the charts. However, since several symbols are available for depicting relief a study shall be
made for each chart and the proper symbol to use will be noted in the Specifications.

BLUFFS AND CLIFFS

HIGH, NOT ROCKY ROCKY
(BLUFFS) (CLIFFS)

LOW, NOT ROCKY CONTOURS
(BLUFFS)

CONTOURS (Fig. 1) (C-1, -1a)

On charts where contours are to be shown, the contour interval shall be noted in the
Specifications. The interval shall be uniform on any one chart, but to bring out a summit or
an important feature, an intermediate interval may be shown by a dashed line.

For charts to which gradient tints will be added, the interval selected shall be wide enough
to show clearly the gradations of the color tints. See charts 5111, 5112, 5114, 5115, and 6102.

Contours shall be delineated by a .004’’ line with every 4th or 5th contour (index contour)
accentuated by an .008’’ line.

To give the navigator a general and easily interpreted picture of the relief, contours shall
be generalized. The degree of generalization depends on the nature of the terrain and the
scale of the chart. (See pg. 45.)

The contour values shall be in slanting figures placed at suitable intervals parallel with,
and centered on, the accentuated lines. (C-1) In flat areas where no lines are accentuated,
contour values should generally be shown on every line. (See pg. 45)

On small-scale charts without contours, mountain or hill summits shall be represented by
a dot surrounded by hachures. (D-—Db)

TOPOGRAPHY rie

SWAK i
OSes
i \atetes wie

Nautical chart compilation showing generalization of contours
taken from Geological Survey quadrangle map shown above.

46 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

ELEVATIONS (D-3, —Da, —Db, -Dc, Db; O-1)

When the information is available, elevations shown on nautical charts shall be referred
to Mean High Water and the note ‘Heights in feet above Mean High Water” shall be used.
(See fig. 2.)

When contour and spot elevations based on the plane of Mean Sea Level are charted, the
following note shall be charted:
HEIGHTS
Elevations of rocks, bridges, landmarks
and lights are in feet and refer to Mean
High Water. Contour and summit elevation

values are in feet and refer to Mean Sea
Level.

When elevations are referred to datum planes other than Mean High Water or Mean Sea
Level, an appropriate note shall be added to the chart. (See Bridge Clearances, pg. 35.)

Elevations of summits must be checked with those shown on aeronautical charts, U.S.
Geological Survey and Corps of Engineers quadrangles, and those determined by the Division
of Geodesy, and every effort must be made to reconcile discrepancies found.

Elevations of points on slopes shall be omitted. Elevations of tops of trees shall be indi-
cated by the overlined slanting figures as shown on Chart No. 1, Item C-11. When used, this
symbol shall be added to the General Notes of that chart. Treetop elevations, if available,
should be charted on peaks in Southeast Alaska.

Slanting figures shall be used for all elevations and, wherever possible, summit elevations
shall be so placed that the top of the first figure bears 135° from the position symbolized by the
dot.

When there is insufficient space to show elevation figures on islets or rocks, they should be
indicated by slanting figures in parentheses placed nearby in the water area.

SAND BEACHES AND DUNES (A}+4, -6)

When called for in the Specifications, sand beaches behind the high-water line shall be
indicated on the charts. Three rows of dots are sufficient representation in small areas, but
for large areas limit lines in blue ink may be shown and the area labeled ‘‘Sand”’ in blue.

When not too extensive, sand dunes may be shown along the beach. When the symbol
is not used, the area shall be labeled with the words ‘‘Sand dunes.”

TOPOGRAPHY 47

II
Culture: Shore and Offshore Structures
PIERS (G-9)

Piers should be numbered in accordance with the Port Series publication unless it is super-
seded by later information. Piers should be shown with a double line where space and/or
scale permit; in general, on charts at 1:40,000 scale and larger.

JETTIES AND BREAKWATERS (G-4, -8, -8a, —Ga)

On charts 1:40,000 scale and larger, it is desirable that jetties and breakwaters be shown
with a double line. However, where space and/or scale do not permit, they may be shown by a
single line. Submerged portions shall be shown by dashed lines and the limits of the submerged
base, when known, shall be shown by a dashed line.

PILES, DOLPHINS, ETC. (G-21, H-9, L-59, 0-30)

Piles, dolphins, stakes, and pipes shall be represented by a small circle with a description.
When they show above the plane of Mean High Water, use upright lower-case letters with the
first letter capitalized, thus: ‘‘Pile,”’ “Stake,” ‘“Pipe.’”? When the object is submerged, labels
in italics are to be used, thus: ‘“‘Subm pile,” ““Subm stake,” ““Subm pipe.”

Where several pile symbols are charted, the preferred label is ‘‘Piling.”” Where space is
limited, the label ‘‘Piles’”’? may be used and the abbreviation ‘‘Dol’”’ may be used for dolphin.

Extensive areas of piling shall be shown by a dashed line and labeled “Piling.” If the
' pilings are arranged in rows, representative rows of dashed lines shall be charted. If no pat-
tern is apparent, the outer limit of the area shall be charted with the label “‘Piling”’ in the center.

For objects used as channel markers, refer to ‘‘Private Aids,” page 85.

SEWERS (H-11)

A sewer extending out from the high water line is shown in magenta by a dashed line and
labeled ‘‘Sewer.”’

FENCES

A fence extending into the water is shown by a dashed line and is labeled “‘Fence,”’ if room
for the word is available.

PLATFORMS (O-Ob, -Oc)

An offshore platform shall be represented by a solid square symbol and labeled “Plat-
form.’’ The square shall measure 1.25 mm. on a side except in narrow rivers or congested areas
where it may be made smaller.

Offshore oil well structures are described in detail under hydrographic dangers, page 66.

48 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

DUCK BLINDS

A duck blind is not charted unless it is of a permanent nature and a danger to navigation.

FERRIES (H-19)

Ferry terminals shall be labeled with the word ‘“‘Ferry.’”’ Ferry routes should not be charted
for great distances but may be shown for short distances out from the slip by a magenta dashed
line.

The black dashed-line symbol should only be used when charting a cable ferry.

III
Other Culture

CITIES AND ROADS (Fig. 1) (H-1; I-1, -1a)

On existing charts, cities, towns, and roads have been represented by road patterns and
symbolized by single or double lines depending on the scale of the chart. For instance, on
charts larger than 1:40,000 scale, roads in open country, cities, and towns are shown by double
lines. On charts 1:40,000 to 1:99,000 scale, streets in cities and towns are shown by single
heavy lines while the roads in open country are shown by double lines. On charts 1:100,000
and smaller scale, only single heavy lines are used.

On all New Charts and Reconstructions, both large and small scale, consideration shall be
given to charting the areas of cities and towns by a screening and showing only the major
highways leading to or through the cities by single heavy lines. However, this new treatment
should not replace the older road pattern symbolization on all charts. Both methods have
their merits and on some charts even a combination of the two methods may be used effec-
tively.

Highways in general shall not be shown on charts of smaller scale than 1:250,000. Only
through or connecting public highways, and roads leading from such highways and terminat-
ing at the shore, shall be shown. Private roads leading from public highways to a building
shall be omitted. In cities, only streets which are actually constructed and in use are to be
charted. Omit some streets, as necessary, to avoid crowding. Numbers and names of im-
portant U.S. highways shall be charted when the information is available.

When double-line streets and roads are to be charted, they shall be shown on the Drawing
by a single line with a note to the engraver to engrave standard double lines. When so desig-
nated, the line should represent the center of the road. Care must be taken to see that it is
possible to engrave a double line where a single line is drawn and that too many streets are not
shown. Highway interchanges and odd road intersections will be shown with double lines to
aid the engraver. When single-line roads are shown on a Drawing and there is a possibility of
their becoming confused with contours, streams, or other detail, they shall be labeled on the
Drawing with the letters ‘“Rd” in blue ink.

Roads shown by dashed lines on the survey sheets are not to be charted unless they are
considered of some importance, in which case they must be charted by solid lines.

Trails shall not be shown on the charts.

TOPOGRAPHY 49

STREET NAMES (Fig. 20) (I-26, -26a, —Ie)

Street names shall be charted along the waterfront of important harbors on charts 1:12,000
scale or larger when recommended in the Specifications.

RAILROADS, RAILWAYS (Fig. 1) (H-3, -3b, -3c, -14)

A single .008’’ line is used for both single and double-track railroads. In the case of
railroad yards, either enough of the tracks are represented to indicate the area covered, or the

limiting tracks and an appropriate legend are shown. City electric railways are generally not
charted.

BUILDINGS (I-3a, -5)

Prominent buildings along the waterfront and large individual buildings back from the
waterfront that are of navigational assistance to mariners are shown on charts 1:40,000 scale
or larger. No other buildings are shown. Buildings represented by a symbol smaller than
one-eighth of an inch shall be charted in solid black. Larger buildings shall be outlined in
black and cross-hatched.

A prominent feature on a building may be shown by a landmark symbol and labeled when
specifically recommended for charting as a landmark.

CHURCHES (I-8)

Church buildings considered to be prominent features, but which have not been recom-
mended as landmarks, may be charted by their symbols, thus: i

AIRPORTS (Fig. 20) (I-23, -24, -Ic, —Id)

On large-scale charts, the limits of runways of commercial airports shall be shown.

When a commercial airport is to be shown on a small-scale chart, the symbol shown on
Chart No. 1 (item I-Id) is to be used.

All reference to military airports is omitted at present.

MILITARY FEATURES

No name or symbol relating to presently used fortifications or military installations shall
be shown on any chart. Roads or buildings in military reservations shall not be shown unless

requested by the Army or Navy. Prominent natural features and official aids to navigation
must be charted.

Objects of present military importance considered to be essential navigational features
shall be charted only with the consent of the proper military authorities.

50 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

HYDROGRAPHY

GENERAL STATEMENT

Hydrographic features are charted only after a thorough study of the configuration of
the bottom as revealed by the original surveys. The variety of submarine relief must be pre-
sented in a clear and practical manner. Important objects must not be obscured by other
data. A dangerous rock, an islet, or the least depth on a shoal must be shown clearly and
prominently. Small islets and rocks should be exaggerated if necessary, to make them easily
discernible.

Specific instructions to field parties cal] for basic hydrographic surveys to supersede all
previous surveys made by this Bureau in the areas covered. When applying reviewed basic
surveys to the charts, all prior soundings should be removed. However, critical soundings not
specifically disposed of by the reviews of the surveys should not be removed arbitrarily because
such soundings may have been charted subsequently to the date of the review.

Hydrography should be applied progressively from the largest to the smallest scale charts.
Detail is eliminated and generalized in proportion to the scale reduction.

A conflict between the delineation of the low-water line or the amount that rocks awash
uncover on contemporary hydrographic and topographic surveys should be adjusted by giving
greater weight to the information shown on the hydrographic survey.

To aid in navigating by echo-sounding apparatus, depth curves have been given special
prominence on nautical charts in areas where modern hydrographic surveys have been made.
Deep-water submarine relief has thus become more important to the navigator, and the more
faithfully the chart depicts this relief, the closer the navigator can relate his depth readings
to the chart and the more certain he will be of his position. Significant submerged features
shall not be unnecessarily generalized.

Surveys

UNVERIFIED HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYS
Unverified surveys should be applied to charts going to press when the chartered bottom

configuration of the areas covered by the surveys is inadequately delineated. Otherwise, only
the critical information should be applied.

UNREVIEWED SURVEYS

When an unreviewed hydrographic survey is used for charting, a statement to that effect
must be added to the special page provided in the Descriptive Report of the survey.

HYDROGRAPHY 51

WIRE-DRAG SURVEYS (0-6; Q-9,-9a)

Areas in Alaska which have been swept to a safe depth by wire drag, but which have not
been covered by adequate hydrographic surveys, are indicated on the charts by a green over-
print. When time permits, the green tint may be added to other charts of important areas
covered by wire drag.

Soundings on shoals or rocks discovered with the wire drag and not yet transferred to a
contemporary hydrographic sheet must not be overlooked when correcting or compiling a
chart.

The maximum cleared depth over a rock, wreck, obstruction, or shoal shall be charted
on other than a Wreck Chart only when it is within 3 feet of the depths found by other means
in general depths of 18 feet, and within 6 feet in greater depths. Descriptive terms Rk, Wk,
Obstr) are to be charted only when existence of the object is indicated by a field examination
such as by a hang or sounding, thus:

mi 21, 21,

Rk Wreck Obstruction

The maximum clearance over small, shoal areas, such as along the Maine coast, is to be
shown by the bracket symbol and bottom characteristic (if available) thus:

2th
Ard

If no bottom characteristic is available, the descriptive term “Shoal” is to be used, i.e.,

th

Shoa/
The charted abbreviation note shall read:
pil Wreck, rock, obstruction, or shoal swept clear to the depth indicated
II
Soundings

PLANE OF REFERENCE FOR SOUNDINGS

The plane of reference for soundings along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts of the United
States and Puerto Rico is the mean of all low waters (Mean Low Water); except that where
tides on the Gulf Coast and south coast of Puerto Rico are chiefly diurnal, Mean Low Water is
based on a mean of the lower of the daily low waters. Along the Pacific coast of the United
States, Alaska, and the Hawaiian Islands, it is the mean of all lower low waters (Mean Lower
Low Water). Care must be exercised to see that foreign charts used in compilation are on
these planes.

52 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

TIDE NOTE

Upon request by the Nautical Chart Division, tidal information is furnished on Form
C&GS-832, ‘‘Tidal Information” from the Tides and Currents Branch, Marine Data Division.

Values given in the tide note of a chart are referred to the plane of reference of the sound-
ings on that chart. Thus, the amount stated under Mean High Water is the mean of all high
waters observed at the station named. The amount stated under Extreme Low Water is
actually the lowest tide observed during the period in which tidal observations were made.
This period may be a few days or many years. The date of the tide note is that on which
the latest information was applied. ‘This note should be checked for new values approximately
every three years. The date checked shall be given in the lower left corner, thus:

(363) =month and last two digits of the year.

Where applicable, the standard form of tide note shown below shall be used on all charts
of scale larger than 1:200,000.

TIDAL INFORMATION

Height referred to datum of soundings (MLW)
Place Mean Mean Extreme
High Water | Tide Level Low Water

feet feet
Hooper Strait ilnz/ 0.9
Monie Bay 2.3 1.2
Port Allen 25 13

(363)

Mean
Low Water

The approximate geographic position should be shown at each tidal place not easily located
on the chart.

DEPTH UNIT

All soundings on any one chart must be expressed in the same depth unit, either feet,
fathoms, or the combined form fathoms and feet (to 11 fathoms). This applies to large-scale
plans on a chart and also to all of a group of plans forming a chart. However, channel legends
and controlling depth tabulations may be expressed in feet on a chart showing soundings
in fathoms.

SIZE OF FIGURES FOR SOUNDINGS (Fig. 21)

Unless figures of uniform size are used on a Compilation or Drawing, a proper selection of
soundings cannot be made. Large figures usually result in a selection of soundings that are
too widely spaced. The figures used should not be larger than 2 mm., nor smaller than 1.5 mm.

FRACTIONS

Fractions without a whole number should have a bar between the numerator and the de-
nominator, e.g., 7. In fractions accompanying a whole number, the bar is omitted, e.g., 12.

HYDROGRAPHY 53

SOUNDINGS CHARTED IN FEET

Ordinarily fractions of feet are not charted but, where necessary to obtain a proper dis-
tribution of soundings and to show the depth curves in their proper position, a }4-foot fraction
may be used on the deeper side of the curve. One-half foot fractions may also be used to
keep depth curves open and to define more clearly the natural channels.

The following table is to be used when converting tenths of feet on a survey to whole or
half feet:

Survey ¥ feet Whole feet

a 0.0 ft..
0.5 i ft. 0

oak 1 ft. 1

SOUNDINGS CHARTED IN FATHOMS (Fathoms and Feet to Eleven Fathoms)

On all new and reconstructed charts using fathoms as depth unit, soundings shall be
charted in fathoms and feet for depths less than 11 fathoms, thus: 8.

On charts constructed prior to 1948, soundings were expressed in fathoms and quarters to
7 fathoms, then in fathoms and halves to 8 fathoms. Fractions were not used for depths
greater than 8 fathoms except adjacent to the 10-fathom curves, where, in flat bottom, 10%-
fathom soundings were used to avoid displacement of the curve. When extensive hydrographic
revisions are made to these charts, consideration should be given to changing the sounding
- units to fathoms and feet in depths less than 11 fathoms as outlined above. Often it is more
practical to retain the fathoms and quarters units, carrying quarters to 11 fathoms in the
revised area.

When soundings in whole feet or fathoms and feet on an original survey by this Bureau or
in feet and tenths on a Corps of Engineers survey, are to be charted in fathoms and fractions
of fathoms, the feet remaining after converting into whole fathoms (6 feet equals one fathom)
shall be converted to fractions of fathoms in accordance with the following tables:

Feet and tenths ¥ fathoms
0.0 to 0.9 0
1.0 to 2.4 ts
2.5 to 4.0 %
4.1 to 5.1 %
5.5 to 5.9 1
Feet and tenths ¥ fathoms
0.0 to 1.9 0
2.0 to 4.9 2
5.0 to 5.9 1
Feet and tenths Integral fathoms
0.0 to 4.9 0
5.0 to 5.9 1

54 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

When both the original surveys (feet and tenths) and the charts to which they have
been applied show soundings in feet, it is advisable to use the original surveys to correct
another chart on which soundings are shown in fathoms.

Where the soundings are plotted on an original survey in fathoms and tenths, the decimals
of fathoms are to be converted for charting in accordance with the following table:

Integral Integral
Fathom feet Y fm, ¥ fm. fms.
0.1 0 0 0 0
0.2 1 y 0 0
0.3 2 yy 0 0
0.4 2 ys ¥ 0
0.5 3 ¥ ¥ 0
0.6 3 4 hh 0
0.7 4 % hs 0
0.8 5 4 he 1
0.9 5 54 1 i

SELECTION OF SOUNDINGS

The most important features of a chart are the soundings and depth curves by which the
main characteristics of the configuration of the bottom are represented.

The least depths on shoals and the practicable channel depths must be selected before
spacing the surrounding depths. In narrow passages and critical areas of uneven bottom,
care must be taken to select enough soundings to indicate clearly the dangers and the channels
between them. Subject to the foregoing, the soundings in areas completely developed by the
hydrographic survey should be shown with uniformity and without crowding. Crowding a
chart with unnecessary soundings detracts from its clearness and reflects on the cartographer’s
skill. Depth curves can be used effectively to eliminate many soundings and yet reveal the
bottom configuration.

After the shoals are shown and the channels developed, the selection for the rest of the
chart depends on the physical characteristics of the bottom, and no hard and fast rules can
be given. If the slopes are gentle, the selection is simply a matter of spacing the soundings
as uniformly as the survey will permit. If the bottom is rocky and broken, a uniformly spaced
selection will not reveal the true nature of the ocean floor. Care must be taken not to obscure
a shoal sounding by placing a deep sounding too close to it. However, the deepest soundings
must not be neglected as they are valuable for echo-sounding navigation and for defining
the depth curves more clearly. Soundings of the same depth as a curve, and placed close to
or on the curve, serve no useful purpose on the chart and should be omitted. A curve around
a shoal sounding must never touch the figure.

HYDROGRAPHY 55

When there are channel ranges, a line of soundings on the range should be selected. This
does not apply to areas in dredged channels where depths are indicated by a note.

If the application of a recent survey to a chart reveals conditions so changed that satis-
factory junctions cannot be made with the hydrography of former surveys, a blank space is
left beyond the limits of the more recent survey and a note is added: “Hydrography to (east-
ward) from surveys of 1934.”

On small-scale charts, soundings within a group of rocks or coral heads through which
there is no well defined channel should be omitted.

Soundings should be shown in slips and around piers if space permits. Care must be
taken to select soundings far enough off the faces of piers to indicate depths at the bilge and
and keel lines of vessels which will probably use such piers. In new docks or slips where main-
tenance of depths is questionable, legends with dates should be used if space permits.

A shoal sounding on an isolated rock should have the abbreviation “Rk’’ placed near it.
(See O-5a.)

SELECTION OF SOUNDINGS WITHIN COMPASS ROSES

In an area covered by a compass rose, care must be exercised to avoid selecting soundings
or bottom characteristics which may fall on the numerals marking the graduations. Where a
shoal sounding falls on one of the numerals, it usually will be necessary to move the rose.
The selection of soundings or bottom characteristics which fall on a limb of the compass should
be avoided. The foregoing applies to all charts, whether the rose is currently printed in
_ Imagenta, red, or black.

UNDERLINED SOUNDINGS (Q-2)

Soundings selected from blueprints should be underlined on the prints as an aid to the
reviewer.

NO-BOTTOM SOUNDINGS (Q-2)

No-bottom soundings are shown under a bar and small dot, thus: j5], but their use
should be avoided whenever possible.

STREAM DEPTHS (Q-Qa)

The shoreline of narrow streams may be broken to show soundings when necessary. Along
narrow streams the controlling depths from Engineers’ reports should be shown at the places
indicated in the report. Leaders should not be used to show the location of soundings.

692-834 O- 64-5

56 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

22
23 23

Gondmark) «
(mast)

24 22921 21222
8%, Seabee a

2423
sese

ro
20 Fr 7 a 22
SU lea? 30) S ou 028 20 51 25 Stau23e
3 2 an 93) 3, 15199

2 20

9 4 2020 20 r :
9 pe e ea 40% 8 Bit fee raid 2029 So 18 Wee
q? 8 5656 25]ag Wir

J) /i0s102 i
eft Wy

Ace
1 2s) 40 793-87 oe ; a
23 5 a 25;
fe ie at Pe f es ha 262 Yair emer
213 a latte
2 eit 2 2
ence 24

2
is 202) 30

&/ I
23
i re iri 13 a
5 ce

ee ae Bg 8,
‘7

. 10 . at
9 abe t Nag Saee
10 "10 oy sk ak) eo At
no 1038 7 ees! 1826 OWE ene Serohegns re Ss
Me at.g./ nt $4159 4. 13\8; 92: 2B 98 3 13 13
gia: ca 5/2 ii g (SING: Fas a¥ie i 18/8: 98

‘ bn a
. 3 d 3 Tully tins 2 a
VODs 5 ty iste 71818, 8\ 2209 26 ie io I, EE Ya nis 5 KG 10573 20-8

Section of a 1943 basic hydrographic survey which was applied to the lower half of the section
of chart shown on right below.

33
Gp Occ(2)12secS4ft_'s,

a 108 3 ag Sh et

a3

Compilation made in 1907 showing selec- Selection of soundings principally from
tion of soundings in fathoms from an early basic survey shown above. Depth curves have
hydrographic survey. been added for echo sounding navigation.

Note small number of charted soundings
required to bring out the essential features.

57

HYDROGRAPHY

(azis [enzoe yysIz-auo Aloyewixoiddy )
UOIZBSIAVU DUIPUNOS OYE IOF Sano0qyuO0d yWdeq

58 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

/s Yellow Ledge
iM 85a

\

60: "7 crs gy S brk Sh
v 5 sec 65 frvis 4m 108

ORN 93

162 126

Section of chart 225, early edition.

HYDROGRAPHY 59

7 19 oy &
(igs can ees ce, 70 31 Fe
: 52 \& % pp \(30)
acres Rk 25 24 *
9 Bx) * 28 om | x1 a. 72 20) G
ia
22 oo 29 sf ( 33 her Ash 1 Leds le ~)Mni ips
3 39 | (ce el Sear 8!
ie 3 7 |e 43 A ° 96 PPR Ledge 87
( ( cuzus R. anqway 22 87
24 Saw 28\ ae (24/ w Ledgeg7 (i 49
Oe NE a 2 fe ; 105 : 3 @ 78
14 Wireee Rk. | > \ oo 35 49 a bs c
Lf @) 55 67 sf 78 78
Sf ; hy 67 > 32
25 (8 37 Otter Ip 72 30
6 (8) 22 ba ¥ Ledge (45\" (
; _ (9)
Eben I (29) 60) @, 28 49 B4 84
a (8) “i @: we | 55
. Ty i 22) 2) 58
13 10 a a (22
@2 (6) 34
Pies 13) ry 43 73
ay er 70 ht 43
13 eh “6 70 me? &
27 @ 43 Ait
~"eethy
Ledge
2 @®
3B
a We. 54 46
46
a 53
an Sunken =U
69 3! \\9/
40

S842) fon 84 49
54 High Clam Ledgea4 9
73 36
58 eH

102 33
87 55
Nu een 34 72 8
34 (27) EB a5
cn 66
Y/
60 é “8 : at \ 98
58 10) “iol :
yer Gangway : 61
6 8) 72

55 180
8
Susion Rock
4.6

R
7 Oa 132 2

Section of chart 322, of recent construction, showing continuous

depth curves. Same area as section of chart 225.

60 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

III
Depth Curves and Tints

DEPTH CURVES (Fig. 1) (R)

The configuration of the ocean floor can be adequately revealed only by the proper use
of depth curves. The character and form of the ocean bottom, completeness of the surveys,
the draft of vessels using the charts, and the now frequent use of the echo sounder in navigation,
all have an important bearing on the selection of the depth curves to be charted.

Wherever necessary, additional depth curves should be added to existing charts at the
time extensive hydrographic corrections are made, but the Chief of Branch will determine
which curves are to be added. The depth curves to be used on new or reconstructed charts
will be given in the Specifications.

Continuous, solid depth curves in black shall be used on all new or reconstructed charts.
All depth curves shall be labeled clearly in the same unit as the soundings.

The cartographer must be constantly on the alert to add or omit curves, other than
standard, which will bring out more clearly the features of value to navigation. By the proper
use of depth curves, dangers and dangerous areas can be made to stand out clearly. On the
smaller scale charts, it will be necessary to generalize curves to some extent. However, care
must be taken not to close or seriously reduce the width of a navigable channel.

Depth curves applied from surveys by this Bureau are to be charted as close as possible
to the positions shown thereon, except where sufficient curves for fathometer navigation have
not been drawn on the older surveys. In such cases, additional depth curves should be drawn
as necessary. In converting detached soundings to fathoms and fractions, additional curves
or revisions to curves may also be required. Before depth curves are applied to a chart from
surveys plotted in feet and tenths, they should be redrawn on the survey sheet to include
within their limits the appropriate soundings with fractions of 0.2 foot.

Depth curves shall include within their limits all soundings of the same depth as the
curve. They should not touch the sounding figures.

When curves on existing charts are revised, they shall be made continuous solid lines, in
black, as illustrated below.

HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEY

HYDROGRAPHY 61

As illustrated below, short sections of broken curves on the survey sheets should be con-
nected if the configuration of the bottom revealed by other curves in the area being charted
indicates that it would be logical.

IZ 14 14 Pigment) Fe |
14 15 15
I5 16 16

19 21 2) 19 2!
21 24 24

HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEY CHART

When necessary to omit some depth curves on steep slopes, the deepest curve (and the
shoalest if space permits) should be retained and the less important intermediate ones omitted.
Curves must never run abruptly into each other or into the shore, but must be curved to make
them parallel as is the case in nature. The curve to which the blue tint on the printed chart is
to be shown shall be given preference over all other curves and shall be as complete as possible.

~ Deepest and Shoalest Curves Tint Curve Unbroken Deepest Curve
No tint involved 18 ft. curve Maximum width channel

Depth curves around depressions are of little value and, in general, should be omitted,
but they shall be shown when they reveal features which may have some value in navigation,
or when they indicate on which side of a river the deepest water may be found.

62 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

TINTS IN WATER AREAS (R)

On an increasing number of printed charts, a blue tint is shown in water areas to the curve
which is considered the danger curve for that particular chart. In general, the 6-foot curve
shall be considered the danger curve for small-craft and Intracoastal Waterway charts, the 12-
or 18-foot curve for harbor charts, and the 30-foot curve for coast and general charts. The
blue tint should be omitted within the dashed lines used to indicate the side limits of dredged
channels when they connect with the untinted deeper water areas, regardless of depth of dredged
channel.

As a blue tint enhances the value of a chart for navigation, it should be added to all charts
not now tinted which have curves complete enough to define the limits of the tinted areas.

IV
Improved Channels

CORPS OF ENGINEERS (D-De)

The Corps of Engineers is the administrator of the Federal laws enacted for the protection
and preservation of navigable waters of the United States. They are authorized to establish
regulations for navigation therein, approve plans for structures of any kind, establish anchorage
grounds and harbor lines, remove sunken vessels obstructing or endangering navigation and
grant permits for the installation of cables and pipelines. They are also charged with the
improvement of rivers and harbors and the Intracoastal Waterways. Copies of surveys made
by the Corps of Engineers are furnished this Bureau for application to the charts.

IMPROVED CHANNELS (Figs. 1, 21) (Q-5, -6)

The side limits of the improved channels are shown on the charts by dashed lines. Except
when tabulated, the controlling depth with width and date ascertained are given within or
adjacent to the channel. Surveys, Monthly Reports, Annual Reports, and letters of the Corps
of Engineers are the principal sources of information for charting available depths.

In addition to the surveys, detailed information regarding depths in the important dredged
channels is furnished, usually monthly, by the Corps of Engineers, on tabular forms. These
give the project dimensions, controlling depth in each quarter, and date of survey for channels
400 feet wide and greater, and the same information is given for channels from 100 feet to 400
feet wide except that the controlling depth is given for the middle half and for each outside
quarter. This information is disseminated by placing a similar tabulation on the charts,
usually in the form of a sticker and by publication in the weekly Notice to Mariners.

In general, tabular forms are not submitted by the Corps of Engineers for channels less
than 100 feet in width, or for channels having a project depth less than 10 feet, except coastal
inlets and harbors of refuge. Controlling depths reported for these channels are based on at
least 80 percent of the project width.

Tabulated values should not be published in the Notice to Mariners unless a. similar
tabulation is shown on the charts.

HYDROGRAPHY 63

Controlling depths shall be given in feet only, and shall not be greater than project depth.
However, tabulated depths should agree with those disseminated by the Corps of Engineers.

The procedure for charting and publishing controlling depth information is as follows:
1. Nautical Charts

a. Full tabulations for the four quarters

To be used when adequate information is available and conditions of the improve-
ment warrant. The surveys received with the tabulated depths from the Corps of En-
gineers shall always be used to ascertain the best method of presenting the controlling
depth information to the public. Shoals along the edges of the channels should be de-
scribed by a footnote.

Controlling depths in the tabulated form, based on actual surveys, shall not be
superseded by examinations consisting of a few lines only. Such reports shall be taken
care of by a footnote.

b. 27 FEET FOR MIDDLE WIDTH OF /50 FEET JAN 1/963

This form shall be used for channels 100 feet wide and greater when the tabulated
form is not considered justified, and when there are shoals in the outer quarters near the
edges of the channels.

The controlling depth shall be given as near the project depth as possible, and shall
be for the greatest available width. Consideration shall be given to the draft of the
vessels expected to use such channels when selecting the depth and width to be charted.

When the available width closely approximates the project width, the word MIDDLE
may be omitted.

Cc. 27 FEET FOR WIDTH OF 50 FEET JAN 1/963 (see note)

This form shall be used when the controlling depth is given for the middle 80 percent.
In this case, when the information is available, the depths in the outside quarters
shall be stated in the Notice to Mariners.

d. 5 FEET

This form shall be used when no information is available as to the date the controlling
depth was determined or the width to which it applies.

e. When no recent information is available relative to an improved channel charted
by dashed lines, consideration should be given to removing the channel lines and adding
soundings and depth curves. Channels classified by the Corps of Engineers as inactive
fall in this category.

Soundings and curves should also be used for those channels for which infrequent
surveys are received provided the scale of the chart is such that soundings and curves
would better depict the bottom configuration.

692-834 O - 64-6

64

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

f. Center line depths shall be given as a footnote on the tabulated form when found
justified.

g. On charts where dredged channel legends and tabulations are adequately covered
by larger scale charts, omit the legend and tabulation, place a ‘‘(see note)” in the channel,
and add (preferably on land) a project note similar to the following:

BEAUFORT INLET

The project depth is 30 feet to Morehead
City. For controlling depths see chart 423.

h. Unless supported by controlled, properly developed surveys, Coast Pilot inspec-
tion reports shall not be used to show greater controlling depths in channel legends or to
update the legends.

i. Where the depth reported is less than the charted depth, use a notation such as
“Reported shoaling in channel 1961”. Abbreviate if necessary to ‘Rep shoaling 1961”
or “Shoal rep”. In Federal project channels the charted depth legend shall be retained
if there is room.

j. When permit drawings for public or private developments indicate that dredging
has been accomplished but no afterdredging survey has been furnished, a legend such as
“Reported dredged 6 ft 1960” may be used.

2. Notice to Mariners:

a. The same tabulated depth information shown on the charts shall be published in
the Notice to Mariners.

b. Revisions made on the charts shall be published in the Notice to Mariners in the
same format, to permit mounting over the charted tabulations.

c. When space on the chart does not permit stating the controlling depths for the full
project width, and the information is available, the depths in the outside quarters shall be
given in the Notice to Mariners.

d. All controlling depth notes published in the Notice to Mariners will call attention
to the fact that the Corps of Engineers should be consulted for subsequent information, thus:

The Corps of Engineers should be consulted for changing conditions
subsequent to the above.

HYDROGRAPHY 65

Vv

Dangers
CORAL AND ROCK REEFS AND LEDGES (A-11d,-11g)

Coral and rocky reefs and ledges are indicated on the charts by the same symbol. The
area between the mean high-water line and the outer edge of the ledge symbol should be tinted
green on the printed chart. The type of reef (rock or coral) is named when known.

Reef or ledge symbols should be distinctly drawn so that they will reproduce satisfac-
torily on the printed chart. The symbols for reef areas less than )’’ in diameter, at the scale
of the chart, should be changed to a rock awash symbol. A reef or ledge symbol is used only
when the reef or ledge uncovers at low water.

There is no distinctive symbol for a submerged reef or ledge, and where the limits have
been determined they should be indicated by a dashed line which encloses the sunken rock
symbols or the appropriate legend (See O-10). Italic letters should be used for the legend

A rocky reef is considered to be detached from shore, whereas a ledge is a rocky formation
connected with and fringing the shore. Italic lettering should always be used when ledges
are named.

OYSTER REEFS (Pg. 69)

Oyster reefs which uncover at the plane of soundings should be indicated by a low-water
curve and labeled, thus: ““Oys’”’. Submerged reefs, not adequately defined by soundings, should
be delineated by a short-dashed line properly labeled at frequent intervals.

NAMING REEFS

The style of type to be used in the naming of reefs surrounding an island is a cartographic
problem. In general, it is best to use italic lettering when the reef predominates, and roman
lettering when the island predominates.

RIPRAP MOUNDS (K-Ka)

At many light structures on the East coast, riprap mounds are maintained to protect the
structures against ice damage or scouring action.

As a warning to small craft, all known riprap mounds shall be clearly charted, using the
scallop-like symbol for rock (Symbol Sheet, A-11d). In most instances this will require ex-
aggerating the outer limits of the riprap so as to extend them beyond the light symbol’s 3-mm.
magenta disc.

On charts of the 1:80,000-scale series where these riprapped lights are not charted, a rock
awash symbol shall be shown in the position of the light structure.

When the riprap symbol is charted, the following caution note shall be added to the notes
of that chart:
CAUTION

Mariners are warned to stay
clear of the protective riprap sur-
rounding navigational light struc-
tures shown thus: <o3

66 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

FISH HAVEN (Fig. 1)

Fish havens are artificial barrier reefs and obstructions, established to enhance fish
propagation in coastal waters (See Chart Letter 921/59).

Small areas shall be shown by a dotted circle, blue tint, and labeled as follows:

+, Obstruction
“-" Fish Haven

Large areas shall be shown by short-dashed lines, generally without blue tint, and labeled
thus:

vA : S

1 Obstruction \

\_ Fish Haven )
“XN fs

~— =
-—--—

OIL WELL STRUCTURES (0-Oa,-Ob)

Structures established in offshore water areas for the drilling of oil wells shall be charted
as a solid 1.25-mm. square symbol with proper description as follows:

1. Unnamed structure: a ewe (iehted)

2. Named structure: wm) iszel ented)

(Names on the latter type structure are visible from seaward and the air, making them
extremely useful as privately maintained aids to navigation and for AIR-SEA rescue operations.)

Structures shown on the 1200-series charts shall be omitted from the 1100-series. In the
areas so affected, the 1200-series chart limits shall be shown in magenta on the 1100-series

with the following explanatory note:
CAUTION

Oil well structures are charted only
where offshore of the indicated limits
of the 1200-series charts.

When oil well structures are reported to exist in confined, constricted or landlocked water
areas, the area shall be labeled: “Obstructions Wells and Pipelines.”

HYDROGRAPHY 67

ROCKS

In a general way, rocks are classified as bare rocks, rocks awash, and sunken rocks. Bare
rocks are those extending above the plane of Mean High Water; rocks awash are those exposed
at any stage of the tide between Mean High Water and the chart datum; sunken rocks are
those covered at the chart datum.

For cartographic purposes, a more specific classification has been adopted. This classifi-
cation is different, as between the Atlantic and Gulf Coasts on one hand, and the Pacific and
Alaska Coasts on the other. For a graphic representation see Page 68.

Atlantic Coast
Bare rocks (O-1)—extending more than 1 foot above Mean High Water.
Rocks awash (O-2, 3)—having their peaks between 1 foot above Mean Low Water
and 1 foot above Mean High Water.
Rocks awash at chart datum only (O-3)—having their peaks between 1 foot below
and less than 1 foot above Mean Low Water.
Sunken rocks (O-5a, 26)—covered more than 1 foot at Mean Low Water.
Pacific Coast
Bare rocks—extending more than 2 feet above Mean High Water.
Rocks awash—having their peaks between 2 feet above Mean Lower Low Water and
2 feet above Mean High Water.
Rocks awash at chart datum only—having their peaks between 2 feet below and less
than 2 feet above Mean Lower Low Water.
Sunken rocks—covered more than 2 feet at Mean Lower Low Water.

Page 69 shows rocks as they are shown on survey sheets and the equivalent symbols and
notes to be used on charts.

In using the rock symbols, the cartographer should consider the character of the area,
whether exposed or protected; the proximity to shore; the range of tide; and the probable
visibility of the rock at some stage of the tide.

Special care should be used in charting dangerous rocks. Isolated and dangerous rocks,
whether bare, awash, or sunken, are emphasized on the charts by a black dotted line encircling
the symbol. It should be noted that, on some hydrographic survey sheets of this Bureau, a
rock symbol encircled by a dotted line indicates any rock that has been accurately located,
whether it is dangerous or not.

SUNKEN ROCKS AND ROCKS AWASH (0)

In areas that are generally foul, and where it is impracticable to get actual depths, the
symbols for sunken rocks and rocks awash may be used in such a manner as to give a general
picture of conditions prevailing in the area. The sunken-rock symbol must not be used when
the depth on the rock is known, except on small-scale charts where there is no room for the
depth figure.

To give prominence to dangerous offshore rocks, the complete note relating to them shall
be charted, thus: Uncovers 3 ft MLW (Mean Low Water). Survey notes of awash MHW
should be converted to sounding datum.

The abbreviations MLW, MLLW, MHW, or MHHW shall be used.

MHW

MLW

MHW

MLLW

68 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

ROCKS

Atlantic Coast

MHW

2 —=

Chart Symbol 2 pK # # * *) (a) Oe)

More than / ft / ft. or less Awash Less than / ff. / ft. or more / foot More than | ft.
below MLW below MLW MLW above MLW above MLW above MHW above MHW

Pacifie Coast

MHW

MLLW

Chart Symbol 3pK Br # # (2) x(g) ay)

More than 2 ff. 2 ft. or less Awash Less than 2 ft. 2 ff. or more 2 feet More than 2 ff. Z
below MLLW below MLLW MLLW above MLLW above MLLW above MHW above MHW {

Relationship of Rock Symbols to Tidal Datum Planes.

CHART SyMBOL
2 ix? (offshore or dangerous)
3 (individually located) ; ed (if offshore or dangerous)
|
4
5 2b (aes
6 (individually located) + or it} | + or i+: (if offshore or dangerous)
7d (3) * x (3) (uncovers 3 ft at sounding datum)
8 bares 6 ft MLW (MLLW) * *(6) or oH: uncovers 6 ft MLW (MLLW)
2 | uncovers 6 ft MLW (MLLW) * * (6) or oe uncovers 6 ft MLW (MLLW)
10 awash MLW (MLLW) * | + or {#3 (awash MLW or MLLW)
11 (Q)* | + or i#: (awash MLW or MLLW)
12 awash MHW x * (8) (difference between MHW and plane of soundings)
* (I) *(1) or £%: uncovers | f MLW
14 (Atlantic Coast / ft below MLW) | Rk | 4 or cH: awash MLW
15 (Atlantic Coast 2 ft below MLW) 2 Re | 2 Rk
(Pacific Coast 2 ft below MLLW) # or $4: awash MLLW
(Pacific Coast 3 ft below MLLW) 3 Rk
(Atlantic Coast / ft above MHW) x (8) or 2%; uncovers 8 ft MLW (see next page)
(Atlantic Coast 2 ft above MHW) 2 (2) or 20% (2) (if dangerous)
20 % (8) OF ix: uncovers 8 ft MLLW (see next page)
(Pacific Coast 3 ft above MHW) 2(3) or +0: (3) (if dangerous)
uncovers # tide * (5) or 2x: uncovers 5 ft MLW or MLLW (3 tide plane)
23 a) ee * (5) (value at offshore rock only)
24 (reef, large scale survey) & | x (small scale chart)
* (small scale chart)
\30 \
Wwe (small scale chart)
35>
“>

y
29 (large scale survey) Se es (small scale chart)
*

30 (coral or rocky ledge)

31 (large scale survey) ay (small scale chart)
32 (oyster bar uncovers at MLW) (tinted)

33 (oyster bar submerged) C S| (Ogee Paes

34 (oyster bar submerged and uncovers at MLW) € (

70 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

WRECKS (O)

Chartered wrecks are generally of two kinds, stranded or sunken, the former term applying
where any portion of the hull is above the sounding datum, and the latter applying to those dan-
gerous or nondangerous wrecks which are below the chart datum or where the masts only are
visible. A sunken wreck with less than 11 fathoms of water over it is considered one which
may be dangerous to surface navigation (see pg. 71).

Wrecks cleared by wire drag should be indicated on the charts by the special symbol
provided.

The symbol for a dangerous wreck differs from that for a nondangerous wreck in that
the symbol for the former consists of the sunken wreck symbol surrounded by a dotted curve.
For emphasis, a blue tint should be added within the danger curve around wrecks.

All nondangerous (as well as dangerous) wrecks are to be charted on Alaskan charts,
regardless of depth. In other areas except on “Wreck Charts,’’ nondangerous wrecks shall not
be charted outside of the 20-fathom curve; however, those now charted shall be retained.

On the ‘Wreck Charts,” (for benefit of fishing industry) twenty-two to date (71, 1106-
1117 incl., 1207, 1215, 1219, 1222, 3075, 3076, 5020, 5021, and 5022) all known dangerous or
nondangerous wrecks are to be shown out to the 300-fathom curve. Nondangerous wrecks
shown on Wreck Charts 1207, 1215, and 1219 shall be omitted from the 1100 series. The
seaward limits of these 1200-series charts and an explanatory note shall be shown in magenta

on the 1100 series.

When wrecks or obstructions are searched for with the wire drag and the reported position
is cleared, with no hang obtained, the maximum clearance is to be shown on the Wreck Charts
only. The “basket”? symbol will be retained, but the descriptive term (i.e. ‘Wreck or Obstr’’)
should be omitted. Nothing will be shown on the other charts except when shoals or rocks are
also cleared as specified under WIRE-DRAG SURVEYS.

The symbol and all references of a wreck or obstruction are to be removed from all charts
when the word “‘raised”’ is used in the Wreck List or other sources such as Notice to Mariners.

When the words ‘‘destroyed” or ‘‘demolished” are used, the symbol shall be retained on
the Wreck Charts only.

According to the regulations given above, some wrecks will be treated differently on the
Wreck Charts than on other charts, while others will appear only on the Wreck Charts. A
comparison of the overlap between a Wreck Chart and a non-wreck chart shall accordingly
be guided by these instructions.

Information relative to wrecks shall be published in the Notice to Mariners.

HYDROGRAPHY

WRECKS

Visible wreck

Sunken wreck which may be
dangerous to surface navigation.

: / Qk FIR
a we Wreck

Nondangerous sunken wreck

Sunken wreck with only
masts visible

Wreck, depth known {S Wreck

Wreck, cleared by wire drag ah

Wreck or
Wk

(Wreckage ’
we i)

Wreckage

Wreck, large-scale chart

Wreck, submerged,
large-scale chart

Stranded wreck, showing any portion of the
hull or superstructure above datum of soundings
(not masts,and funnels only).

Note that the bottom line of the symbol, which
represents the water surface, must always be par-
a/le/ to the bottom of the chart.

Do not apply this symbol in crowded areas,
especially when it interferes with Topography. (Use
dangerous sunken wreck symbol instead.)

When marked by a light (on charts with magenta
overprint)

Wreck over which the exact depth 1s unknown
but is considered dangerous to surface navigation
and might have less than // fathoms.over It.

When marked by a light (magenta disc over-
print).

When marked by a lighted buoy (magenta disc
overprint).

When marked by an unlighted buoy.

Wreck over which the depth 1s unknown but
not considered dangerous to surface navigation or
has more than // fathoms over it.

All of hull or superstructure submerged. Masts
showing above datum of soundings.

Least depth found over wreck.

Wreck cleared by wire drag to 2/ feet. (See
instructions listed under wire drag.)

Outline of the area of a number of wrecks.

On large-scale charts, wrecks should be deline-
ated in outline when a// or most of the hu// or
superstructure shows above the sounding datum.

On large-scale charts, submerged wrecks should
be outlined by a dashed /ine.

71

72 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

KELP (0-20)

Kelp generally grows in areas of rocky bottom, and in exposed waters it is found in depths
as great as 10 fathoms. The presence of kelp is an indication that submerged pinnacle rocks
may exist in the area.

In general, the word “Kelp” is used in place of the kelp symbol, which is used only in small
areas.

TIDE RIPS (0-18)

The words “Tide Rips”’ shall be used in place of the symbol.

MARINE ACCIDENT FILE

In 1954 a special file of nautical charts was established for use in connection with marine
accident cases or wreck investigations. Upon receipt of information of an accident, three
copies of the appropriate charts at the time of accident are placed in this file and retained for
five years.

DANGER TO NAVIGATION REPORT

The Coast and Geodetic Survey policy for the disposition of a report of a grounding or
other danger to navigation is best explained by reference to the flow diagram, page 73. In
general, the routing of a report is as follows:

1. A danger to navigation report received by, or originating with, the Coast and Geodetic
Survey in the field is immediately forwarded (generally by radio) to the affected Coast Guard
District Office for publication in the local Notice to Mariners and for broadcasting over radio to the
boating public. Our commanding officer in the field also notifies (generally by telegram)
Bureau Headquarters in Washington, D.C.

2. Immediately upon receipt of a danger to navigation report in our Headquarters, the
report is routed through the Office of the Director and the Assistant Director for Cartography,
to the Office of the Chief, Nautical Chart Division. This Division Chief then requests an
evaluation by the Operations Officer; Chief, Hydrographic Branch; and Chief, Nautical Data
Branch. Upon receipt of the results of this evaluation with recommendations, the Division
Chief makes the decision as to how the reported danger would be charted. In accordance with
this decision, the Chief, Aids to Navigation Section writes an article for insertion in the Notice
to Mariners. A copy of the danger report, with a notation as to how it will be charted, is for-
warded with recommendations from the Chief, Nautical Chart Division, through the Assistant
Director for Cartography to the Assistant Director, Office of Oceanography, for consideration
of a field investigation of the reported danger. A copy of the report is also sent to the Coast
Guard for consideration of aids to navigation. Another copy is furnished the Corps of Engi-
neers for consideration of removal of the danger.

HYDROGRAPHY ie

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY

POLICY FOR DISPOSITION OF
REPORTS OF DANGERS TO NAVIGATION
(Rocks, Wrecks, Obstructions, Shoaling)

MARCH 1963

| Navigational Danger reported from field

Commanding Officer et District Officer

C&GS Survey Ship Coast & Geodetic Survey

Coast Guard
District Office

Reported in
Local Notice
to Mariners

Director
Coast & Geodetic Survey
Washington 25, D.C.

Assistant Director
Office of Cartography

Coast Guard
Headquarters

Chief, Nautical Chart Division
Makes decision, based on Bureau Policy,
as to charting reported danger

Chief
Hydro.
Branch

med Operations Assistant Director
Officer Coast Guard Corps of Office of Cartography
Headquarters Engineers
Chief, Nautical :
DataiBeanch Copy of report, with

recommendations, is

forwarded to Asst.

Chief, Aids to ¢ Director, Office of
Navigation Sect. Oceanography

Existing stock of charts
is hand corrected before
issue from Wash., D.C.,
New York & San Francisco

Reported Danger
is published in
weekly Notice
to Mariners

Chief, Operations Div.

Field investigation,
immediate or future,

is made at discretion
of Asst. Director,
Office of Oceanography

Reported Danger is added
to each affected chart
at time of printing

74 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

VI

Bottom Characteristics

BOTTOM CHARACTERISTICS (S)

Bottom characteristics shall be spaced at reasonable intervals over the chart and shall be
placed a little below and to one side of the sounding. Within practical limits the representa-
tion should show the type of bottom on the different bottom features. Rocky areas unsuitable
for anchoring as well as areas well suited for anchoring are of special interest to the navigator.
Fishermen have a special interest in the characteristics on shoals and those revealing areas in
which nets might be damaged.

In general, two words or their abbreviations will suffice in describing bottom characteristics.
The abbreviations used must conform with those printed in the standard note on the chart.
Only in special cases will it be necessary to use any others.

In harbors, inland waters, and along the coast, where the navigator may be interested in
the holding quality of the bottom, characteristics should consist of the type or character, such
as rky, hrd, M, sft, S, stk. Avoid hrd M and sft S.

In deep water, characteristics should consist of the type of bottom, and color, if pertinent,
such as bk M, yl Cl, Sh, S.

VII

Verification of Wire-Drag Surveys

The area and depth diagram, which is also known as the “A and D sheet”’, shows the final
results of drag operations in a simplified and clear manner. It shows the maximum effective
wire-drag depths in every portion of the area covered by the wire-drag survey. It also shows
the soundings as well as the groundings on shoals. A summary of groundings and clearances
is given in the Descriptive Report.

The soundings and groundings are shown by black numerals; the groundings are encircled
in green ink. Notes at groundings give the maximum effective wire-drag depth at which the
groundings were cleared. If the grounding was not cleared by a subsequent wire-drag strip,
these notes will so state.

A grounding not cleared by a wire-drag strip may be charted only as a sounding. Areas
shown on the A and D sheet as “‘splits” or insufficient overlaps of adjoining wire-drag strips are
considered not to be covered by the wire-drag. (For further information concerning wire-drag
surveys, see Coast and Geodetic Survey ‘‘Wire Drag Manual,’’ publication No. 20-1.)

HYDROGRAPHY 7)

VIII
Review of Hydrographic Surveys

The written review appended to the Descriptive Report of a hydrographic survey is a
record of the discussions, evaluations, and recommendations derived from a comprehensive
study of the latest and prior surveys by this Bureau and charted information from other sources.

The compiler shall read the review before applying the survey to a chart. The review
serves as an important aid to the compiler in the construction or revision of a nautical chart.

A review’s main purpose is to make the new survey complete with reference to all informa-
tion on prior hydrographic or wire-drag surveys so that it is unnecessary for the chart compiler
to consult any prior surveys of the area covered, except as specifically mentioned in the written
review. The latest reviewed basic survey supersedes all prior surveys in the common area.
In order to do this, it is frequently necessary to carry forward from the prior surveys to the
present survey, data which have not been confirmed or disproved by the present survey.

Compilers will find specific comments and conclusions in the review relative to the char-
acter. of the area, shoreline, and development of the bottom features including the least depths
on shoals or obstructions. The adequacy of the junctions with contemporary surveys or other
currently charted detail is considered and evaluated.

Discussions by the reviewer, under ‘(Comparison with prior surveys”, consider changes in
shoreline or bottom configuration and state whether these changes are due to natural or arti-
ficial causes or to less detailed and accurate methods employed in the prior surveys.

Under the heading “Comparison with chart” the origin of the charted data is listed, and
all differences between the charted and current survey data are enumerated. The majority of
the charted information will have been considered in the comparison with prior surveys.
Therefore, attention need be given only to the charted data from Chart Letters, advance
copies of Boat Sheets, Coast Guard and Naval Oceanographic Office Notices to Mariners,
Corps of Engineers surveys, or other sources. Where charted data from sources other than
the Bureau surveys have not been disproved by the present survey and should be retained on
the chart, a specific recommendation to that effect is made. Finally the discussion is concluded
with a statement as to the adequacy of the present survey to supersede the charted hydrography.

In cases where improved channels fall within the area of the hydrographic survey, the
controlling depth notes are usually furnished by the Corps of Engineers. Controlling depth
notes dated subsequent to the present survey information are recommended for retention on
the chart.

Where shoals and channels have shifted in position and are not adequately marked by the
charted buoys, or a new unmarked danger is noted, the review will so state. Differences
between the charted and present survey position of the fixed aids to navigation are noted.

The compiler should note whether or not the survey and review has been finally inspected
and approved for application to the charts or if it has been previously partially applied. Guid-
ance as to the proper procedure should be sought from the Chiefs of the Conventional or
Small-craft Chart Branches.

Finally the compiler should give reasons in the “History of Cartographic Work”’ for devia-
tions, if any, from the recommendations made under ‘(Comparison with charts’’ in the review.

76 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

IX
Registration of Surveys

The registration of hydrographic surveys (H-Series) is completed upon receipt of the
Smooth Sheet, Descriptive Report and field records in the Washington Office. Besides the
regular basic hydrographic surveys there are wire-drag surveys (which are filed as the H-Series
with a suffix W.D.), field examinations (which are designated as F.E. and filed progressively by
the year of the registration), and the deep-sea tracklines (which are filed under specific H-Series:
H-7100 to 7119). All permanent survey records such as supplementary special reports,
sounding volumes, fathograms and other such records are forwarded to the Bureau library.

The registration of photogrammetric surveys (T-Series) is not completed until after the
survey has been reviewed and approved. Although copies of many photogrammetric compila-
tions can be obtained from the vault they may represent only the incomplete, preliminary or
advance photogrammetric information. These copies are maintained as a temporary reference
file and are destroyed upon receipt of the final approved copy.

The various types of photogrammetric surveys filed in the vault are Planimetric, Shore-
line and Topographic surveys. Planetable surveys generally made prior to the advent of
photogrammetric surveys are also filed in the vault. These may also be planimetric, shoreline
or topographic in the details shown. The registry numbering of the planetable surveys are
from 0 to 4999, those mounted on aluminum are from 6000 to 7999; photogrammetric surveys
are numbered from 5000 to 5999 and 8000 to 12000.

Geographical indices are maintained for all registered surveys on medium-scale nautical
charts of the Bureau. The actual coverage is diagrammed on these charts, some of which are
programmed on two or more copies to avoid congestion.

xX
Survey Repository

The original surveys of the Coast and Geodetic Survey are filed in the fire-proof repository,
located in room 1117. This vault contains over 9700 topographic and 8700 hydrographic
surveys which have been made since 1834.

The vault is also a storage depot for assorted documents associated with the Bureau
surveying activities and for some classified materials. It is needless to say that this material
is irreplaceable and should be handled with extreme care.

All persons removing documents or surveys from the vault shall complete either the blue
(hydrographic) or the pink (topographic) request forms C&GS-8255, ‘‘Topographic/Hydro-
eraphic Sheet Request” and assume complete responsibility for the prompt return of all items
borrowed.

AIDS TO NAVIGATION He

AIDS TO NAVIGATION

GENERAL STATEMENT

Lights, lightships, fog signals, buoys, daybeacons, radiobeacons, and loran (see section
on electronic aids to navigation) are the principal aids to navigation shown on the charts.
Complete information regarding these aids will be found in the Light List. The correct chart-
ing of these aids is illustrated on Figures 1 and 24 in the Appendix, and on Chart No. 1.

Aids with their characteristics must be so charted that they are identified readily by the
chart user and are not obscured by less important information. Care must be taken that the
legends which describe the light characteristics fall outside both the magenta disc, used to
overprint the dots representing the positions of lights, and the encircling magenta rings, used
to symbolize radiobeacons.

It is the responsibility of the cartographer and verifier to see that all aids and lettering
concerning aids are in their correct positions on compilations and in the areas corrected on
Drawings, before being submitted to the Aids Section for checking.

There is a definite pattern to the placement of aids to navigation marking our harbors and
inland waterways known as the Lateral System. The coloring and numbering of lights, buoys
and daybeacons is determined by their position with respect to the navigable channels pro-
ceeding from seaward toward the head of navigation. Even-numbered, red or white lighted
buoys and lights, mark the right-hand side of the channel entering from seaward. Odd-
numbered, green or white lighted buoys and lights, mark the left-hand side of the channel
entering from seaward. In coloring and numbering of offshore buoys and lights along the
coasts and along traffic routes not leading distinctly from seaward, or toward headwaters, the
above system applies when proceeding in a southerly direction along the Atlantic Coast, in
a northerly and westerly direction along the Gulf Coast and in a northerly direction along the
Pacific Coast. The Intracoastal Waterway is similarly marked proceeding from the north
Atlantic States to the lower coast of Texas regardless of the compass headings of individual
sections.

When determined by triangulation, the position of all fixed aids must be plotted carefully
by their geographic coordinates. When determined by stereo bridging, they should be plotted
by their geographic coordinates, directly from Form 567. When not determined by triangula-
tion or stereo bridging, their positions should be transferred carefully to the Drawings from the
survey sheets. The symbols for buoys, daybeacons, and lights, together with their accompany-
ing lettering, should be so placed as to keep channels clear.

78 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

All aids to navigation along dredged channels shall be charted in their true positions when
being plotted or revised on Drawings or Aid Proofs, unless such aids on opposite sides of a
channel plot less than 1.5 mm. apart. In this case the aids may be separated to 1.5 mm. if the
approval of the Chief of Branch is obtained. At this separation, daymarks will barely overlap.
However, aids shall not be moved off ranges or natural objects. The overlap of magenta discs
is not considered detrimental to the clarity of the chart. Any lettering or sounding within the
disc should be moved to clear it except a critical sounding which shall not be moved.

It will not be necessary for cartographers to investigate the charted positions of channel
aids in those areas not being revised from new source material unless the Aid Proof indicates
that this should be done.

Fixed aids are often built on rocks and isolated features, and care must be taken to restore
these features when. the aids are removed from the charts.

Before being sent to the Reproduction Division, all new or corrected charts must be sub-
mitted to the Aids Section for checking of aids. After all the necessary work has been accom-
plished in the Reproduction Division and the chart is ready for printing, a final check of aids
is made, at which time a check must be made of the printing date. This printing date should be
a Monday following the date of the last Notice to Mariners applied. The Coast Guard Head-
quarters, Aids to Navigation Division, is contacted at this time for knowledge of proposed
navigational aid projects with approximate dates of completion within the chart limits in order
to coordinate the printing supply and completion of major revisions.

Temporary defects in aids to navigation are not indicated on the charts except where
a buoy replaces a fixed aid. A standard note covering this practice is added to all charts.

(See Fig. 9.) When a buoy replaces a fixed aid, the following abbreviations are added at
the fixed aid by a hand correction in red:

TRLB Temporarily replaced by lighted buoy showing the same characteristic
TRUB Temporarily replaced by unlighted buoy
TLB ‘Temporary lighted buoy

TUB Temporary unlighted buoy.

LIGHTS (Figs. 1, 19, 20, 24) (K)

The positions of all fixed lights shall be shown on Drawings by the intersection of two red
lines parallel to the neatlines, and on Compilations by similar intersecting blue lines. On charts,
a lighted beacon or lighthouse is represented by a black dot, 0.76 mm. in diameter, and over-
printed by a magenta disc, 3.0 mm. in diameter.

On all Drawings and Compilations, the cartographer shall indicate the size of the magenta
dises for lighted aids to navigation by drawing a non-photographic blue-ink circle on the
Compilations and a green-ink circle on Drawings, using the standard diameter at each position.

AIDS TO NAVIGATION 79

The characteristics and numbers of all lights must be shown on the Compilation in blue,
and on the Drawings in red, and must be in the exact positions they will occupy on the finished
chart. The lower case ‘‘!’”’ is used in the abbreviation for flashing, Fl. Two lights on the same
structure should be so indicated by their characteristics even though these are the same,
e.g.{fg- Amber lights are indicated by the abbreviation “Am.’’ The words and abbrevia-
tions for visibility and every, vis., and ev., are to be omitted from the charts. The visibility
distance of range lights shall not be charted.

On large-scale charts, the characteristics of lights shall be shown in the following order:

1. Character as Gp Fl group flashing

2. Color as R red

3. Period as (3) 10sec three every ten seconds
4. Height as 85ft eighty-five feet

5. Visibility as 10M visible ten miles

6. Number gary On? light number ‘‘2”

The legend will appear on the charts thus:
Gp FI R(8) 10sec 85ft 10M ‘‘2””

Omissions shall be made on the smaller scale charts in the following order:

Ist height, 85it
Gp FI R(8) 10sec 10M"‘2”

2nd period, every 10 seconds
Gp Fl R(8) 10M “2”

3rd_ number in group, (3)
Gp Fl R 10M“‘2”

4th number, “2”
Gp FIR 10M

5th wisibility, 10M
Gp FIR

On small-scale sailing charts, complete information regarding characteristics should be
given for those lights which it is anticipated will be used in coastwise navigation.

Names of lights which are not numbered should be charted when space permits.

692-834 O - 64-7

80 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

OFFICIAL U.S. COAST GUARD PHOTOGRAPH

MILE ROCKS LIGHT

Mile Rocks Light Station, located one-half mile off Lands End in the Golden Gate area of San Francisco,
was completed in 1906. The superstructure, which is 78 feet above the water, houses the fog signal apparatus
and a 11,000 candlepower light visible at 14 miles. The rocks upon which the light station is situated are
constantly washed by swirling currents.

AIDS TO NAVIGATION 81

BUOYS (Figs. 1, 21) (L)

In general, the positions of floating aids should be taken from the latest Aid Proof of the
largest scale chart available. However, survey positions should be given careful consideration.
Any floating aid taken from sources other than the Aid Proof should be left in pencil for checking
by the Aids Section. The Aids Section shall ink all such aids accepted and call for deletion
of the corresponding presently charted aid.

The position of a navigational buoy or mooring buoy is indicated by the dot or small circle
at the base of the symbol.

In congested areas and on smaller scale charts, omissions of characteristics at buoys shall
be made in the following order:

Lighted Buoys Unlighted Buoys Daybeacons
‘Is ROO R R
Fl R 4sec BELL N@2AY" By 277
R’’22"" on R
and 7 R BELL Nae 9”
FIR yor
3rd BELL’’22”” N 12
FIR
2 BLT
5th BELL

All buoys, except mooring buoys, black buoys (and red buoys which are colored red instead
of magenta on Small-craft and folded Intracoastal Waterway Charts), should carry the abbrevi-
ation indicating their color.

Periods (cycles) of the lights on buoys must be indicated on the charts, but the visibility
need not be shown.

Lighted buoys are indicated on the printed chart by a magenta disc, 2.5 mm. in diameter,
and centered on the dot at the base of the buoy symbol. (See L-2.)

For the present, buoys carrying radar reflectors are indicated on the charts, thus: Ra Ref
The symbol for radar reflector is: > (See M-13.)

Buoys, with their numbers and characteristics, should be shown on the Compilations in
black, and on Drawings in red, clear of rock symbols and the least depth on shoals.

82 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

To simplify correction work along channels, buoy symbols should be placed at an angle
of about 65 degrees from the channel lines, and with the symbol pointing toward the top of
the chart wherever possible. The lettering pertaining to channel buoys should be placed far
enough away from the channel lines to permit slight changes in the positions of the buoy
symbols without disturbing the lettering.

YN
Ze a He vo : 7 a
Te ZK x el
ee N"6 Y V4 4 N NU 6 ae ee
on Ue Sens Ya
oe 2 arin Bor S |
Ye Ne
Ha ~ II

The orientation’ of the buoy symbols, other than those along dredged channels, should be
about 25° from the vertical.

Unlighted buoys along dredged channels shall be charted in their true position on large-
scale charts. On small-scale charts, when the widths of channels are exaggerated, the buoys
are charted in their correct relation to the edge of the channel.

Buoy symbols marking the limits of fish trap areas should be oriented so as to fall inside
the area and, in general, at an angle of 65° from the limiting lines.

Mooring buoys, whether lighted or unlighted cans, nuns, or spars, should be shown by the
mooring buoy symbol. (L-22)

The purpose for which a buoy is to be used determines the symbol for charting. Buoys
having a ring to which a boat is to be tied, shall be represented by the mooring buoy symbol.
A white can, nun or spar, lighted or unlighted buoy marking a position for dropping anchor
or marking anchorage area limits shall be represented by the standard open buoy symbol.

Racing buoys shall not be charted. In areas where racing buoys are established, the
following note shall be charted:
RACING BUOYS

Racing buoys within the limits
of this chart are not shown hereon.
For location and description see the
Coast Guard Local Notices to
Mariners and Light List.

DAYBEACONS (Fig. 20) (1-52)

Daybeacons on large-scale charts shall be shown in black on Compilations, and red on
Drawings, in their true position by the standard symbol. Black beacons shall be shown in
solid color and all other beacons shall be shown open. Red beacons shall be overprinted in
magenta. The abbreviation ‘Bn’ should be shown only at beacons which do not have identi-
fying numbers or letters. The abbreviations on both land and water should be in vertical
lettering. The abbreviation for black shall be omitted, but the abbreviation for color shail be
shown and placed above the number, or above or after “Bn,” thus: A Ae ABnR

R
"lt
The center of the symbol is the geographic position.

AIDS TO NAVIGATION 83

LIGHTSHIPS (Fig. 24) (K-6)

Characteristics of lights on lightships shall include the height of the light and its visibility.
The position of a lightship is indicated on the chart by the small circle at the base of the symbol.
This circle is to be overprinted on the final chart by a magenta disc 3.0 mm. in diameter.
Names of lightships should be in Draftsman’s Italic. Correct charting of a lightship is illus-
trated on Figure 24 in the Appendix.

STATION BUOYS

A station buoy is anchored close to a lightship, or to an important buoy, to mark the posi-
tion in case the regular aid is carried away. The station buoy has the same color as the regular *
aid. Lightship station buoys bear the letters L.S. above the initials of the station. Station
buoys are not to be shown on the charts.

LIGHTFLOATS (L-12)

Floats which display lights should be indicated on the chart by the lighted open buoy
symbol and labeled ‘“‘rroar.”’

LIGHT SECTOR (Fig. 1) (K-12; P-4)

A Light Sector is an arc of a circle bounded by two radii in which a light is visible. The
length of the dotted line used to indicate the limits of a Light Sector should generally cor-
respond to the visibility given in the Light List. Thus, if a light’s visibility is 20 miles, the
length of the ray lines should be 20 miles at the scale of the chart.

Limits of sectors and arcs of visibility are given in the Light List in degrees in a clockwise
direction from seaward toward the light.

Colors of sectors are labeled in the form of an arc of a circle about one inch away from
the light. For red sectors, a magenta line should be shown under the words “rep sEcToR.”

HORN

A horn, bell, gong, or siren, not accompanying a regular aid, should be indicated on the
chart by a small circle symbol. The name should be in caps, using 6 pt. No. 3 Lightline Gothic
style of type: o Horn

84 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

RADIOBEACONS (Figs. 1, 24) (M-3, 4, 5)

Radiobeacons are operated continuously with a series of six radiobeacons sequenced on a
single frequency. In the system of time sharing, the six beacons are sequenced to transmit for
a period of one minute in consecutive rotation with the exception of marker radiobeacons which
operate continuously transmitting a series of 4-second dashes for 13% seconds, silent 144 seconds.
Details relative to radiobeacons will be found in the Light List and U.S. Naval Oceanographic
Office Publication No. 117, Radio Navigational Aids. For policy governing charting of aero-
nautical radiobeacons, see Page 30.

Radiobeacons are indicated on the charts by a magenta circle 7.1mm. in diameter. The
magenta circle need not be shown adjacent to the standard abbreviation note shown on the
charts.

For charts on the Atlantic Coast with scales from 1:40,000 to 1:1,000,000, and on the
Pacific Coast with scales from 1:40,000 up to the smallest scale charts, excluding Charts 9340,
9400, 4000, 9000, the frequency, code signal and operating schedule shall be indicated
adjacent to the radiobeacon symbol, thus:

R Bn 302 ==—-e & ———e
Continuously (1m on-5m silent)

In Canada, with the exception of those beacons revised to the above standards, the charac-
teristic signal is usually repeated three times and is followed by one or more dash signals. In
this case the legend should be charted as follows:

R Bn 300 -:-= 3times& ==
60m-10m & 30m-40m

On charts with scales other than those mentioned above, only the radiobeacon symbol
(magenta circle 7.1 mm. in diameter) and the legend R Bn shall be charted.

Only marine radiobeacons have been calibrated for surface use. Limitations on the use
of other radio signals as an aid to marine navigation can be found in the “List of Lights and
other Marine Aids,’”’ published by the Coast Guard and ‘Radio Navigational Aids,’ Naval
Oceanographic Office Publication No. 117.

DISTANCE FINDING STATIONS (Fig. 24) (M-15)

Sound signals synchronized with radiobeacons shall be indicated on the charts by the ab-
breviation “DFS.”

AIDS TO NAVIGATION 85

AERONAUTICAL LIGHTS (Figs. 1, 24) (K-4)

As the effective range of aeronautical lights is in most cases greater than that of the lights
established for ship navigation, those listed in the Light List should be shown on the charts.
The position is indicated on the chart by a dot with a magenta disc 3 mm. in diameter. The
light symbol should be accompanied by its characteristics and the abbreviation’“AERO.”’ (See
Aeronautical Radiobeacons, Radio Range Stations, pg. 30.)

All true aeronautical lights are rotating in character and are shown on the charts as ‘‘Rot.”’
The color is indicated by the standard abbreviations used for nautical lights. The period,
height, visibility and number are not charted.

Obstruction lights, sometimes referred to as aeronautical lights, are not to be charted
unless specifically requested and approval is obtained from the Branch Chief to chart same.
When the structure is shown with the landmark symbol and the obstruction light has been ap-
proved for charting, the following symbolization shall be used: © rons Since the landmark
symbol is used, the magenta disc is omitted.

A file with a card for each rotating aeronautical light is maintained in the Aids Section.
This file gives the location and color of the lights. The Radio Facility Chart Branch of the
Aeronautical Chart Division furnishes all information which it receives that can be used in
the correction of the card file. 'The compiler should consult this file before making any changes
to charted aeronautical lights. If changes are made, the card should be corrected accordingly
and, if necessary, the change should be published in the Notice to Mariners.

PRIVATE AIDS (K-17; L-29, -Lf)

Only those private aids listed in the C.G. Light List shall be charted. If aids established
and maintained by private interests are charted, they shall be marked, ‘‘Priv maintd” (in
vertical type if fixed, in italic type if floating). On small-scale charts, or when space is limited,
this information may be omitted if charted on one or more large-scale charts covering the area.

Any fixed unlighted aid not established or maintained by the Coast Guard, and not listed
in the C.G. Light List, should be charted thus:'© marker when approximate, thus: © Marker

Lighted aids should be shown with the light symbol, proper characteristics and the ab-
breviation ‘‘Priv maintd”. If the aid is not included in the Light List it should be charted thus:

o Marker (lighted) When approximate, thus: © marker (lighted)

A private light (charting approved by Branch Chief) on a radio tower, or other struc-

ture shown with the landmark symbol, should be charted in a manner similar to the following:
R TR
FaReet

Since in this case the landmark symbol is used, the magenta disc should be omitted.
“F R Lt” is the abbreviation for fixed red light.

86 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

I

Electronic Navigational Systems

Included within this category are those electronic navigational systems which require the
cartographer to prepare the necessary lines of position for overprinting on selected charts.
Currently this category includes Loran ‘‘A’’, Loran ‘‘C” and Consol.

Loran ‘‘A”’ provides accurate fixes at sea to ranges of 700 nautical miles by day and about
1400 nautical miles by night, regardless of weather. Loran depends upon measuring in micro-
seconds (millionths of seconds) the time interval between the reception of short pulses trans-
mitted from pairs of radio stations on shore. One transmitter of a loran pair, the ‘‘master
station”, emits a number of uniformly spaced pulses each second. Several hundred miles away
a second transmitter, the ‘slave station”, emits a corresponding series of pulses which are
kept accurately synchronized with those from the master station.

The time difference between the reception of a master pulse and the corresponding slave
pulse establishes one point. If a constant value of time difference is observed at a series of
points, and if these points are plotted on a chart and connected, the resulting smoothed curve
will be a spheroidal hyperbola, and a loran line of position. A minimum of two ‘families’ or
‘Sates’’ of these loran lines of position are overprinted on a given chart to provide intersections
for fixes.

Loran “‘C” provides very accurate fixes at sea to ranges of 1400 nautical miles day and
night by using ground wave signals. Fixes up to 2500 nautical miles may be obtained day and
night using sky wave signals; however, the accuracy is then of the order of +5 nautical miles.
The method of observation is basically similar to Loran “‘A”’ except that all stations in a chain
operate on the same pulse repetition rate.

At the present Loran ‘‘C”’ is being used as a special purpose highly accurate navigation
system for the Department of Defense. In order to obtain the ultimate accuracy out of the
system, especially programed shipboard computers are used. Due to receiver costs, few sets
other than by the military, are in use.

In preparing for this overprinting, the cartographer is concerned with these steps:
1. Determining which rates will provide the best coverage on the given chart.

2. Determining which lines of position for a given rate will result in the most satisfactory
and usable spacing.

3. Plotting the tabular intercepts on a copy of the chart printed on a stable medium, and
connecting like points with smooth curves.

4. Preparing overlays as necessary to indicate color separations.

AIDS TO NAVIGATION 87

The determination and establishment of the most satisfactory rates is normally the result
of coordination with the U.S. Coast Guard, and the decision of the Chief of Division. These
factors are important for consideration:

1. The geographic distance of the stations of a given rate from the neatline limits of the
chart.

2. The relationship of rates to one another. The most satisfactory fixes are obtained where
the intersections of the lines of position are normal to one another; the least satis-
factory are at or near baseline extensions.

3. The existence of extensive shoal areas on a chart would preclude the overprinting of
loran lines within these areas.

On a printed copy of the chart the cartographer shall sketch in the desired lines of position,
preferably in the colors in which they are to be printed. Normally, a given rate is printed in
the same color on all charts; any deviation from this shall be authorized only by the Chief of
Division. The lines of position shall be spaced approximately three-fourths of an inch apart
where convergence is greatest; as the lines of position diverge, intermediate lines shall be added.
Excepting near base-line extensions, no space shall be greater than the largest spacing of the
linear interpolator. Normally, every line of position is labeled; the 100-microsecond lines shall
carry the complete designation, as 214-1500, while intermediate lines may be designated only
as 1420, 1440, etc. The designation shall be kept aligned as far as possible, and are spaced
along each line at 15- to 18-inch intervals.

A blueline made from the black negatives of the chart shall be procured. The blueline
should be printed near the center of a large sheet of polyester plastic, on the grained side; the
plastic shall not be trimmed from the edges.

Three principal forms of plotting data for loran lines of position are available:

1. The bound copies of ‘Loran Tables”, N.O.O. Publication No. 221 with specific sub-
numbers in parentheses.

2. “Tab Runs”, which are preliminary tables also obtained under limited distribution
from the Oceanographic Office.

3. Supplemental “tab runs” obtained from our own Computing Division to augment
either of the above.

A quick examination of the tables and tab runs above will show that intercept values
are provided for every 15’ of arc at and near both stations where the hyperbolas change direc-
tion most rapidly. Further out from the two stations, intercepts are provided for every 30’,
while at the greatest distances they are at every minute of arc. Rule in the necessary additional
projection lines in a non-photographic blue ink. The projection lines should be ruled outside
the neat lines as necessary to insure at least one plotted point for every line of position either.
on or outside the next lines.

88 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Plot the intercepts from the tables (or tab runs), labeling each point with a small circle
in colored pencil, preferably that color in which the rate is to be printed. Frequently it will
be necessary to interpolate to obtain points for intermediate lines of position. Both tables
and N.O.O. tab runs provide “delta values’ (the column headed by ‘‘A”), which are actually
tenths of a minute of arc expressed as whole numbers. The algebraic sign preceding the delta
value indicates whether it is to be added to or subtracted from the intercept next preceding,
to obtain a new intercept midway between the full values.

After all rates are plotted on the single sheet of stable-base plastic, like points are con-
nected by fine black lines. All necessary type is added as determined by the study above,
as well as a linear interpolator that best fits the more usable intervals of lines of position.

Colored overlays shall be prepared one for each color in which loran information is to be
printed, and each overlay shall show clearly what information is to be printed in each color.

All notes pertaining to loran in general, as well as the linear interpolator, shall be added
to the black Drawing, to be printed in black.

When one of the loran rates is printed in magenta, all compass roses shall be printed in
black.

All loran lines of position, including base-line extensions, shall be engraved 0.004’’ wide.

Loran lines of position shall be broken only for type of the same color, for all sky wave
corrections, and for ocean station vessels. Black information shall not be broken for loran
information; neither shall loran information be broken for black information. Avoid placing
loran type where it will be obscured by the black.

After verification, the loran Drawings with type and the overlays are ready for reproduction.

A consol radio station is a directional radio beacon. The bearing lines radiating from the
station are great circle lines of position identifiable to the mariner by a separate count of dots
and dashes. The navigator determines his bearing from a station by a count; the intersection
of bearings from two stations provides a fix. Consol may be used in conjunction with one or
more of the established methods of navigation.

Control points for consol bearing lines are computed as geographic positions either by
the cartographer, or submitted as tab runs from the electronic computer. On a reverse blue-
line of the black negatives, plot first the geographic position of the consol station, then plot
the remaining geographic positions of the bearing lines. Connect like points with smooth
curves in pencil only.

Using the consol station as a center, ink in arcs of concentric circles to include all of the
pencilled bearings and space the several arcs uniformly five or six inches apart. The inter-
sections of the pencilled bearing lines and the arcs shall be shown by short ticks inked on the
inside of each arc; intermediate points for bearings may be computed as necessary, or they may
be added by graphically subdividing the circular distance.

SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS 89

SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS

In the Spring of 1958 The Director of the Coast and Geodetic Survey appointed a com-
mittee to make a study of a special chart to meet the requirements of the small-craft navigator.
A compact chart was designed for use in the inland and coastal waterways of the United States
for recreational boators. These compact charts, the latest addition to the Bureau’s list of
nautical charts published, are the Small-craft Charts. They provide the small-craft navigator
with a convenient instrument for navigation and are constructed with the same high standard
of accuracy established for the Conventional Nautical Charts. To promote safe navigation,
selected basic educational aids are charted for the small-craft operator. Small-craft Charts
are issued in three different types (see page 90) and are identified by the following assigned
group numbers:

I. 100-SC to 199-SC: Small-craft Chart Folio, consist of three or four folded sheets
printed front and back and bound in a suitable cover—(Chart 101-SC).

II. 600-SC to 699-SC: Small-craft Route Charts (rivers and narrow waterways), con-
sist of a folded single sheet printed front and back and issued in a suitable jacket—
(Chart 690-SC) (Conventional Charts printed front and back may be assigned to
this number series by deleting the letters ‘‘SC’’).

800-SC to 899-SC: Small-craft Route Charts (Intracoastal Waterway) consist of a
folded single sheet printed front and back, and issued in a suitable jacket— (Chart
829-SC).

III. 70-SC to 9500-SC: Small-craft Area Charts. The “SC” designation following the
chart numbers will in all cases, except those listed above, designate a Conventional
Chart published with additional Small-craft information. These charts are folded
on a horizontal axis folding into panels—(Chart 246-SC).

90

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

The diagrams below show the cover, base, neatline and panel
dimensions of the three basic types of Small-craft Chart formats
in current use.

100-SC FOLIO CHART TYPE
Small-craft Chart: Multiple pages printed back-to-back; each page
accordion-folded and issued in a side (ring) binding with protective
cover.

TRIM

OUTSIDE FRONT
8”

COVER
SIZE 142" x 174"

OUTSIDE BACK
Q”

Binding Edge

Binding Edge 1”

BASE
TRIM 143” x 322”
OUTSIDE BORDER 14” x 315”
he NEATLINE 13,93” x 31.43”

Fold

PANELS 82”, 8”. 8”, 8x 143"

600-SC AND 800-SC ROUTE CHART TYPE
Charts of rivers, narrow bodies of water; Intracoastal Waterway
Charts. 1 page printed back-to-back; 7 folds; 8 panels; accordion-
folded and issued in a jacket.

Y T
|
JACKET
TRIM SIZE 15$"x 184” |
|
INSIDE
OUTSIDE BACK OUTSIDE FRONT | FLAP
7 a 7” =
3 3 |
uw uw
BASE |
TRIM 15" x 59" |
OUTSIDE BORDER 143" x 58”
NEATLINE 14.43” x 57.93” |
PANELS 7 3/8”x 15”

AREA CHART TYPE

Conventional Chart: 1 page printed one side; folded on a horizontal

axis; accordion folded and issued in a jacket.
oars / Center Fold Hi

BASE !
THESE CHARTS VARY IN SIZE AND SHALL BE PRINTED ON
PAPER OF SUFFICIENT DIMENSIONS TO ALLOW FOR A SINGLE
HORIZONTAL FOLD AND 7 3/8" STANDARD ACCORDION FOLDS

Small-craft Chart Sizes

SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS 91

Small-craft Charts

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

FORMAT DIMENSIONS: See page 90.

A PLANNING LAYOUT shall be made on a pre-determined format, showing the limits,
title, and scale of the base chart and the insets. Space permitting, selected photographs of
pertinent features within the charted area will be employed.

MERCATOR PROJECTIONS, based on the middle latitude of the chart, shall be computed
and ruled for the base chart and insets. Projection and subdivision intervals are determined
by the chart scale.

-LINE WEIGHTS: See page 96.

SOURCES shall include all the latest information as to:

. Hydrography
| Standards
. Topography
. Photography
. Aid Proofs
. Coast Pilot
. Geographic Names Standards

. Notice to Mariners

on Doan FF Ww DY fF

. Facilities (Services and Supplies)

When source material has been evaluated, a graphic index shall be made of all the data
to be used in the chart. For compilation, this source material is then reduced or enlarged
photographically for fidelity of detail and scale. All data used during compilation and review
must be recorded on the History Sheets. Marine Weather information, Tides, Currents,
and all other notes concerning the chart and insets should be selected and revised, if neces-
sary. Modernized wording should be used whenever possible.

FACILITY information is obtained by a facility inspection survey. The facility positions
are plotted on the largest scale charts, T-sheets, or quads covering the Small-craft Chart
area and described as Facility Standards. Information for individual facilities shall be
assembled and transferred to the facility index forms. Field numbers designate the indi-
vidual facilities until all facilities have been plotted on the base charts and insets. A number
is then assigned and applied to the red or magenta compilation in bold type with a leader
to its exact position. The facilities are listed consecutively within the Facility Index and
placed on the cover whenever possible. Facility tabulations are revised in each new edition
of the chart.

92

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CHART DETAIL to include:

1. Landmarks and other navigational aids shall be precisely plotted.

. Urban area limits are selected from latest sources, outlined on an urban compilation

and show the actual urban limits and not the city or town boundaries. The urban
pattern will be screened by the Reproduction Division.

. Main roads and railroads shall be single line, identified, labeled and show through the

urban pattern. All roads leading to facilities must be shown.

. Drainage patterns, lakes, streams, canals, and reservoirs are charted when significant.
. Selected critical spot elevations and bluffs should be charted if prominent.

. Latest bridge and cable data shall be applied.

HYDROGRAPHY is to be compiled from latest sources. Hydrographic information on the
base charts within the limits of the insets is omitted except for that used for through traffic.
Soundings shall be carefully selected and charted in feet, or fathoms and feet, as required.

The 6-foot, low-water, and/or other critical depth curves are selected. A blue tint shall be
shown to the 6-foot or critical depth curve.

Low water areas are tinted green and outlined by a dotted curve.

Reefs, rocks, shoals, wrecks, piles and other water obstructions shall be carefully plotted.
Bottom characteristics shall be carefully selected and spaced.

All channel limits and notes are placed on the black Compilation.

Restricted, prohibited, cable and pipeline areas shall be verified and applied to the red
or magenta Compilation. Restricted areas are shown by the “TTT” symbol.

MAJOR COURSE HEADINGS are shown on the red or magenta Compilation, and appropri-
ately labeled.

MAJOR DISTANCES are international nautical miles and given between primary course
changes and/or at marked five mile intervals on the red or magenta Compilation.

SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS 93

TYPE for entire chart and insets shall be ordered using Small-craft Chart No. 117-SC as a
standard. Futura Type is the basic style type to be used on all Small-craft Charts. This
open-face style provides, under adverse conditions, ease of identification and increased
legibility. (See page 96 for type styles and sizes.)

All type must be placed carefully and interfere as little as possible with the cartographic
detail.

Marginal information and standard notes shall be applied using Small-craft Chart No.
117-SC as a standard.

INSETS: The placement of insets is determined on the planning layout and so far as prac-
ticable, insets are placed on the reverse side of the base charts. Projection intervals are
determined by the scale. The insets are numbered and cross-referenced as to their location
on the base charts. The limits of insets, on the base charts, are outlined accurately and num-
bered in sequence on the magenta or red Compilation. Compass roses should be placed on
all insets, however, where space is limited a north arrow shall be charted.

CHART INDEX of the area shall be compiled at the best possible scale to diagram the cha>ted
area and the adjoining chart coverage. This index is placed on the outside back cover when-
ever possible.

TIDE TABLES are photographic reductions of the published Tide Tables.

TINT GUIDES are sent to Reproduction to guide them in the application of the blue and
green tints.

The date of the latest Notice to Mariners must be used for the cut-off date when the proof of
Base No. 1 is ready for final verification of aids. This cut-off date also applies to the re-
maining sections of the Small-craft Chart.

A certain degree of flexibility should be allowed in Small-craft Chart compilations due to the
special problems encountered in difficult areas.

All other procedures in the construction of Small-craft Charts, in general, follow the Nautical
Chart Manual standards.

On the planning chart, compilation, and final drawing, attention is directed to the cartographic
balance of the complete Small-craft Chart with its ultimate use always in mind. This chart
is designed for recreational craft use and emphasis must be placed on completeness, accuracy,
legibility of type and detail, and final usage.

New editions of the Small-craft Charts are issued annually and are not hand corrected
between printings. Notices to Mariners warn navigators of critical changes between editions.

94 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CONSTRUCTION OF SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS

I. Prepare a layout, to scale, of the selected area on pre-determined format (see pg. 90).

A. Assemble layout in cover showing continuity of coverage and positions of scales, compass
roses, insets, notes, photographs, etc.

II. Present to Chief of Division, the layout, detailed specifications and proposed method of
compilation to be employed.

A. Secure his approval and scheduled date of completion.

B. One of the three following methods for compilation construction is presently used for
“Folio” charts and ‘‘ Route” charts:

Method No. 1

A new Mercator projection is computed and ruled on a stable plastic. The areas not
covered by conventional large-scale charts are compiled by rough drafting from evaluated scaled
source data on the new projection. The Compilation is then forwarded to the Reproduction
Division for engraving. From the resulting scribed copy a blackline print is furnished. This
print is then the base Compilation, and requires a complete application of geographic names,
notes, soundings and other miscellaneous type on a registered transparent stable plastic overlay.

Method No. 2

Mosaic to new Mercator projection, if required, positive scaled sources photographically
reproduced on stable base film. The scaled sources are made from the existing large-scale
conventional chart negatives. The resulting mosaic is the base Compilation. Compile and
smooth draft, on this mosaic base, all required hydrographic and topographic revisions. Re-
tain all geographic names, notes, projection values, etc. as per existing conventional chart.
Supplemental type stripper-film from existing charts is applied direct to the mosaicked base
Compilation.

Method No. 3

Same as Method No. 2 except for limited modernization of hydrographic and topographic
symbolization. Duplicate negatives, of existing large-scale conventional charts, are made by
the Reproduction Division and the required modernization applied to these negatives as per
furnished marked copy. Stable-base film positives, made from the corrected negatives, are
mosaicked and used as the base Compilation. This method requires a complete application of
new small-craft style type for geographic names, notes, soundings and miscellaneous type on a
registered transparent stable plastic overlay.

SMALL-CRAFT CHARTS 95

SMALL-CRAFT CHART TYPE GUIDE

MOLOGHR AEE Cs NAWVIE)S Sm ee eee Futura Book

STREET NAMES, RR AND ROUTE NO’s_ 6 Pt. Futura Book

STATE AND COUNTY NAMES.________- 10 Pt. Futura Book

SION LILO WUNIN IONS). 5 oe See 6 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique

HYDROGRAPHIC NAMHBS_-_-__-_-------- Futura Medium Oblique

PANTO TE ANT) Ses pa petite ny of Aa a he arte 8 Pt. Futura Medium and 8 Pt. Futura Medium

Oblique (in congested areas 6 pt. may be
used)

SOMMINID TING S sess nee ee es sae ee A 6 Pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic

SOUNDING SHRACMON Stas a= ans —== Stock Film (N-329, N-405, N-452)

BOTTOM CHARACTERISTICS. ________- 6 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique

COUWURSH BEARING Sosa oe eee ens 8 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique

MILEAGE DESIGNATIONS_____-____-_- 10 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique

(CUO RI DUN DS 2 ee re Oe ee 6 Pt. Futura Medium Oblique

HEIGHTS OF ROCKS ABOVE SOUND- 6 Pt. Futura Book

ING DATUM.

ALL NOTES (2”’ AND 3%’’ WIDE)---_-_- 8 Pt. Futura Book

BRIDGE AND OVERHEAD CABLES.__-_ 5 Pt. Futura Book
SeIGAINIDINGAR KS ©). Sates pp Oe I IS 6 Pt. Futura Book

PROJECTION FIGURES (BASE)-___-____- 10 Pt. Futura Book

PROJECTION FIGURES (INSETS)-____- 8 Pt. Futura Book

PROJECTION SUBDIVISION FIGURES 6 Pt. Futura Book
(BASES AND INSETS).

SPAUDHGRIE), VAIS Se) jn Eee 6 Pt. Futura Medium

SCALE DESIGNATIONS. .______-________- 10 Pt. Futura Book
IBVANISS, SSL OVNIGI DY TINA Doe = Ee eee 8 Pt. Futura Book
INSET AND PHOTO LABELS.---_-_-____- 10 Pt. Futura Book
BASH (PAGE) NUMBER SS s2255 225 oe aeee 12 Pt. Futura Medium

JOINS NOTES (WHEN JOINING AN- 8 Pt. Futura Medium
OTHER SMALL-CRAFT CHART).

CONMINUEDENORES eas) s ae ee ene 8 Pt. Futura Book
JRA CIUDIMDSC INNOIMOBT DIRS) 10 Pt. Futura Book
TAN CHILLING JONI DOD APYORIB oe ee ee 8 Pt. Futura Book

nsf pe 8 Pt. Futura Book (in congested areas 6 pt.
may be used)
NM CORRECTION DATE (BASE)______- 10 Pt. Futura Book

692-834 O- 64-8

Wo}
(or)

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

SMALL-CRAFT (HEAVY BORDER LINE) 035”

SMALL-CRAFT (INSET BORDER LINE) INSET OUTLINE ON BASE (RED) MILEAGE MARKER LINE (RED) .020”

pies oy eo ieee ape INTERNATIONAL-STATE BOUNDARY as ite Wi yo Se — 015"
ROADS 012”

ANCHORAGE (RED) £0,101 ENCOUN EOUNDAR Vaan 01210
_____DANGER AREA (RED) 5.0mm _RESTRICTED DUMPING GROUND (RED) 010”
SUBMARINE OPERATING AREA (RED) PROHIBITED ANCHORAGE AREA (RED) 010”
DEFENSIVE SEA AREA (RED) a 5.0 mm PROHIBITED AREA (RED) 010”

RESTRICTED AREA (TYPE SYMBOL-RED)
totititiriiiiitaiittiaitiiiaiaiaiaiaiantitaai ata aia ay

SHORELINE (HEAVY) 011”

6.0 mm oe i RAILROADS 010”

ap STL 2 SSTATELPARKGRESERVATION BOUNDARY. yc Son
__ _ CHANNEL (WIDE) _4- 5.0mm CHANNEL (MEDIUM) 43.7 mm ___ CHANNEL (NARROW) __ 2.5 mm _008”
SUES SPOIL AREA FISH HAVEN, ig 2.0. mm _ DISPOSAL AREA _____ DUMPING GROUND_____.008"”
SHORELINE (LIGHT) CANALS DITCHES STREAMS PIERS 007"
_______ RULES OF THE ROAD (RED) =a 3.7 mm__ COURSE LINE (RED) SUBMARINE TRIAL AREA (RED) 6.5 mm__.007”
FISH TRAP_AREA 007”

RAY LINES (TYPE SYMBOL)

2 ee ok, CABLE AREA (RED) __ 215mm ee oe PIPELINE AREA (RED) 006”
RATNVGESTUINY Eas SEWER REDD) RAILROAD TIES 006"
= OVERHEAD POWER CABLE See TRAILS oe ay pe s TRIAL COURSE. __—__s_—_—« 006”
PROJECTION oe TRANSMISSION LINE a8 Fr MARSH LIMITS _ | 005"
DEPTH CURVES 005”
uw oe 3!
CURRENT ARROW (RED) go? Ni 00
(TYPE SYMBOL) 95 — RN \3 Lege \né
—<—f0.1_kn_ Surfaced Ramps
FACILITY NUMBER FACILITY BOX (RED)
TYPE SYMBOL (RED) (TYPE SYMBOL)
NORTH ARROW (INSET) mn
LARGEST OF 4 SIZES (TYPE SYMBOL) oe = ° POSITION OF LIGHT, TYPE SYMBOL
>= $$$ = pene
AGE r LIGHTED BUOY, TYPE SYMBOL (RED)
Pirates
JOINS 184-2 (chart 296) (RED) Picea ia ites BEACON HOHTSHIA ee Saat
08" Rey LIGHTHOUSE AERO LIGHT (RED
4 € )
STORM 18
CONTINUED ON CHARTS 362 AND 1212 WARNINGS 012"
284"
7.1 mm Gy) RADIOBEACON, TYPE SYMBOL (RED)

Small-craft line weights-symbols

PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS 97

PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS

THE MERCATOR PROJECTION

The parallels of latitude and the meridians of longitude constitute the framework for
placing accurately all details which enter into the construction of the finished chart. They
are essential to the navigator in plotting and scaling his position.

With few exceptions, nautical charts are constructed on the Mercator projection. On this
projection, meridians of longitude and parallels of latitude are straight lines intersecting at right
angles. The distances between meridians are equal throughout the chart, but distances be-
tween parallels increase progressively from the equator toward the poles, proportionately as
the scales of the parallels increase, so that the scale at any point on the chart is the same in
all directions.

This projection has a number of advantages, among which are conformality, simplicity of
construction, convenience in plotting positions from the border divisions, and the fact that
on it alone a course can be laid off from any meridian or compass rose within its borders. Its
principal advantage, however, and the one responsible for its world-wide use for nautical
charts is that any straight line drawn on it in any direction is a rhumb line (loxodromic curve).
Thus the rhumb line, or the track of a ship on a constant course, is a straight line on the pro-
jection and will pass all features along that line exactly as they are charted. This is a great
advantage in coastal navigation, since the straight line representing a constant course to be
made good will indicate at once the distance at which dangers will be passed abeam.

Disadvantages of the Mercator projection are that it makes comparison of areas very
misleading when large differences of latitude are involved; that great circle routes cannot be
plotted conveniently on it without the use of an auxiliary gnomonic chart. Other disadvan-
tages are that the scale is constantly changing with the latitude, with the result that a eraphic
scale cannot be used on smaller scale charts, making it necessary to measure distances along
the border divisions for the latitudes in which the distance lies; and that for distances over
200 miles, bearings must be adjusted before plotting.

On all nautical charts, a minute of latitude is considered to be approximately 1 nautical
mile.

98 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CONSTRUCTION OF A MERCATOR PROJECTION

To construct a Mercator projection, draw a straight line for a central meridian and then
draw a central parallel perpendicular to it. Each should be as central to the sheet as the se-
lected intervals of latitude and longitude will permit. To insure greater accuracy on large
sheets, the longer line of the two should be drawn first, and the shorter line erected perpendicular
to it.

Example

Required a Mercator projection for a new chart of Corpus Christi Bay, Texas, extending
from latitude 27°38’ to 27°55’30’’; longitude 97°00’ to 97°27’; scale of middle parallel to be
1:40,000; projection interval 5 minutes, with construction line subdivisions 1 minute
apart. For convenience all measurements are determined in millimeters.

THE MERIDIANS OF LONGITUDE

The middle parallel being 27°47’, the length of a minute of longitude is found, by reference
to the Coast and Geodetic Survey Special Publication No. 5, page 64, to be 1642.65 meters
(the value of 5’=8213.3 divided by 5=1642.65). At the scale of the chart, one minute of longi-
tude equals 1642.65 divided by 40,000=0.0410665 meters or 41.067 millimeters. Lines repre-
senting 5-minute intervals of longitude (541.067 =205.335 millimeters), and 1-minute subdi-
visions for construction purposes (41.067 millimeters) may now be drawn.

THE PARALLELS OF LATITUDE

The distance between parallels of latitude is obtained from C&GS publication Mercator
Projection Tables, Clarke Spheriod of 1866 (1955), page 7, by multiplying the differences between
any two parallels of latitude by the value of 1 minute of longitude. For example, the value
of a minute of latitude between 27°38’ and 27°39’ is 1.12283 41.067 or 46.111 millimeters.
The spacings for all desired intervals may be obtained in the same way.

The latitude and longitude values thus obtained should be entered on Form C&GS-1016
“Mercator Projection Data on N.A. 1927 Datum.” After the necessary data have been tabu-
lated, the required projection lines are drawn parallel to the central meridian and central parallel
as indicated in the illustration. When the Coordinate Plotter or Ruling Machine is used, the
sum of the intermediate distances should be tabulated as shown on the sample of Form 1016.

PROJECTION LINES (Fig. 1)

Projection lines are full lines extending from neatline to neatline. They are broken for
soundings, lettering, and other features which otherwise would be obscured by having the
projection lines drawn through them. The projection line intervals in Figures 4 and 6 of the
Appendix should be used in all cases, as they have been selected for a convenient span with
dividers.

PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS 99

C & GS 1016

NC (4-9-62)

Mercator Projection Data on N.A. 1927 Datum Chart No. 22° 2
o
a

Location _CORPUS CHRISTI BAY, TEXAS e

Scalemee tO 000M es ee atitude 20a Ka
io
(s)

Major Projection Interval___>__ BLACK Minor Projection Interval 1’ Biue

Border. 0.0 -1.5-—-1.5 — 7.5 MM Material -010" VINYLITE

Dimensions in Millimeters EGE SS WN os DRA o(hO) My

limits 27°38' TO 27°55'30" Lat., 97°00' to 97°27' LonG.

3.3 = 1642.65 METERS; AT MAP SCALE 1642.65 = 0.0410665m = 41.067MM

1’ Long. at Middle Latitude_> 40,000

Remarks ALL INTERVALS COMPUTED IN MILLIMETERS

Computed by__Name, Date Checked by Name, DATE

West to East South to North
Intermediate Total ee Inter. | Toto/
Distance | Distance _| * DIFF | Dist | Dist:
‘fans jtesoo| sso0 feos || a anol aa
BORDER 1.500 3.000 eee pee le 000
! HH
(In actual practice, complete interval listing)
NEATLINE 97°00'00" 41.067 Be Ola

N
ul

BORDER 7.500 | 1126.809 eee ae eet 7.500|825.981
BORDER 1.500 | 1128.309 eee ae 1.500|827.481

*C & GS Mercotor Projection Tables, /955 , Page 7 **¥ 1.12283 x 41.067

M-2938-1

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

100

L90°T?

OvoL2
Stolz
}
(@pnyye7 e1ppiW) jallered i
= T
[L | Sa === 0G0LZ
I +
| |
Le IE |
GGoLZ
- t

100026 S006 101.26 1SZoL6

PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS 101

COMPLETED PROJECTIONS

On compilations cut apart in an east-west direction, the cartographer must indicate the
distance (in millimeters) across the cut between parallels of latitude.

Projection intersections (ordinarily in blue) and other auxiliary information used by the
compiler must be retained for use by the verifier.

PROJECTION RULING MACHINE

There is available in the Bureau a machine to rule accurately, and to a certain extent
mechanically, polyconic and other projections of slight curvature, as well as Mercator pro-
jections and grids. This machine can rule on paper, plastic, and other mediums. The size
of a projection that can be drawn on the ruling machine is limited by a rectangle 41 by 59
inches whose sides are parallel to the projection lines. The sheet itself, however, can extend
somewhat beyond these limits, but ordinarily should not exceed 42 by 60 inches. In special
cases a sheet 46 by 65 inches can be ruled.

It is a responsibility of the cartographer to check the projection before starting to compile
a chart.

COORDINATE PLOTTER

The coordinate plotter can be used to rule Mercator projections and grids. It has a maxi-
mum working area of 43 by 45 inches. The length can be extended by supporting the outer
end of the sheet. Dials read to 0.1 of a millimeter and can be estimated to 0.01 of a millimeter.
Prepare computations to 0.001 of a millimeter.

CORPS OF ENGINEERS RECTANGULAR COORDINATES (LOCAL)

The local grid systems used by the Corps of Engineers are rectangular and have a pro-
gressive deviation from the meridians and parallels. The meridian through the origin of the
system is ordinarily parallel to the north-south grid line. However, caution must be exercised
in using local grids, because in some cases the north-south grid line is not parallel to the meridian
at the zero point of the system. The point to be used as the origin for the following computa-
tions is the point at which the grid line and meridians are parallel.

Geographic positions of Corps of Engineers coordinate grid intersections have been com-
puted for many harbors of the United States. From these positions, the coordinate grids have
been drawn on copies of the harbor charts. When Corps of Engineers blueprints showing
plane coordinate control are to be applied to a Drawing, the geographic position of the grid
intersection should be scaled from the above-mentioned chart copies and transferred to the
Drawings to furnish control for the blueprints.

102 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

When geographic coordinates have not been computed for the area of the blueprint to
which they are to be applied, it will be necessary to compute the positions on Form C&GS-89
“Computation of Geographic Coordinates From Plane Coordinates” described below. When
this is accomplished, the form is to be attached to the Chart History.

To find the geographic position of a point whose rectangular coordinates from a known
geographic position are given:

Example No. 1

To compute the geographic position of a point whose local grid coordinates are 40,000 ft.
S. and 160,000 ft. E.:

(1 foot=0.3048006096 meter)

Origin of coordinates: Cape Disappointment Lighthouse, Washington
Lat. 46°16’ 1038 m. Coordinate value of origin|N. or S. 0.0 feet
Long. 124°03’ 67 m. referred to the Zero EK. or W. 0.0 feet

Name of station: X

Coordinates: N. or S. 40,000 feet=12,192 m.
E. or W. 160,000 feet=48,768 m.

Latitude N.-S. coordinates
N. or S. 40,000 feet — =12,192 m.
+ or — seconds in meters= 1,038 m.

N. or S. of 46°16’ =11,154 m.
*From table + or — 7’=12,968 m.
Lat. (uncorrected) 46°09’ 1,814 m.
**Curvature— = 194m.
***T atitude 46°09’ 1,620 m.

*From Special Publication No. 5, page 103.
**Correction from formula for curvature corrections,
page 104.

***UJse in taking out longitude values from Polyconic
Projection Tables, Special Publication No. 5, Coast
and Geodetic Survey, page 102.

Longitude E.-W. coordinates

E. or W. 160,000 feet =48,768 m.
+ or — seconds in meters= 67 m.
E. or W. of 124°03’=48,701 m.
***Krom table + or — 38’=48,914 m.

Longitude 123°25’ 213 m.

PROJECTIONS AND GRIDS 103

Example No. 2

To compute the geographic position of a point whose local grid coordinates are 30,000 ft.
N. and 155,000 ft. W.

(1 foot=0.3048006096 meter)

Origin of coordinates: Maryland

Lat. 38°20’ 426 m. Coordinate value of origin| N. or S. 0.0 feet
Long. 75°10’ 315 m. referred to the Zero E. or W. 0.0 feet

Name of station: Y

Coordinates: N. or S. 30,000 feet= 9,144 m.
E. or W. 155,000 feet=47,244 m.

Latitude N.-S. coordinates
N. or S. 30,000 feet =9,144 m.
+ or — seconds in meters= 426 m.

N. or S. of 38°20’ =9,570 m.

*From table + or — 5’=9,250 m.
Lat. (uncorrected) 38°25’ 320 m.
**Curvature— —— 3 Som:
***7 atitude 38°25’= 182 m.

*From special publication No. 5, page 87.

**Correction from formula for curvature corrections,
page 104.

***Use in taking out longitude values from Polyconic
Projection Tables, Special Publication No. 5, Coast
and Geodetic Survey, page 86.

Longitude E.-W. coordinates

E. or W. 155,000 feet =47,244 m.
+ or — seconds in meters= 315m.
E. or W. of 75°10’ =47,559 m.
***Rrom table + or — 32’=46,579 m.

Longitude 75°42’ 980 m.

104 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CURVATURE CORRECTIONS

long |2
Curvature correction= AX

(see note) 10,000
48,768 |2
Case No. 1 8.15x =194 m.
(page 102) 10,000

NOTE: In computing A, use uncorrected latitude of point whose
geographic position is being computed.

TABLE OF CURVATURE FOR 10,000 METERS

Lat. A. meters Lat. A. meters Lat. A. meters Lat. A. meters
Ds? 3.65 31° 4.71 37° 5.90 43° 7.30
26° 3.82 328 4.90 38° 6.12 44° 7.56
Dili 3.99 33° 5.09 39° 6.34 45° 7.83
28° 4.16 343 5.28 40° 6.57 46° 8.10
29° 4.34 35° 5.48 41° 6.80 47° 8.39
30° 4.52 36° 5.69 42° 7.05 48° 8.69

STATE PLANE COORDINATES

The State Plane Coordinate Grid may be computed and plotted on charts when using U.S.
Corps of Engineers blueprints with State Grid control, by one of two methods:

1. Computing the geographic positions of the State Grid coordinates found on the blue-
prints and plotting them on the chart. There are special publications of Plane Coordinate
Projection Tables for all states. There is a detailed example of the necessary computations in
each. If the number of computations warrant it, the computations may be obtained from
the Electronic Computing Division within a few days. The computer is all programmed, so
it is just a matter of punching cards for the desired grid intersections, and the time to run them
through the computer.

2. By use of the special publication of Plane Coordinate Intersections Tables (2% minute).
These tables give the Plane Coordinates of every 2% minute Geographic Intersection by states.
The even 5- or 10,000-foot grid may be measured from the nearest 2% minute intersection
by setting, on a pair of dividers, the difference (at map scale) from the 2% minute intersection
value found in the table, and the even 5- or 10,000-foot grid value. Using this value and the
2% minute intersection as a center, swing an arc. The grid line may be obtained by drawing
a line tangent to two arcs of the same value.

GEOGRAPHIC NAMES 105

GEOGRAPHIC NAMES

GENERAL STATEMENT

Nautical charts are published primarily for the use of the mariner, and are only one of the
many aids on which he must depend. The Coast Pilot, the List of Lights, Channel Condition
Reports, and Tide Tables, together with Notices to Mariners are an adjunct to the Nautical
Chart; and in approaching the coast from the open ocean, to coastwise navigation, to navigating
in bays and rivers, the numerous land and sea bottom features and aids assume varying degrees
of importance to the mariner. These considerations serve as a guide to the cartographer in the
selection of geographic names, names of navigational aids, channel names, and notes which
should be on a particular nautical chart.

SOURCE OF GEOGRAPHIC NAMES

Field surveys are the main source of the names appearing on nautical charts. Hydro-
graphic surveys supply names seaward of the shoreline, such as water features, submarine
features, and small geographic features seaward of the shoreline. Topographic and air-
photographic surveys are the source of shoreline names and names landward of the shoreline.
Numerous kinds of published material and reports supplement the field surveys.

THE GEOGRAPHIC NAMES SECTION

This section provides standardization of geographic names in the publications of this
Bureau, and maintains active representation in the U.S. Board on Geographic Names.

Reports on geographic names from the field parties are processed in the Geographic Names
Section. Records are maintained which show the source of each name, together with its
verification, history, and its use in the publications of this bureau, and on maps of other agencies.
Names reported by field surveys which differ with names on other federal maps are submitted
to the Board on Geographic Names for decision.

The section maintains a Geographic Names Standard for each nautical chart. Changes
in names are noted thereon, and a notice of the change is sent to the Nautical Chart Division.
In order for name revisions made on the charts to be reflected in other publications of the
Bureau, the Name Standards must be ever current. Cartographers shall notify the Geographic
Names Section when names are added to or deleted from a chart.

It remains the responsibility of the cartographer to determine which names shall or shall
not be charted, depending upon their importance or usefulness on a particular nautical chart.
The Geographic Names Section determines the correct spelling and the feature to which the
name applies, or the area to which the name is applicable.

Name discrepancies encountered in applying new source material to a chart shall be
referred to the Geographic Names Section for an opinion. New or reconstructed charts ready
for reproduction shall be submitted to that section for approval of the charted names.

106 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

TERMINOLOGY OF SUBMARINE RELIEF

Definitions of names to be applied to submarine relief, for such features as bank, reef,
shoal, etc., are included in this Manual (pages 118 to 128) and in the Hydrographic Manual.

NAMES ON COMPILATIONS AND DRAWINGS

The requirements for lettering names on the Drawings and Compilations are legibility,
proper location, correct size and spacing, and the use of single-stroke letters. Names are
lettered in red on Drawings, and on Compilations are lettered on an overlay. The names
should be placed in the exact location in which they are to appear on the printed chart. On
new charts and reconstructed charts, all type for names, title and notes should be in place
on the type overlay before the charts are submitted for reproduction.

PLACEMENT OF NAMES (also see names of Dangers, pg. 65)

Vertical lettering is used to name land features or fixed objects which extend above high
water. Slanting (italic) lettering is used for all names relating to water areas, underwater
features, or floating aids. Insofar as practicable, names of land features should be placed in
the land areas, and those of water features should be placed in the water areas. However,
the names must not obscure anchorage areas in small bays nor detailed hydrography in critical
areas. In such cases, the name of the water feature should be placed on an adjacent land
area. A name must not be placed along the axis of the deepest water, nor across a channel,
if it can be arranged otherwise. If possible, names should be so placed that they will appear
on the printed chart either entirely on a tinted area or entirely on an untinted area. Names
of cities should be located near the place named, but should interfere with other data on the
chart as little as possible.

The name of a feature which covers a considerable area, such as an island or bay, should be
placed in the approximate center of the area, if possible, and should be curved to follow the
general configuration of the feature. Names of rivers and features of unusual length should
not be spread out, but should be spaced for easy reading and repeated if necessary.

The preferred orientation of names is parallel to the bottom of the chart. When the axis
of a channel is practically straight, the name should be lettered on a line parallel thereto. The
name of a range should be parallel to the range line.

CURVED NAMES

In general, names not parallel with the bottom of the chart should be lettered on a curve so
as to read from the direction of the bottom of the chart. Such names should be near, and
point either to or from, the feature named. See diagram below.

A curved name is read more easily if its beginning is approximataly parallel to the bottom
of the chart, but when this is impossible, it is desirable to have the curved effect at the end of the
name. Do not curve a name beyond the vertical. Sharp and reverse curves should be avoided.

GEOGRAPHIC NAMES 107

LETTER SPACING

When two or more words constitute a single name, they must be separated by a space
equal to that taken by the letter ‘‘I,” capitalized.

Letters in a name shall not be spaced at distances greater than three times the height of
the letters.

ABBREVIATIONS

It is standard practice to abbreviate names of railroads and the word ‘Point’”’ when the
latter is part of a geographical feature. Otherwise, abbreviations of names on charts should
be avoided. When abbreviations are necessary, only those listed on standard Symbols and
Abbreviations Chart No. 1 should be used. ‘‘Shl”’ for shoal, “Bk” for bank, “St” for stream,
“Cr” for creek, or “‘R” for river shall not be used when space permits charting the full name.
When abbreviations for landmarks are necessary, they should be charted in caps, e.g., “APT,”
SHOSE.”’

PERIODS

On charts, all periods after abbreviations are omitted in water and in land areas; but the
lower case “‘i’’ and “j’’ are dotted. Periods are used only where needed for clarification, as for
example, in certain notes.

CAPITALIZATION

The following rules shall be observed in regard to the capitalization of geographic names
and terms:

1. Capitalize the first letter of single words thus:
Mud, Tank, Marsh, Uncovers, Wooded, etc.

2. Capitalize the first letter of the first word only, when two or more words are used, thus:
Oil tank, Densely wooded, Sand and mud.

3. Capitalize the first letters of all words identifying public buildings, parks, etc., thus:
Post Office, Municipal Stadium, Port Office.

4. Use lower case letters when word is enclosed in parentheses thus:
(snow-capped), (ruin), (marked by beacons).

5. Capitalize all letters of landmark names, thus:
TANK, TOWER, STACK.

6. Capitalize all letters of buildings, objects, etc. known to be conspicuous. Exceptions:
small-scale charts or where space is limited.

7. Capitalize the first letter of all words in the following type of terms:
See Plan, Plan A, See Caution.

8. Capitalize the first letter of all words referring to a charted area, thus:
Cable Area, Danger Area, Foul Ground, Tidal Flats, Prohibited Anchorage,
Harbor Limits, Dumping Ground, Spoil Area.
On large-scale charts, or when considered important, all letters will be capitalized.

9. Capitalized first letter of first word only, in terms referring to action areas:
Being filled, Proposed fill.

108 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

ORDERING TYPE

The style, size, and spacing of type used on charts published by this Bureau are illustrated
in the Appendix of this Manual. The proper style, size and spacing for practically any name
or descriptive term should be determined by referring to these illustrations.

In determining the size of type to be used, the cartographer should give the maximum size
to the main line of the title. All other type should be smaller. Minor names of local impor-
tance only should be inconspicuous. The space available on the chart, and the relative im-
portance of the feature to which the name or term applies, are to be considered in selecting
the size and spacing of the type. The legibility of place names is usually improved by increasing
the space between the letters; however, the amount of type-setting time doubles when space
is requested, and should not be used unless necessary.

The following are requested on type orders:

1. Use Form C&GS-91, “C&GS Type Order” for ordering all type except the following:
(a) Use Form C&GS-8321, “Title and Notes for Nautical Charts”

(b) Use Form C&GS-8326, ‘Tidal Information”

2. Letter in ink or use typewriter. Do not use pencil.

3. Indicate type style by name or abbreviation, and list point size. Use red ink for this
and other type-ordering instructions.

4. Furnish complete information as to spacing, centering, or other special treatment.

5. Arrange names, descriptive terms, notes and numerals according to style of type and
then by point size.

6. Capitalize and punctuate exactly as desired.

7. State the number and kind of prints needed.

we)

GEOGRAPHIC NAMES 10

FoRM 91 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
(8-2-54) COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY

U.S.C. & G.S. TYPE ORDER

*® TC 833, 835 PROJECT a OlNAra i G55463
ee eG 36
Foto setter ; Tran. yev. pos. waxed stripper Go not strip)
SENDER J. Smith Re are re See

SPACING SIZE AND STYLE SPACING
wrey Italic ” | O ™ |lOot,\2p. 14 pt Light Litho
Murrells nlet
i Thompson
Magnolia _ Beach

MURREL
HOMPSO

Opt. Sot. Light Litho
Magnolia Beach

nke ack Island

Goat Island _

N esto Flat
Parsona Creek
Whale Creak
Woodland Cree

ih 6 pt. 0.4 Lining Gothi
2FR I5ft Priv maintd

Draftsman Italic 6 pt. No. 3 iahtline Gothic
- LL Ss. Hy. No. 17 SUES I

(a)
°
z
=
°
oe)
a
Db
°o

O
U
+
(J
P)
—+—
ic
<
=)
fa)
-'
o-
a,
ae

* Type Style, size, spacing and instructions are shown in Red.

110 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

COMPILATION REVIEW

The compilation review, an exhaustive study and inspection of the compilation, is made
for the following reasons:

1. To ascertain that all existing information pertinent to the chart has been considered.

2. To assure that only those sources which most clearly define existing conditions have
been used.

3. To determine that the material used has been properly generalized.

4. To assure that all symbolization conforms to standard practice and that all prominent
objects and aids to navigation have been accurately plotted.

5. To make an artistic appraisal and, if necessary, a recommendation for the rearrange-
ment of such features as geographic names, notes, or compass roses.

6. To assure that the chart is so compiled as to be most useful to the mariner.

Upon assignment of a chart Compilation, the reviewer receives a Specification sheet and
History sheet. The former defines the title, limits, sounding unit, depth curve and contour
interval, while the latter contains a list of all source material applied to the chart by the car-
tographer. The reviewer evaluates and verifies the compiler’s selection of the critical and
essential information shown on the chart. At the same time, the History sheet is checked, so
that upon completion of the review, it becomes a record of all data pertaining to the chart
Compilation.

Three qualities of a good Compilation are accuracy, completeness, and clearness. Accuracy
is of prime importance. The plotting of all fixed aids to navigation, landmarks, wrecks, and
obstructions should be checked from their geographic coordinates. All soundings should be
checked for value, and their location should be true within half the width of the figure.

Check all sectors, ranges, measured mile courses, and grid systems as well as dredged
channels, anchorages, spoil areas, dumping grounds, cable, restricted and prohibited areas.
Buoys shall agree in position and characteristic with the Notice to Mariners upon which they
are based.

COMPILATION REVIEW 111

The chart Compilation should be complete. This implies that all source material pertinent
to the job has been considered and that the selected material has been applied in full or in part.
The History sheet should be so marked for partially applied material that such material may be
fully applied at a later date. Boat sheets, however, or copies of them, should always be fully
applied since they are advance information, soon superseded by the smooth sheet of the hydro-
graphic survey.

Preliminary and incomplete manuscripts of topographic surveys are not to be used on a
chart Compilation. Advance copies, prints, or manuscripts of topographic surveys may be
used but should be underscored in red on the history sheet so that the final copy may be exam-
ined later. (See page 40.)

Examine all existing charts of the area and overlapping charts of the same series, for differ-
ences which should be reconciled.

Tn addition to the qualities of accuracy and completeness, the chart Compilation should be
clear and legible. Clarity of expression is important, since the chart is an instrument which the
navigator uses in order to follow a safe course. Vital information, such as the dangerous shoals
and rocks, the ship channels, and the aids to navigation should not be charted in an obscure or
ambiguous manner. Also check to see that there are no conflicts between the various colors
to be used in the printed chart.

Any notes or recommendations to the compiler shall be made on transparent overlays.
These overlays together with the entire Compilation should be returned to the compiler for
correction.

692-834 O- 64-9

112 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

I

Bathymetric Compilations

SPECIFICATIONS ADOPTED FOR IHB PLOTTING SHEETS

U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office ‘3000 Series” Plotting sheets shall be used for compila-
tion bases. Negatives of this series are obtained from the Naval Oceanographic Office on
written request. From these negatives three blackline prints are made on matte finish plastic,
to be used as follows: (1) Primary Compilation—for sounding data corrected to true depths—
shown in upright type; (2) Secondary Compilation—tfor uncorrected or discrete sounding
data—in italic type;* (3) History Overlay—to show source of all sounding data.

*NOTE: Corrected and uncorrected soundings shall not appear on the same compilation.

Soundings shall be in fathoms and shall be no larger than 2.00 mm. nor smaller than
1.50mm. The position of the sounding shall normally be the center of the figures forming the
sounding. However, where close development requires, a dot with a dashed leader line con-
necting the sounding to the dot is permissible. A maximum number of soundings shall be
used except, there shall be a minimum of 1.00 mm. spacing between them. Soundings are
preferably oriented perpendicular to the parallels or, as a second choice, to the direction of the
sounding line. Both these preferences are waived when close development of significant
features is required.

The required 100 fathom curve, and all depths shoreward of it, are to be taken from the
nautical charts of the affected area. Where other depth curves are used to facilitate compila-
tion they must be drawn in non-photographic blue ink.

Other general requirements are: Piotting sheets are to be maintained (corrected) periodi-
cally by applying data received subsequent to completion of original compilation. Original
compilations and history overlays are to remain in the Coast and Geodetic Survey, with only
black-line prints on stable-base film positives to be furnished IHB on their request. Important
land geographic names may be shown, in upright type, if they do not encroach on the sea areas.
The only topography to be shown is the HWL. The Coast and Geodetic Survey plotting
sheets are basic. All prior (or current) IHB plotting sheets are to be used only as a reference
or to fill in areas not covered by Coast and Geodetic Survey or Naval Oceanographic Office
Surveys.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS 113

II

Training Program

To maintain a minimum of personnel with sufficient experience and endeavor, to discharge
the essential functions of chart construction and revision, is the responsibility of the Chief,
Nautical Chart Division and his designated subordinates.

The specialized and even unique operations required to arrive at the most advantageous
presentation of a nautical chart, to assure the mariners safety and interests, demands engineer-
ing science combined with an artistic ability. A number of technicians may be utilized to sup-
port this effort. Extent of training would generally depend on the new employee’s schooling
and/or experience; however, additional training will be needed for the performance of the many
and varied duties required.

A tabulation of all employees, their experience and special qualification, age and cor-
responding eligibility for retirement, expected retention rate based on job attraction etc. could
aid in recognizing the need for training. Management and supervisor-caliber personnel must
be detected and developed to fill such vacancies as may occur from time to time. Other em-
ployees must be properly prepared to assume the duties of the positions thus vacated. An
accelerated training program may be employed when a considerable turnover is expected as a
result of a reorganization, anticipated expansion of a unit or branch, or because of the adoption
of new methods and procedures.

To establish a well-organized training system and to coordinate the various training pro-
erams the Chief of the Nautical Chart Division may designate an employee as coordinator to
secure maximum efficiency. The coordinator should be responsible for the planning of the
over-all training programs, to establish minimum requirements in adequacy and accuracy in
the various phases according to needs. For this purpose he should consult with the affected
supervisors and consider their opinions as to the specific needs and the length of time required.
All this must be accomplished with the least possible interference with workload and time
schedules.

114 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Training may be accomplished by:

1. Concentrated Class-Room Teaching, where a selected group will be exposed to the basic
elements of the subjects, and a capable instructor with a well-organized lesson plan and sub-
sequent brief tests is placed in a position of recoginizing potentials of the student and anticipated
advantageous placement. This period of class-room teaching may be followed by an assign-
ment of the trainee to a particular section or unit for further study of fitness. If his services
prove satisfactory, further training should be given in some or all of the following categories
to make him a more useful employee:

a. Standards

b. Navigation Aids

Elementary drafting

Hydrographic verification

Chart revision

Field assignment (hydrographic survey and combined operations)
Chart construction and reconstruction
Review of hydrographic surveys
Review of revision and construction
Development and planning

Research

Secondary division training

Er SY eG) oO Eye

These phases are listed in their approximate order of normal advancement, however,
rigid adherence to this particular sequence is not essential. A general outline for each of these
subjects with particular emphasis on the important aspects of the duties involved should be a
combined effort of the chief of the affected unit.or section and the training officer. Such
training outlines may change from time to time with improved methods and/or equipment.
Minimum time allotments for each phase should be made for this training depending on time
for the overall training schedule.

2. On-the-j0b training. This manner of training is the most direct and the most common
and has been in use for many years. However, in the past, this method has often been a detri-
ment to the employee and employer alike for lack of thoroughness and completeness. The new
employee was often looked upon as an immediate additional helper and briefly told only what
seemed apparent to get the total workload accomplished. There is no incentive or job attrac-
tion—nor can the employer have an intelligent helper, unless the employee knows how the
information was obtained he is to utilize, why he should do this function one way and not
another, how his part is related to other activities within the organization, and finally, how
his efforts can best serve the ultimate purpose.

On-the-job training must be thorough and complete and should be guided by an established
program to expose the new employee to the basic duties in each of the required categories.
Even physical demonstration may be called for in discussions of proper and most efficient
use of instruments, etc. Typical common problems should be pointed out along with a logical
disposition. This type of training will be required, more or less, in addition to others as listed.
In normal personnel turnover, this may be the only method needed and fulfill its purpose well,
if carried out adequately.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS 115

3. By attending lectures! The Chief of the Division or his subordinates may choose a well-
qualified employee to present a paper on a specific subject and to introduce typical situations
or problems of a general nature and applicable solutions. For the presentation of such a paper
. a junior-level employee may be selected. He will have to do research and study in the prepara-
tion of his paper, which would then be subject to his immediate Chief’s approval for adequacy
and accuracy. This procedure would serve a multiple purpose: a. It could reasonably be
assumed, that this type of employee would be of more value to the organization with the respon-
sibility of subject assignment and be directly or indirectly rewarded for his efforts. b. He may
be more receptive to the audience for being more nearly their equal on subject matter. c. Serve
the primary purpose at the same time.

4. By improving his general background for his services to the organization through
additional schooling.

Courses within the Bureau and Department are afforded the employee at times at little
or no expense to him. The subject of the course may be directly or only indirectly associated
with his work. A wider selection of courses may be made available to the employee through
the Graduate School, U.S. Department of Agriculture. Organization’s interest to further the
‘employee’s education may result in its financial support (whole or in part) towards tuition and
books as required by the student. Financial support may even be extended to employees for
special courses in recognized institutions or private industry for particularly advantageous
subjects.

Most of all TRAINING is inherent in daily and separate assignments. ‘‘Training”’ is,
after all, only a guide for “learning”, therefore the ultimate responsibility rests with the indi-
vidual. Those who recognize the opportunities offered and appreciate the time and efforts
of those willing to teach and guide them, will find the rewards worthwhile. Display of personal
initiative as well as formal or informal training will determine the more valuable employee,
and accordingly result in appropriate advancement. With the intelligent and efficient dis-
position of routine and less difficult tasks one is in training for the gradual culmination of com-
plex problems, which an adequate training period and conscientious effort will help bring a
solution.

Everyone needs to be trained to understand fully his functions, for knowing the source
of all related elements for the proper consideration of subsequent operations and to be suffi-
ciently familiar with the overall effort and purpose.

116 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

III

Research and Development

The objectives of Research and Development activities in the Nautical Chart Division
are basically two-fold: analysis and report on problems for decision-making where such prob-
lems require more data collecting and analysis than can be accomplished by means of produc-
tion management; information gathering and reporting on developing technologies or cultural
trends which may affect the chart program in time by causing new demands.

Work is generally carried on in the form of a Research Project as approved by the Chief of
the Division and monthly reports are submitted on the progress of such work. The ultimate
end of all such projects is to produce an organized body of information or record of experience
which will have educational value to those directly interested in the type of problem studied
and which will add to the fund of knowledge for general or public use.

IV
Electronic Computing

The Nautical Chart Division is able to call upon two of the three computers in the Bureau
for aid in solving complex problems and for data retrieval.

The Electronic Computing Division of the Office of Physical Sciences retains general con-
trol over the two main computers used in the Bureau—IBM 650 and IBM 1620. A third
computer—a Clary (medium size)—is in the Photogrammetry Division for its exclusive use.

The Nautical Chart Division uses the two main computers at present for three general
problems:

1. Computation of local and State Plane coordinates and Grid Systems
2. Computation of Loran Curves

3. Collection of cost accounting and production management data for charts produced in
the Nautical Chart Division

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS LINZ

In addition to these uses, the Electronic Computing Division uses the computers in
the following areas:

Scientific Engineering:
1. Processing of Geomagnetic Observatory data
2. Index Geodetic Data
3. Adjust triangulation
4. Adjust Aerial triangulation
5

. Locate Epi Centers of earthquakes and man-made disturbances

Administrative:

1. Cost, payroll, and leave accounting
2. Production control for divisions of Office of Cartography

3. Maintain Personnel Rosters

In addition to the above programs, the Coast and Geodetic Survey is conducting research
and development activities with computers in the following areas:

Testing of Automatic Hydrographic Digital Recorder Equipment for recording and
plotting hydrographic survey data aboard ship automatically.

Research into possible uses of automatic plotters in the construction of nautical and
aeronautical charts.

Research and testing for applications of satellite triangulation.

Development of an automatic system of Production and Inventory Control for all
charts and related publications produced by the Coast and Geodetic Survey to replace a
semi-automatic system using edge-notched cards which is presently in use.

Research and development of programs in the field of seismology.

Research in all areas and functions for possible needs and uses for information and
data retrieval.

Instructions for ordering computations from the Electronic Computing Division:

Submit request for computational work to be done on one of the computers in memo-
randum form to the Chief, Electronic Computing Division, Office of Physical Sciences,
stating what is to be done. Attach raw data to the memorandum.

118 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

TERMINOLOGY

The following definitions, primarily for physiographic terms, are given to clarify and
standardize usage on C&GS nautical charts. These definitions are limited to connotations
applicable to nautical and bathymetric charting.

Archipelagic apron__.__-_-_-- A gentle slope with a generally smooth surface on the sea floor
found around groups of islands or seamounts.

ARON DHOD ross ono sae A sea or broad expanse of water studded with many islands or
a groups of islands; also, such a group of islands.

PATTOU OMe ree ae ahs ea The course of an intermittent stream steep-cut in loose earth;
a coulee; a steep-walled trenchlike valley. (Local in South-
west.)

THOM ca 1 cots eal aaa EN A ring-shaped reef with or without islands encircling a lagoon.

TEYGNG fc ea = Oe a pal ae a Oe A high rounded knob or mountain top, bare of forest. (Local
in Southern States.)

LEXY Bho eat Op ee ep are The edge of a cut or fill; the margin of a watercourse; an

elevation of the sea floor located on a Continental Shelf or an
Island Shelf and over which the depth of water is relatively
shallow but sufficient for safe surface navigation. (Reefs or
shoals, dangerous to surface navigation, may rise above the
general depths of a bank.)

JETP, ASS RU ee ee 5 apnea A pa A ridge or mound of sand, gravel, or other unconsolidated
material below high-water level, especially at the mouth of a
river or estuary, or lying a short distance from and usually
parallel to the beach.

Banmenibeach = as =a A beach separated from the mainland by a lagoon or marsh.
x OnRICTATS 101 a A detached portion of a barrier beach between two inlets.
IB UE ADE Ne CUI IIS een es A large depression of a general circular, elliptical, or oval

shape; the drainage or catchment area of a stream or lake; a
depression of the sea floor more or less equidimensional in
form (when the length is much greater than the width, the
feature is a trough).

SCL TEI) eee Submarine topography (q.v.), esp. as applied to oceanographic
studies.

IBEX) Re Sana ee en NS A recess in the shore, or an inlet of a sea or lake between two
capes or headlands, not as large as a gulf but larger than a
cove.

LBRO as es pms ie OS PA A widely (and loosely) used term along the Gulf Coast, most

often applied to a creek or small river with tortuous course
and sluggish current; a lake, often in an abandoned stream
channel; a connecting channel.

MB CCCI Mint ai i Gu BIN, Su ea The gently sloping shore which is washed by waves or tides,
especially the parts covered by sand or pebbles.

LEYDEN hee aan iy Area The floor or bottom on which any body of water rests.

BENCl ween ee AE ey sen n A strip or relatively level earth or rock, raised and narrow.

A small terrace, or comparatively level platform, breaking
the continuity of a declivity.

AS C11) eee an SO EAD 9 Cheetahs ae A hill or mountain. Local in Hudson River Valley. Also, an
iceberg.

TERMINOLOGY 119

IBertiae See Bee Wo oe ee The place where a vessel lies when tied up or anchored.

BUC lite eee Se oe ee ae A bend or curve; a bend in a coast forming an open bay; a
small open bay formed by an indentation in the coast; a
minor feature which affords little protection for vesesls.

Sui (A 2) eee eee A bold, steep headland or promontory. A high, steep bank or
low cliff.

FESO RA Ne A small open marsh which yields under the foot.

PS ObLOT Veet atk Jepsen, YELP a The bed of a body of still or running water.

BOULO MLA nee ee Lowland formed by alluvial deposit along a stream or in a lake
basin; a flood plain.

ROO PS eee oa een Sel A more or less rounded rock, larger than a cobblestone and as
much as 10 feet or more in diameter.

OVO Vs 5 es a ee A creek or brook, as used locally in Southern States. Also used
to designate one of the bifurcations of a stream, as a fork.

Breakwater (G-6)..____-_-_-- A structure built in the water to break the force of the waves in
order to provide shelter for vessels and to protect a harbor or
anchorage.

[RUC RS LEE a Meet SS eee A stream of less length and volume than a creek, as used locally

in the Northeast. Generally, one of the smallest branches or
ultimate ramifications of a drainage system.
JBXUTRT I eae en aa A lone hill, especially one with steep or precipitous sides.
Canala(E=13) ye ee eee A long, fairly straight natural channel with steep sloping sides.
Any watercourse or channel. A sluggish coastal stream
(local on Atlantic Coast).

ORDDCD See Se eee ee A relatively narrow, deep depression with steep side slopes,
the bottom of which grades continuously downward.
CUNO sre ESSE Shee oe es ae A relatively extensive land area jutting seaward from a continent

or large island, which prominently marks a change in, or
interrupts notably, the coastal trend; a prominent feature.

(GOS Cee Rass 2 oo Sm 2h Skt A low, fertile river bottom. (Scot. origin.) (See ‘bottom
land.’’)

Cascade eae eee ees SoBe A fall of water over steeply sloping rocks, usually comparatively
small or one of a series.

Gataractees Seen eae) 2 sh ir A waterfall, usually larger than a cascade, over a precipice.

OUTER Peles Nr el ee A large, natural, underground cave or series of caves. Often

but not always used to imply largeness or indefinite extent
to distinguish from “cave.”

COR 4 Oe eS ae ee A key; a comparatively small and low coastal island of sand
or coral. Pronounced “key”. The spelling “kay” is
common in the West Indies.

ORS See Saas SONNE Ee Je The cliff at a mesa edge; an escarpment. Local in Southwest.
(Sp.)

Cerrito (or cerrillo)_-.--=-= == - A small hill. Local in Southwest.

ORDER tek a ee oS Hill, highland; ridge. Local in Southwest. (Sp.)

CLOG OEA FS a ote Pe et The deepest portion of a stream, bay, or strait through which

the main volume or current of water flows; the natural bed
occupied by a stream of water.

Gigs Seve 2 bees ee A deep breach in the earth’s surface; an abyss; a gorge; a deep
canyon.

120 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CLASS) 2S ee aale) sea ek A high and very steep declivity; a high steep face of rock; a
precipice.

Coast ters eee Set el eh aa The seashore or the land near it.

Coastal plain. ____-----_---- Any plain which has its margin on the shore of a large body of

water, particularly the sea, and generally represents a strip of
recently emerged sea bottom.

Continental borderland____---- A Province adjacent to a continent, normally occupied by or
bordering a Continental Shelf, that is highly irregular with
depths well in excess of those typical of a continental shelf.

Continental rise. ________---- A gentle slope with a generally smooth surface found at the
base of a continental slope.
Continental shelf.__._____---- A zone adjacent to a continent and extending from the low

water line to a depth at which there is a marked increase of
slope to a greater depth.

Continental slope. __-____---- A declivity from the outer edge of a continental shelf or con-
tinental borderland into greater depths.

Coral Reticn 22 42 ae ee ne oe A reef made up of coral, fragments of coral and other organ-
isms, and the limestone resulting from their consolidation.

Condille; ce ee eee An entire mountain province, including all the subordinate
mountain ranges and groups and the interior plateaus and
basins.

Couleemeatrtey dra) o GeV iee Selves A steep-walled, trenchlike valley; a wash, gulch, or arroyo
through which water flows intermittently. (Western U.S.)

COE manera teen tne eee A small sheltered recess in a shore or coast generally inside a
larger embayment.

Crags. wera e hy Piatt cper Sty A steep, rugged rock; a rough, broken cliff of a projecting
point of rock; also a detached fragment of rock.

(ORLA? ee ata OEE ee = LR The bowl-shaped depression around the vent or a volcano or a

geyser; also hole formed by the impact of a meteorite, the
detonation of a mine, or the like.

Grode (CRIS, IP). cnccconess= A stream of less volume than a river. A small tidal channel
through a coastal marsh.
GREG I 5 SS eae Bee oe The summit land of any eminence; the highest natural projec-

tion which crowns a hill or mountain, from which the surface
dips downward in opposite directions.

Grevassesss2)2 A)fe es 28 ern ae A deep crevice, or fissure, especially in a glacier. A break in a
levee or other stream embankment.

Current (T-18-20-Td) ______- The horizontal movement or flow of water.

(HOGA fees Pe epee ee a er A new and relatively short channel formed when a stream cuts

through the neck of an oxbow or horseshoe bend; an arti-
ficial straightening or shortcut in a channel.

DD emer Ne es St le ehh rer Ae A vale or small valley.

WD alle siaeree LE). 2 bets co eal a The nearly vertical walls of a canyon or gorge, usually con-
taining a rapid. Local in Northwest.

Tee pipes yh oh a pe he A relatively small area of exceptional depth found in a depres-

sion. The term is generally restricted to depths greater
than 3000 fathoms.
J ORG (A GINS ATSC are es ey eeu ele ohne RN A deep and narrow mountain pass.

TERMINOLOGY 121

JOX SH Rg ee OA a de A small secluded valley or vale; a dale; a ravine.

Dollie saa suena Te eee The low alluvial land, deposited in a more or less triangular
form at the mouth of a river, which is often cut by several
distributaries of the main stream.

Denressionae eee eee A general term signifying any depressed or lower area in the
ocean floor; a hollow completely surrounded by higher ground
and having no natural outlet for surface drainage.

Dike (G=60) sense eee A bank of earth or stone to form a barrier; a levee.

DSmGlt eS Seo SIS ee aE A swamp bordering on, or near, the sea, often enclosing knobs
or hummocks; a pocosin. Local in South Atlantic States.

DES OS re ae era The line of separation between drainage systems; the summit
of an interfluve. The highest summit of a pass or gap.

DOCKMG=S6) see eae es sean The slip or waterway between two piers, or cut into the land
for the reception of ships.

DON CMR eae acto ee a ae A smoothly rounded, rock-capped mountain summit, roughly
resembling the dome or cupola of a building.

LEO Ps Se ge a A channel; a trench; a watercourse, especially a narrow one.

Draidocie (G=G6) 2a =e An artificial basin fitted with gate or caisson into which a ves-

sel may be floated and from which the water may be pumped
out to expose the bottom of the vessel. (Sometimes re-
ferred to as a graving dock.)

Draka sh S22 oe DOVE ae ee A wash, arroyo, or coulee in the bed of which there is no water,
except at infrequent intervals and for short periods.

Dune (A-4)_--------------- A hill or ridge formed by the wind from sand or other granular
material.

Hddya(O=19) eee. ee. SUE A current of water runnng contrary to the main current or
moving circularly; a whirlpool.

EISELE ee Aa extended line of cliffs or bluffs; a high steep face of rock: an

elongated and comparatively steep slope of the sea floor,
separating flat or gently sloping areas.

SESE C131) ree a er ee That portion of a stream influenced by the tide of the body of
water into which it flows; an arm of the sea at a river mouth.

EVER GLE Cane ate Mmonte a Pans TEE A tract of swampy land covered mostly with tall grass; a
swamp or inundated tract of low land. Local in the South.

Halin(falls)\(C=20) == aaa A cascade, waterfall, or cataract; the flow or descent of one
body of water into another. (Usually pl.)

OTe ee Oe eee ee A gently sloping, cone-shaped accumulation of material nor-
mally located at the mouth of a canyon.

late 2 Soo ee Sa ee ee eee A level tract lying at » small depth below the surface of water,

or alternately covered and left bare by the tide (‘‘tidal
flat’’, “mud flat’).

Floating dock (G-37)___------ A floating structure which can be submerged to receive a ves-
sel, and then floated to expose the bottom of the vessel.

Hlood gates!) Seki ue ro ee A gate for shutting out, admitting, or releasing a body of
water; a sluice.

OO perene wee Sten als ae The bed or bottom of the ocean. A comparatively level valley
bottom; any low-lying ground surface.

HOO Meet ye a= 1 Se The bottom of a slope, grade or declivity. A term for the

lower part of any elevated land form.

122 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

HEYA OOH fe pearls aah ee os SE One of the lower subsidiary hills at the foot of a mountain,
or of higher hills. (Commonly used in the plural.)

1 Tf pts ae, ree yO ore ee eh a One of the major bifurcations of a stream; a branch.

Ein @CtLnencon Cm ae a A zone of unusually irregular topography of the sea floor

averaging 60 nautical miles in width and normally greater
than 1000 nautical miles in length. This zone is character-
ized by large seamounts, steep-sided or nonsymmetrical
ridges, troughs or escarpments.

GLY DOR, NSO ee Daee E A, A deep notch, ravine or opening between hills or in a ridge or
mountain chain; a steep-sided depression cutting tran-
versely across a ridge or rise.

OCUIST eee ee ee A spring which throws forth intermittent jets of heated water
or steam.

Glacialigon gee a= A deeply cut valley in U-shaped cross section, resulting from
glacial erosion.

Glacial aca A lake, the basin of which has been carved by glacial action;
also-a body of water held in place by the damming action of
a glacier.

Glacial ae Sand, clay, or boulders transported by glaciers to their present
locations.

Glaciers (C—3) aaa A field or body of ice, formed where snowfall exceeds melting
and moving down a mountain slope or over a wide area.

Cade ys maaan ae pale Spal, Weir A grassy opening or natural meadow in the woods; a small

park. Applied in western Maryland to a bushy, grassy, or
swampy opening in the woods.

Gil er te eae rt Sc gD Hd. psn A secluded and small narrow valley; a dell, dale or vale.

Gorge mms oes em ee ey ore A canyon; a rugged and deep ravine or gulch.

Grade ties We pay Wh ered Sheed heh A slope of uniform inclination.

Gradventa Gate Jan seh sense Any departure from the horizontal; a grade; a slope; a part of

a road or railroad which slopes upward or downward; fre-
quently used in connection with the slope of streams.

Groinn(Goi) haa eee A narrow shore-protection and improvement structure project-
ing out from the shore, built usually to trap littoral drift or
retard erosion of the shore.

Groton sng tere, aby led, A small, picturesque cave, vault, or cavern.

Gules, 5 0 te gums wear A small ravine; a small, shallow canyon with smoothly inclined
slopes and steep sides.

Ga Lf ied apatite pee A part of an ocean or sea extending into the land, usually
larger than a bay.

GAG Shoah eal ie A small channel recently cut by running water; smaller than
a gulch or ravine.

LER emanate ln he A narrow passage or contracted strait connecting two bodies
of water.

IGT TOC Te eshte 5 Variation of hummock, but usually characterized more by soil

type and vegetation than by elevation. (Southern U.S.,
esp. Fla. and Gulf Coast.)

FLOR One ees 52h | hen naman A water area nearly surrounded by land or artificial dikes
forming a safe anchorage for ships.

UE Co pes es te Se Ht ae epee A headland or promontory.

TERMINOLOGY 117433

ETCCOlOnd San ere eee A cape or promontory of some boldness or elevation.

CO e ee Soe oc oes eee A tract of wasteland; peat bog, usually covered by a low
shrubby growth, but may have scattered small open water
holes. Local in eastern Maine.

erg ojiland === ee The highest part of a plain or plateau.

High-water line (A-9)____-_-- The line along the shore to which the waters normally reach
at high water; in tidal waters, generally taken to mean the
line where the plane of Mean High Water intersects the land.

J UOP cage Nae tice Ss Mies Me. 8 py An eminence, less than a mountain, rising above the surround-
ing land.

loch eee cess ener eee ee ee A small hill.

EL Ole: ase eee. ete ie ee Ee: A small bay, as Woods Hole, Mass. Local in New England.

LOMO Wat ee = aoa ee A small ravine; a low tract of land encompassed by hills or
mountains.

ETN OC oe a eee A rounded elevation of ground, of limited size, rising out of a
level surface (often swamp), frequently densely wooded.

nile erste Sener ee eee ee A narrow waterway or a gap in the land, which connects a small
body of water with a larger body; a small narrow bay or
creek.

SLANG ee eee ree a A body of land extending above and completely surrounded by

water at the Mean High Water stage; an area of dry land en-
tirely surrounded by water or swamp; an area of swamp
entirely surrounded by open water.

SLO ONSCL ea A zone adjacent to an island and extending from the low-water
line to a depth at which there is a marked increase of slope
to greater depth.

SLOT CNSLO De =e ee A declivity from the outer edge of an island shelf into greater
depths.

HUD ae SGA SEE A small island.

JST IS Ss ee Nasties, A Trae A narrow strip of land connecting two larger bodies of land.

Jetty (G-8, 8a, Ga) 2222 22 A structure built out into the water to restrain or direct cur-
rents, usually to protect a river mouth or harbor entrance
from silting.

LES ALES eee Oe Ce A low island or reef; a cay.

LEC spe Ee i ape Es desert A channel, creek, stream, as the kills between Staten Island
and Bergen Neck.

LEGG) Din ae aces oh yg oo ap loi Sih A rounded hill or mountain, especially an isolated one.

IEG sem ata ha creat yeh a A small round hill; a mound; a seamount rising less than 500
fathoms from the sea floor and having a pointed or rounded
top.

EOGOOT Seat sL UNAS wees A shallow body of water, as a pond or lake, which usually has
a shallow restricted outlet to the sea.

Teg (GaN) wre ES a Any standing body of inland water, generally of considerable
size.

Mondslideee an soe A ae eee Earth and rock which becomes loosened from a hillside by
moisture or snow, and slides or falls down the slope.

kn (GFID) 25a5ssqescosecse Fluid rock such as that which issues from a volcano or a fissure

in the earth’s surface; the same after cooling.

124

Ledge

Levee

(AST) Meme ee sae

(CESS Nea ae ae

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

A rocky formation continuous with and fringing the shore.
The area that uncovers is usually represented on charts by
symbols.

An artificial bank confining a stream channel or limiting areas
subject to flooding; an embankment bordering on one or
both sides of a submarine canyon or seachannel, usually
occurring along the outer edge of a curve or meander.

Of or pertaining ‘to a shore, especially seashore; a coastal
region. (In the U.S., generally an adjective; also, not a
material.)

The line where the established low-water datum intersects the
shore. The plane of reference that constitutes the low-water
datum differs in different regions.

A harbor facility for recreational craft where supplies, repairs,
and various services are available.

A tract of low, wet ground, usually miry and covered with
rank vegetation. It may, at times be sufficiently dry to
permit tillage or haycutting, but requires drainage to make
it permanently arable.

Mass of interwoven brush, poles, etc., used to protect a bank
from erosion.

A flat-topped, rocky hill with steep sides. (Southwestern U.S.)

An annular depression that may not be continuous, located at
the base of a seamount or an island.

Any accumulation of loose material deposited by a glacier.

A low hill of earth, natural or artificial; in general, any promi-
nent, more or less isolated hill.

A mountain, or high hill. Used always instead of “mountain”
before a proper name.

An elevation of the surface of the earth greater than a hill and
rising high above the surrounding country.

A series of connected and aligned mountains or mountain ridges.

The exit or point of discharge of a stream into another stream,
lake, or sea.

A bog or marsh. Local in north central United States, Canada,
and Alaska.

The narrow strip of land which connects a peninsula with the
mainland, or connects two ridges. A lava-filled conduit of
an extinct volcano, exposed by erosion.

A short defile through a hill, ridge, or mountain. A deep, close
pass; a defile; gap. Local in New England.

The great body of salt water which occupies two-thirds of the
surface of the earth, or one of its major subdivisions. The
sea as opposed to the land.

The opening by or through which any body of water discharges
its content.

TERMINOLOGY 125

IRaSad eee ae 2 Se ee A picturesque, extended rock cliff rising steeply from the mar-
gin of a stream or lake; a line of bold cliffs, especially one
showing basaltic columns. (Usually pl.)

YN Ss i oe a a et A gap, defile, or other relatively low break in a mountain range
through which a road or trail may pass; an opening in a
ridge forming a passageway. A narrow, connecting channel
between two bodies of water.

Beak: =0) Se ae sae ees A pointed mountain summit; the topmost point; summit; a
seamount rising more than 500 fathoms from the sea floor
and having a pointed or rounded top.

RENIN sila ae Sas Ae ee A body of land jutting into and nearly surrounded by water,
frequently (but not necessarily) connected to a larger body
of land by a neck or isthmus.

Facer (G=9)) i aaa ee Se ree ee A structure built out into the water, usually with its greatest
dimension at right angles to the shore, forming a landing
place or a place alongside which vessels can lie.

TUN NACLE sae oe ee ee A tall, slender, spire-topped tower, hence any formation sug-
gesting such shape, as a pinnacle rock projecting from a level
or more gently sloping sea floor.

LEG CCR ass Ok pS AS A region of uniform general slope, comparatively level, of con-
siderable extent, and not broken by marked elevations and
depressions (it may be an extensive valley floor or a plateau
summit); an extent of level or nearly level land; a flat, gently
sloping or nearly level region of the sea floor.

LOLCO UMD Heels Be SE es ‘An elevated plain, tableland, or flat-topped region of consider-
able extent; a comparatively flat-topped elevation of the sea
floor greater than 60 nautical miles across the summit and
normally rising more than 100 fathoms on all sides.

A OCOSLT te ee eee ee eed A swamp;a dismal. (Southern U.S.)

IPOD aches SER Eta The extreme end of a cape, or the outer end of any land area
protruding into the water (less prominent than a cape).

IPOQU SAS eS a ee See ee A small fresh-water lake.

IEG ih) Ee gen ee A water hole or small pond; a small body of standing water

a small and rather deep body of (usually) fresh water, as
one in a stream.

LRU OA See RS Ae he ee pee A treeless and grassy plain; an extensive tract of grassland; a
low, sandy, grassy tract in the Florida pine woods.

Tar CCU DUC Cae eee a en tLe The brink or edge of a high and very steep cliff; an abrupt
declivity.

HZGOMONLOTY = eae eee A high cape with bold termination; a headland.

Ter ON Gaon: 2 EEA es Sas eet A fork of a drain. Local in southern Appalachian Mountains.

HET OUUILCE ne 2 SUN, he ee A region composed of a group of similar bathymetric features
whose characteristics are markedly in contrast with surround-
ing areas.

Wie cbt te: 8 Ss seen he A swift current; a constricted channel through which such
current flows.

apie (G=19) eee A part in a stream where an increase in its gradient accelerates

the velocity of the current over that in its adjoining parts.
(Usually pl.)

126

Seamount group _-__-
Seamount range-__ _-

Siveliged gens aas

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

A gulch; a small gorge or canyon, the sides of which have
comparatively uniform slopes.

An extended portion of water or land; a straight portion of a
stream or river; a level stretch, as between locks in a canal;
an arm of the sea extending into the land; a promontory,
tongue.

An off-shore consolidated rock hazard to navigation with a
least depth of 10 fathoms or less (see also coral reef).

The elevations or the inequalities, collectively, of a land
surface.

A long and narrow elevation with steep sides; a long, narrow
elevation of the sea floor, with steep sides and more irregular
topography than a rise.

Corner or cove; an angular recess or hollow bend in a mountain,
riverbank, cliff, or the like (Local in Southwest) (Sp. origin.)

A long, broad elevation that rises gently and generally smoothly
from the sea floor.

A natural stream of running water, larger than a creek or
brook.

A brook or small creek; a small, swift watercourse.

A low point on a ridge or crestline; a ridge connecting two higher
elevations; a low point on a ridge or between seamounts.
Low hills or ridges of sand formed by action of the wind (See

“dun e”’) ‘

An escarpment, cliff, or steep slope of some extent along the
margin of a plateau, mesa, terrace, or bench.

A large body of salt water, second in rank to an ocean, more or
less landlocked and generally part of, or connected with, an
ocean or a larger sea.

A long, narrow, U-shaped or V-shaped, shallow depression of
the sea floor, usually occurring on a gently sloping plain or
fan.

An elevation of the sea floor having a nearly equidimensional
plan less than 60 nautical miles across the summit.

Three or more seamounts in a line and with bases separated by
a relatively flat sea floor.

Three or more seamounts not in a line and with bases separated
by a relatively flat sea floor.

Three or more seamounts having connected bases and aligned
along a ridge or rise.

A line along which there is a marked increase of slope at the
outer margin of a continental shelf or an island shelf. (For
charting purposes the 100-fathom depth contour is normally
accepted as the shelf edge; the actual depth usually is less
but may be more.)

An off-shore hazard to navigation with a least depth of 10
fathoms or less composed of unconsolidated material.

The narrow zone of land fronting any body of water.

TERMINOLOGY 127

Shonelinesete eee. saad ej) oe The line of contact between the land and a body of water.
(The line delineating the shoreline on Coast and Geodetic
Survey nautical charts and surveys approximates the high-
water line.)

SOUS SSS ee Sane eee ere A ridge or rise separating partially closed basins from one
another or from the adjacent sea floor.

SUUKdenthe 2 a ise See The greatest depth over a sill.

IS UIC MSUILICROLC == eta aa ena A depression which has subsurface drainage only, through

natural holes and caverns in limestone or by seepage into a
lower-lying water table.

SUC OE SEN a eo es 5 eee nS The inclined surface of a hill, mountain, plateau, plain, or any
part of the surface of the earth; the angle at which such
surfaces deviate from the horizontal.

(SUASO 1] Os 8 See me ete ee me A minor, muddy marshland or tidal waterway which usually
connects other tidal areas.

SEG eet ea Me gS in hid ee A slough, or swamp.

Sizes (E113) uaa ee A floodgate.

SOUS: eetele ee Se eee ae A relatively long arm of the sea or ocean forming a channel

between an island and a mainland or connecting two larger
bodies, as a sea and the ocean, or two parts of the same body;
usually wider and more extensive than a strait.

SVEUGS See es aes eee ee es A small point of land or narrow shoal projecting into a body
of water from the shore.

Song) (S=/6)) = = a= eee A place where water issues naturally from the rock or soil upon
the land or into a body of surface water.

2 SNOPES nes ee eee eae A subordinate ridge or rise projecting outward from a larger
feature of elevation.

SURUGI a CA Se Ee ee A relatively narrow body of water connecting two larger bodies.

SURGES. ane a eee The shore or beach of the ocean or a large lake.

SRG bs eS ee ee A broad, elongated depression, with relatively steep walls,

located on acontinentalshelf. The longitudinal profile of the
floor is gently undulating with the greatest depths often
found in the inshore portion.
Stream (0-13, 14)_..._-.---- Any body of flowing water or other fluid, great or small.
Stream channel. ---=----_ =~ The bed where a natural stream of water runs; the trench or
depression washed in the surface of the earth by running
water; a wash, arroyo or coulee.

Sampioes (05S) eee eee The highest point, as the highest peak of a mountain range, the
highest elevation reached by a road, etc.
Sonny (Calas os ae ge ak A track of stillwater abounding in certain species of trees and

course grass or boggy protuberances; a track of wet, spongy
land, saturated, but not usually covered with water; a boggy
marshland and stream; a slough.
IS UNES ep = Sat ae EE ee A body of dashing, splashing water. Specifically, a narrow
' sound or channel of water lying within a sandbank, or be-
tween a sandbank and a shore; a bar over which a sea washes.
Havlennow oe 2 S32. See A seamount rising less than 500 fathoms from the sea floor and
having a comparatively smooth, flat top with minor irregular-
ities.

692-834 O - 64-10

128 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

OANA OUP nae oan ecse A seamount rising more than 500 fathoms from the sea floor
and having a comparatively smooth, flat top with minor
irregularities.

Terminal moraine___-------- A moraine formed across the course of a glacier at its farthest

advance, at or near a relatively stationary edge, or at places
marking the termination of important glacial advances.

CTT OCC RP ee Re eer ae eet A bench-like feature bordering an elevation of the sea floor.
A terrace does not include the continental shelf or island
shelf but may include bench-like features on the shelf.

Tidal marsh or flat__._______- Any marsh or flatland, the surface of which is wetted by a tidal
flow.
ndengateue: Da eta ISO ie 1 An opening through which water may flow freely when the

tide sets in one direction, but which closes automatically
and prevents the water from flowing in the other direction.

Tide rips (O-18)__________-- Turbulence caused by the meeting of conflicting tidal currents
or by a tidal current flowing over irregular bottom.

INO OGS OA ae eee A long, narrow strip of land, projecting into a body of water;
a long, narrow body of water indenting the land or bounded
by islands.

WO DOGRC/p |) ae ae The configuration (relief) of the land surface; the graphic

delineation or portrayal of that configuration in map form,
as by contour lines.

HRC TC me ees eee anager A long, narrow, depression of the sea floor, having relatively
steep sides.

IOUT = sa sec ee se Any stream which feeds a larger stream or lake.

LRU Daosaoe--s= PEEL Reet yy A long depression of the sea floor, having relatively gentle
sides, normally wider and shallower than a trench.

DROIT ote a te > a Ba One of the level or undulating treeless plains characteristic of

arctic regions, having a black muck soil with a permanently
frozen subsoil.

Wiplandeeaek Sack EOS Bate A highland; ground elevated above the lowlands along rivers
or between hills.
VOY ee eee oes ere me A relatively shallow, wide depression with gentle slopes, the

bottom of which grades continuously downward. This term
is used for features that do not have canyon proportions in
any significant part of their extent.

VOLT SB Ae Seas naan e. An opening in the earth’s crust through which lava and ash
issue; a mountain (usually conical) formed wholly or in
part by such volcanic action.

Viasat Ma Lees esd St A broad, dry bed of a stream.
Watershed=e naa lS serene The area drained by a stream.
Whewiay (GEIS) a A structure extending parallel to the shoreline so that vessels

may lie close alongside to receive and discharge cargo.

APPENDIX

(FIGURES)

pay pebiads
Chee ee BE Pee atthe i ht ae
h Rant CNiSr a

Tides yt hee

ae

- = ata :

ih) p paued OTA \
ine 4 La ag arn ie

ms "e

APPENDIX 131

Large chart (heavy border line) .060"

Small chart (heavy border line) 040"

Chart index border 020”
Dee eee EE ee
International boundary; State boundary (land only) 015”
Roads (single line) .012”
Shoreline (heavy) 011”
Pe ace ee acces ee at ce al anc laernvetacoe care cn bvecsaecesac tal De IDICUIVESS (GOtS) ag re aici Mela c queen ener, 2 Gunu Ioky aay eee Ole
Channel (wide) Channel (medium) Channel (narrow) 010’
Railroad Contours (heavy) Canals Ditches .008”
3.5mm+—e ;
Disposa/ Area Dumping Ground 007” Fish Haven Spoil Area 007”

Outer marsh line Streams Shoreline (light) Open buildings 006”
Overhead power cable Trails 006”
Projection Neatline Fine border line Railroad ties .005”
Reservation line 005”
Depth curves (blue plate) Range line ___.005” Transmission line Depth curves Trial course 005”
Depth curves (black plate) Contours (light) 003” ee Neg ars iy tS ae .004”
Chart index outline SUBMARINE OPERATING AREA PROHIBITED ANCHORAGE AREA 010”
DANGER AREA RESTRICTED AREA PROHIBITED AREA 010”
a eee eee ease = =" aa ee Ss Se eee eee ee ee ee eee eee ee eee Oe aS eS SS eS SSS i SS
DANGER AREA (when required) 010” DEFENSIVE SEA AREA 010’
ee ee! «107 a GLa GA LI, PDL aL Le ee
2.5mm
Var 2°W 008” te ake he Nie ode me sae 8 UNH oD 007”
lsogonic lines (separated) Isogonic lines (close spaced)
COURSE /98{/° TRUE 36.6M __ .007" RULES OF THE ROAD _ a .007”
Track lines
ANCHORAGE ANCHORAGE FOR EXPLOS/VES -007”
Fish Trap Area 2 .007”
SUBMARINE TRIAL AREA .007”
ve aaa Cable Area Pipeline Area .006”
Minimum width for double line roads. : 030”
Road | : es !
RESOOORSRITOCOO beste wikis elated O76mm) ——— re Position of Light
006” AREA A m6
one 2.5mm 1 @ = Lighted Buoy
1:15000 to 1:25000 3 = (chart 9O/O) : ; :
= 006” 120” Lighted Beacon Lightship
ae" 3.0mm 1 @ Lighthouse Aero Light
1:30000 to 1:50 000 (see note)
> -005”
-018” ~— .012”
, .284"
1:60 000 to 1:100 000 2 none 7.1mm Fadiobeacon
: :
014”

FIGURE 1 — Line Weights

132 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

UNITED STATES — EAST COAST
DELAWARE — PENNSYLVANIA — NEW JERSEY

DELAWARE RIVER
WILMINGTON TO PHILADELPHIA

Mercator Projection
Scale 1:40,000 at Lat. 39°51’

SOUNDINGS IN FEET
AT MEAN LOW WATER

TIDAL INFORMATION
Height referred to datum of soundings (MLW)

Mean Mean Mean Extreme
High Water | Tide Level | Low Water | Low Water

feet feet

Wilmington, Del 5.3 2.9

Chester,Pa 5.4 2.9

Billingsport,N.J 5.5 3.0

Phila. Pier 9N.,Pa 58 3.1

(463)

ABBREVIATIONS (For complete list of Symbols and Abbreviations, see C. & G. S. Chart No. 1)

Lights (Lights are white unless otherwise indicated.)

F. fixed S-L short-long OBSC. obscured Rot, rotating
Fl. flashing Occ. occulting WHIS. whistle SEC. sector
Qk. quick Alt. alternating DIA. diaphone m. minutes
Gp. group |. Qk. interrupted quick M. nautical miles sec, seconds
Buoys: T.B. temporary buoy N. nun B. black Or. orange W. white
C. can S. spar R. red G. green Y. yellow
Bottom characteristics
Cl. clay M. mud hrd. hard bk. black gy. gray
Co. coral Rk. rock rky. rocky br. brown rd. red
G. gravel S. sand sft. soft bu. blue wh. white
Grs. grass Sh. shells stk. sticky gn. green yl. yellow
21, Wreck, rock, obstruction, or shoal swept clear to the depth indicated
(2) Rocks that cover and uncover, with heights in feet above datum of soundings
AERO. aeronautical R. Bn. radiobeacon C. G. Coast Guard station
Bn. daybeacon R. TR. radio tower D.F.S. distance finding station

AUTH. authorized: Obstr. obstruction; P.A. position approximate, E.D. existence doubtful

HEIGHTS
Heights in feet above Mean High Water

AUTHORITIES

Hydrography and topography by the Coast and Geodetic Survey
with additions and revisions from the Corps of Engineers

FIGURE 2 — Title Layout

APPENDIX 133

24 pt. Light Litho 7 pt. Draftsman Italic KE pt. News (Selle we pt. News Gothic
\ lst Ed., Nov. 1874 3.9™mm.} Catalog Page No. 5
(OP) (JOINS CHART 534) +-—Center lo)
|= Chart center ss"

mm mm

Only for charts with longest
dimensions north and south.
mm.
+ lea.gmm. When length plus breadth is | 1™™IF
: When length plus breadth is less than 55 inches.
jymm.

greater than 55 inches.

7.5™™.[-—$§+)

7.5mm.

Neatline—-!
|

=— Neatline

Chart center

5.01.
[Rind aang Ed., Mar. 12/62; Revised 3/4/63

1375)mm.
1 369 PRICE $1.00

ee zo

Compiled and printed at Washington, D.C. by 3 5mm.

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE |
COAST AND ea SURVEY

12 pt. No. 3 Light

Copperplate Gothic Condensed Stace imrceoatieh
8 pt. Lining Gothic uy 8 pt. Century Expanded

“Year''-12 pt. News Gothic Condensed

Center —+ (CONTINUED ON CHART /222!

(Inner neatline 108.25cm N.S. x 82.90cm E.W.)

‘5mm. S59 mm [Sol mm.
18 pt. Coast Survey mie— New York Harbor)_ oe ie e & G. S e 369 °°

mm
8 pt. News Gothic Condensed —¥-SOUNDINGS IN FEET - SCALE 1:40,000 PRICE $1.00.1°2
Center under sub-title 24 pt. Light Litho

For marginal scales on small-scale charts see Figure 6.

FIGURE 3— Border Layouts

134 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

FIGURE 4 — Border Subdivisions

40'30” 20" 10” 55"
! | (a | | __il
2,500 to 9,000 |
IES SG SO REE LO IR OT TRE DE TT RC ETA __||
BS 6 30”
OF 37’ 50" 40” 30” 20" 10” 72°36’ 50"
=i | | | | | | Siititi ii tt
| 10,000 to 29,000
Ee A SIE FP AN PDE aE OAL, EO ST] 57’ ia
3.75mm.! 5
37’ 45" 30" 15” 36’ 3 Sani 75°35’
[aS RE [DS Ft eT Saas }
| 30,000 to 49,000 |
L20"
[300
Interval Interval !nterval 2.5mm.—y —
Project. Project. Project. ZO -
Scale lines figures subdiv. 2
5 000........ Ves eee LO at uv
I) KONO) coocc00e UR eroaoan t Saebs al’
15000... 1! 1! 1! Sub = or-
20000 .. 2! i! WY S>
30 000 .. Cee: Co We it r-45 =}
AOOOORR a. Oo hina BE Bae Se i bs lon
L fo)
=) >
L_ 30” S
30 S S
L Re Yel
ae Onee ose
= 15” tS)
SI S
Cy |r iS)
SUBDIVISIONS I L567 oO 1580"
On scales 9,000 and larger, one-half minute at the iS i=l
approximate center of the east, west, north, and south oO
neatlines to be divided into seconds and numbered S a
G S t-40 Iie
as illustrated. Ss
On scales 10,000 to 49,000, one minute at the ap- Se)
proximate center of the east, west, north, and south
neatlines to be divided into seconds and numbered [-30”
as illustrated.
Werreemumberses ee ee ee 12 pt. Lt. Lith.
(Omit 00’ with Degrees) 3775 m: eyed 42°
Minutemumibers seen 8 Pt. Lt. Lith. jee eer
Second numbers 6 pt. No. 2 L.C.G. L
Second numbers (with Minutes)............ 7 pt. Cen. Exp. ie 35°
Plane Coordinate Grid numbers..6 pt. No. 3 L.C.G.c. 19 allS5% 10" -
55
37° F
E55’ Les cm
E
50"

APPENDIX 135

FIGURE 4A — Subdivisions for skewed projections, 1:40,000 Scale

136 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

96°06’ 04’

FIGURE 5 — Border Layout of Inset on Chart

APPENDIX 137
Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval
Project. Project. Border Project. Project. Border Project. Project. Border
SEE Wes Ree Se euecly Scale lines figures subdiv Scale lines figures subdiv.
50 000
000
euoee a 000
peed 250 000
100 000

ef 40’
% mel
ua aa

Scales

480 000

to
a 900 000
' 5’ 5 a

40°
H | 20’

40’
Scales Scales Scales
50 000 i © 110 000 251 000
1 to 0! to to
109 000 , 250000 a 475 000 HI
1 zie
hn ae
a zt
ae
H[| 45°
30’
Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval
Project. Project. Border Project. Project. Border Project. Project. Border
lines figures subdiv. Scale lines figures subdiv. Scale lines figures subdiv.
1 000 000. 3 000 000...
1 500 000. 4 000 000
2 000 000. 5 000 000...

905 000
to

2 200 000

44°

Scales
2 250 000
to
5 500 000

45°

FIGURE 6 — Border Scales

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

138

00012 ooo'st 000'si 00021 000°6 000'9 ooo'e 0 oos'| 000’
——— ———— ————————S SS Se et) 0000r:1
ooo'st ooo'zI 000°6 000'9 ooo gost 000°€
——————————— ——————————— Cert ECE HS ECE ET et} 000°0€:1
00001 000'8 000'9 000'y 000'2 000'1 000'2
————— ————SS——I SSS EEC EEE EY J 000 02:1
000s 000'r 0o00'€ 000'2 oo0't oos 0001 ee.
——— ——————— = SS Es) SCO000'01 1
oos'z 000'2 oos'| ooo'l oos osz 00s .
= ———— —_——————————————— Ti — os es ——
3094
o00'se 000'0€ 000'sz 00002 00's! Qo0'0! 000'S tc) o0s'z 000'S 6 ‘
C el ———— — SS St et Et SCO000 002:1
000'S1 000'F 1 ooo'e! 000'21 0011 o00'0! 000'6 000'8 Q00'L 000'9 000'S 000'r o00'e 000'2 0o0'! te) 00s _000'1 Se
aS —— = Soa
000'L 000'01 000'6 000'8 00's 000'9 00'S 000'r o00'€ oo0'z 000'I 00s 000'1
[ ———————I —— SE ——s ——————1 See EET) 000'09:1
000'6 000'8 000'L 000'9 00's 000'r. Qo0'€ Q00'2 000'! to) 00s. 000'1
[ ———————1 _—_—————— ——————— — SI SCe et eet} 0000S'!
o00'L 000'9 00's 000'y. 000'€ 000'2 0001 00s 000!
(e ———————————————T _————— ————————————————— = Soe et es «(000'0F'!
oos's 000'S 00S'p 000'F oos'€ oo0'€ 00s'2 00'2 00s't 00011 00s 0) sz 00s ,
— —————— ESS ee) O00 0E'!
oos'é o00'e o0s'2 000'2 oos't 000'1 oos QO 001 002 O0€ OOF 00S
= —————————— ——————————— ———— el Se et FT) «(000021
006‘! oo8't (oleya 009"! 00s'1 oor'| O0€'| 002"! oot 000'1 006 008 OOL 009 00s oor OoE 00z 001 0 0S 001 AS
= ——— — — ee al —=——_ —————_ oo =— [— is — 0101000) a8
006 008 foley 009 00s oor. OoE 002 01 001
c ———— ———————————— ——=1 ————— or =I = Ere) 000S'1
spiey

FIGURE 7 — Graphic Scales

139

APPENDIX

“AaTAB] 10 0NO'OR-T JO [BOs ye szrwyo |]B UO paoe|d aq 07 sayeos gE aAogE ay, :210N

0005 0007 O00€ 0002 0001 0 0001
a = so — oo — or
spe,
£ 4 L ) j L
c ——————————————————————————— SSS}

SAI) 2}NVeS

£ G

ee

SalI RONEN

0005 ooor O00€ 000¢ 0001
t = ae

= E

Spare,

4 L

qo

ee _____—

SalI [RONEN

000°0#:T 9189S
YOONVE OL NOLLVONILNOO

YaLVM MOT YHAMOT NVAW LV
(SNOHLVA NAATIA OL LAdA GNV SWOHLVA)
SWOHLVA NI SONIGNDOS

qYaALVM MOT NVAW LV
(SNWOHLVA NAATIA OL LAA GNV SINOHLVA)
SWOHLVA NI SONIGNDOS

(dquo uornnbianu asoysyo 10,4 )

YaLVM MOT NVAW LV
Lada NI SONIGNNOS

YALVM MOT YAMOT NVAW LV
Lad NI SONIGNQOS

YALYM MOT NVAW LY
Lad NI SONIGNDOS

FIGURE 8 — Standard Notes and Scales

140 NAUTICAL

CAUTION

Improved channels shown by- broken lines are
subject to shoaling, particularly at the edges.

CAUTION

Temporary defects in aids to navigation are not
indicated on this chart except where a buoy

replaces a fixed aid. See Notices to Mariners.

CAUTION

Southeast Channel Entrance is
subject to continual change.

1240.

Caution
Extremely heavy tide rips and strong currents
may be encountered in the vicinity of the islands
shown on this chart.
9030

CAUTION

Vessels entering Long Beach
Channel should pass eastward of
lighted whistle buoy"LB,”’ and vessels
departing should pass westward.

5147

CAUTION

The shoreline is subject to
continual change in this area
887-SC

CAUTION

Mariners are warned to stay
clear of the protective riprap sur-
rounding navigational light structures

shown thus &

NAVAL TRAIL COURSE

The line of buoys in the entrance to Penobscot
Bay between Latitude 44°01’ and 44°08’ mark
a Naval trial-course. Vessels must keep clear
of this course while trial tests are in progress

1203

PLANES OF REFERENCE

Depths charted in Caloosahatchee River and St.
Lucie River are referred to mean low water. Depths
in the Caloosahatchee Canal are referred to a low
water elevation which is 10 feet above mean sea level.
Depths in Lake Okeechobee and St. Lucie Canal
are referred to a low water elevation which is 12}
feet above mean sea level.

1289

CHART MANUAL

PRIVATE BUOYS

Private buoys are maintained in most
of the bays, ponds and Inlets on this chart.

259

DUMPING GROUNDS

Regulations and permission for
dumping in the areas indicated
may be obtained at the office of
the District Engineer, Corps of
Engineers, Ney York, N. Y.

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY

Use chart 845-SC. The depths and
channel markers are not shown hereon.

1247

ST. LUCIE INLET

The channel is subject to continual change.
Entrance buoys and lights are not shown
because they are frequently shifted in position.

Use chart 845-SC.

1247

VEGETATION

The land is generally heavily wooded, The
woods decrease in density with the elevation.
leaving the higher elevations bare.

8148

STORM WARNINGS

The U. S. Weather Bureau displays storm
warnings on the following lightships:
Pollock Rip (41°36'-69°51’)
Nantucket Shoals (40°33'-69° 28’)
Ambrose Channel (40°27'-73°49')
Scotland (40°26’-73°55')
Barnegat (39°46'-73°56’)
Five Fathom Bank (38°47'-74°35')
For a complete list of storm warning
stations, see large scale charts.
1108

STORM WARNINGS

The U. S. Weather Bureau displays storm warnings at
the following approximate locations:
Custom House, Boston (42°21.5'-71°03.2')
Boston C, G. Station (42°22.1’-71°03.1')
Boston Lightship (42°20.4’-70°45.5')
Deer Island Light Station (42° 20.4'-70°57,3’)
*Old Colony Yacht Club (42°18.0'-71°02.7')
*Hingham Yacht Club (42°15.7'-70°53.7')
Pt Allerton C. G. Station (42°18.4/-70°54')
*Winthop (42°22.1’-70°59.3’)
*Seasonal
246

FIGURE 9—Standard Notes

PLANE COORDINATE GRID

Oregon State grid, north zone, is indicated
by dotted ticks at 5,000 foot intervals

6155

*PLANE COORDINATE GRID
Oregon State Grid, north zone, is indicated
by dashed ticks at 5,000 foot intervals. The
last three digits are omitted.

*On new and reconstructed charts, grids are
now being shown by dashed lines instead of
dotted ticks.

6158

FISH TRAP AREAS

Boundary lines of fish trap areas
are shown thus:

Caution: Submerged piling may
exist in these areas.

1216

BERTH NUMBERS

The numbers on land along the
waterfront are the berth numbers.

5147

APPENDIX

141

TRAFFIC LIGHTS

Traffic lights are in operation at Reedy Point
Entrance, at Lorewood Grove, about one mile
west of the P. R. R. bridge, and at a point one
mile west of Chesapeake City Bridge

Consult the Regulations for the Control of
Traffic in the Canal before entering

570

Lake Washington Ship Canal
Traffic Signals
Red (stop) green (go) lights are maintained on the
guide pier below the Great Northern R. R. bridge
for the guidance of vessels going through the large

lock.
690-SC

LIGHTS
Only the principal lights along the outer coast are shown.
1000

RACING BUOYS

Racing buoys within the limits
of this chart are not shown hereon.
For location and description see the
Coast Guard Local Notices to
Mariners and Light List.

1206

THIMBLE SHOAL CHANNEL DEPTHS

Tabulated from surveys by the Corps of Engineers - report of Aug.1962

Controlling depths in channels entering from Prajectibimensians
seaward in feet at Mean Low Water J

Name of Channel

Thimble Shoal Channel @

North Auxiliary Channel
South Auxiliary Channel

Right Right

inside outside

quarter quarter quarter auarter

40.0 40.0

30.1
29.3

Length Depth
Width (naut. M.L.W.
(feet) miles) (feet)

a. This channel is restricted to exclude vessels and tows drawing less than 20 feet. There is no

restriction to passenger ships.

NOTE: The Corps of Engineers should be consulted for changing conditions subsequent to above.

1222

FIGURE 10—Standard Notes

142

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CHANNEL DEPTHS

The project depth in the channels of the Columbia and Willamette
Rivers are, 48 feet from the entrance to Clatsop Spit Lighted Whistle
Buoy 14, thence 35 feet to Portland, Oregon, and 30 feet from the mouth
of the Willamette River to Vancouver, Washington.

Freshets occur annually during the months of May, June, and July
which may cause some shoaling; however, channels are restored to
project depth as soon thereafter as possible.

The controlling depths are published monthly in the local Notice to
Mariners by the U.S. Coast Guard and monthly in the U.S. Naval Ocean-
ographic Office Notice to Mariners. Additional information may be obtained
from the Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, Portland, Oregon.

6152

WIRE DRAGGED AREAS
The area tinted green has been swept by wire drag to a depth which
in deep waters materially exceeds the draft of the largest vessels.
In shoal waters the drag was set to pass as close as practicable to

the bottom
8094

(Green overprint)

Information blocked out in green is
now obsolete. Corrections in green to
Oct. 30, 1950.

(Green overprint)

FIGURE 11— Standard Notes

APPENDIX

PROHIBITED AREA

The area in and about Womens Bay, west of the dashed
magenta line is a Naval Defensive Sea Area. No vessels,
except those authorized by the Secretary of the Navy, shall
be navigated in this area. The U.S. Naval Reservation
is an Air Space Reservation. No aircraft, except those
authorized by the Secretary of the Navy, shall be navigated
above this area.

8545

PROHIBITED AREA

Unalaska Island is a Naval Defensive Sea
Area and Airspace Reservation. No vessels
or aircraft, except those authorized by the
Secretary of the Navy, shall be navigated in or
above the area within the three mile limit.

9302

PROHIBITED AREA 207.174
(Seaplane Landing)

A navigation channel 300 feet wide
outside the limits of the prohibited area
is available to surface craft.

576

CAUTION

Boundary limits and designations of Submarine
Operating Areas are shown in solid magenta lines and

143

CAUTION

Oil well drilling structures may be
found outside the obstruction areas
which are indicated by dashed magenta
lines

881-SC

CAUTION

Construction equipment may
be stationed in this vicinity.

CAUTION

Bridge is under construction, and within
the tinted area are numerous lights, buoys
and piles used in its construction.

NOTE A

Navigation regulations are publisned in
Chapter 2, Coast Pilot 2, or subsequent
yearly supplements and weekly Notices to
Mariners. Copies of the regulations may be
obtained at the office of the District Engineer,
Corps of Engineers in New York.

Refer to section numbers shown with
area designation.

541
are indicated by letters, thus: AREA ''G” As sub-
marines may be operating in these areas, vessels
should proceed with caution. During torpedo practice
firing, all vessels are cautioned to keep well clear of
Naval Target Vessels flying a large red flag. WARNING
359 San Clemente Island is a NAVAL RESERVATION

and is closed to the public.
All vessels are warned that the vicinity of the island

CAUTION

This chart is not intended for use in navigating
the tributaries of Chesapeake Bay and the aids to
navigation maintained by the U. S. Coast Guard
are not charted in those waters.

78

CAUTION

Numerous oil well drilling structures
are located within the limits of this chart.

523

692-834 O - 64-11 FIGURE 12—Standard Notes

is dangerous on account of gunfire and bombing.

S1ll

*PROHIBITED DUMPING GROUND

Dumping of all objects or materials of a metallic

nature is strictly prohibited.

* Dumping ground notes may vary according to the
regulations authorized by the Corps of Engineers
District.

144

SUBMARINE
OPERATING AREA
207.640 (see note A)
5532

SPECIAL ANCHORAGE

Anchor lights not required on vessels
less than sixty-five feet long.

CABLE AND PIPELINE -AREAS

The cable and pipeline areas falling within
the areas of the larger sca/e charts are shown
thereon and are not repeated on this chart.

1208

LOCAL MAGNETIC DISTURBANCE

Differences of as much as 3° from the normal
variation have been observed on Cuttyhunk Island
between Buzzards Bay and Vineyard Sound.

RESTRICTED AREA

Anchoring, trawling, fishing and
dragging are prohibited in this area
207.158 (see note A)

1222

RESTRICTED AREA
204.30
(see note A)

SEAPLANE LANE A
207.50 (see note A)

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

FIGURE 13—Standard Notes

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY

The Intracoastal Waterway is indicated
by a magenta line. Distances are shown in
International Nautical Miles. Courses are true.

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY
Project Depths
12 feet Norfolk, Va. to Fort Pierce, Fla.

9 feet Norfolk to Albemarle Sound, via
Dismal Swamp Canal

8 feet Fort Pierce to Miami, Fla.
7 feet Miami, Fla. to Cross Bank, Florida
Bay.

From Cross Bank to Key West, Fla., the
controlling depth is 5 feet. Rep. June 1962.

The controlling depths are published
weekly in the Notice to Mariners.

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY AIDS

Intracoastal Waterway aids are character-
ized by a yellow band or border. Proceeding
from Norfolk, Va. to Key West, Fla.:

1. Aids with red reflectors are on the star-
board side; green reflectors are on the port
side.

2. Where the Intracoastal Waterway co-
incides with another waterway, the dual-
purpose aids have distinctive yellow triangles
on the starboard side and yellow squares on
the port side.

829-SC

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY

The Intracoastal Waterway between the east
and west limits of this chart is not completely
shown. Use chart No. 837-SC.

The project depth from Charleston to Beaufort,
Se GriSmi2aheets

The controlling depths are published in the
weekly Notice to Mariners,

792

OKEECHOBEE WATERWAY

The routes are indicated by a magenta line.

The project depths from St. Lucie River to Fort
Meyers are:

8 feet via Routes 1 and 1B,

6 feet via Route 2.

Locks are operated during daylight hours.
The controlling depths are published in the weekly
Notice to Mariners.

1289

APPENDIX 145.

ANCHORAGE AREAS

202.155 (see note A)

Limits and assigned numbers of anchorage areas
are shown in magenta.

GENERAL ANCHORAGES

©
®
@O®

TEMPORARY ANCHORAGE-limited to 72 hours without
permit.

NAVAL ANCHORAGE-commercial vessels may anchor
for 24 hours with permission of Captain of the
Port.

21B BARGE AND STEAMER ANCHORAGE-limited to 30 days

without permit.

TEMPORARY GENERAL ANCHORAGE - limited to 48
hours without permit.

QUARANTINE ANCHORAGE-vessels shall clear area

after being granted pratique. The southern portion

of (23) may be used when anchorage (24) fully

utilized.

ANCHORAGE FOR EXPLOSIVES-load in excess of 20
tons of high explosives prohibited.

B
o
ow

541

CURRENT DIAGRAM
GEORGES BANK AND NANTUCKET SHOALS
Explanation

Directions and velocities of tidal currents at eighteen stations are shown by arrows.
The length of the arrow from the center of the circle represents the average velocity
on ascale of one inch equals three knots. The figures at the arrow heads are the
hours after the time of maximum flood at Pollack Rip Channel, (Stone Horse Shoal
Lightship), the daily predicted times of which are given in the Coast and Geodetic
Survey Atlantic Coast Current Tables. The velocities plotted should be increased
by 20 per cent when the moon is full or new and decreased by 20 per cent when the
moon is in first or third quarters. For effect of wind and tidal currents, see Current
Tables, Atlantic Coast.

541

SCALE OF VELOCITIES

1 0 1 2 Sy (SOUS

FIGURE 14—Standard Notes

146

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

= 24 Pt. a aaa | _ 30 Pt.

18 Pt.

_

eee 1, AX AS Nee

(eee an ns ae Cdn Boman | EMT TTT TY

CENTURY EXPANDED (CEN. EXP.) (Caps, | and figures)

a A IL Eo eee
eA Bet Ave leareumess
“ALEXANAlexan
ALEXANDAlexand
> ALEXANDRAlexandri
-* ALE XANDR Alexandri
« ALE XANDRI Alexandria,

7) a es Cane Oni. eel IN|

roA TL EB X A A lew waa
“A LEXAND Alexand
oA LEXANDR Alexandri
> ALEXANDRIA Alexandria Vi
> ALEXANDRIA Alexandria Vir
ze ALKXANDRIA V Alexandria Vir

eof fF © AMD Ale ko ao
eA) 1B XC AN DER AAS exraniclaprminay
oe ALEXANDRIA V Alexandria V
2 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA. EG Alexandria Virgi
1s ALEXANDRIA VIRGI Alexandria, Virgini
Zio ALEXANDRIA, VIRGIN Alexandria Virginia |

FIGURE 15 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts

APPENDIX 147

] 2 5 6 inches
foo as aa T
| Land Features a |
CENTURY EXPANDED (CEN. EXP.) (Caps, lower case and figures)
Size Spacing A IL; E xX A N D R I
2 Em Qd. 6 7) 4 6 8 10 ;
Pe a OG NDE 1 A ited x? a ne diam
Nein VN, My SG VN INT JD) JR) V py Wemsaray nid arasitieen vam
S sims. ALEXANDRIA. VIRG Alexandria V ire
2 Pr. Sp. ALEXANDRIA VIRGINI Alexandria Virginia
1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA Alexandria, Virginia, Uni
Zero Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGIN IA UN Alexandria Virginia, United
mo Ee A ND PR OT A Vi 1
PS oy ex AN DOR Wl PAR OA Ugere va mide i va
Nut Qd. ALEXANDRIA VIRG Alexandria Vises
5 3 Em Sp. ALEXANDRIA VIRGIN Alexandria Virginia
2 Pr. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, _ Alexandria Virginia, Un |
1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA. VIRGINIA ,U NI Alexandria, Virginia,United
Zero Sp. ALEXANDRIA. VIRGINIA UNITED Alexandria, Virginia United Sta,
— 2m Qd. A L E xX A N D R I A. V I R G
Be eke See OND AR VE AE) eh x any dia aay
Nua ALEXANDRIA. VeleRaG sien Alexandria Vai reiera
é sens. ALEXANDRIA VIRGINIA. tou ‘Alexandria, Virginia, a
| 2 PL. Sp. ALEXANDRIA ‘VIRGINIA, UNI Alexandria, Virginia, United
1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA , UNITED ‘Alexandria Virginia, United Stat
| Zero Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, UNITED STAT ‘Alexandria Virginia, United States a
Macnee eee Pee ee DRA TP AR } i Yok er PGA wiNR a
WS Geb pee Ue IB TID) 1 esac tame aac riamen ee NOTE 22.
Nt Qd ALEXANDRIA VIRGINIA ,U go eee wi Gbeter Weber tite 1 wl
= 3 Em Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA ju NIT Alexandria Virginia, Unite
2 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, UNITED Alexandria Virginia, United State
1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, UNITED STAT ‘Alexandria Virginia, United States of
Zero Sp. ALEXANDRIA, VIRGINIA, UNITED STATES OF ‘Alexandria Virginia, ‘United States of Ameri
2 Em Qd. é L E xX a N D R I a0 Vv I R Cc. I N I A sy U N I T
| orga ex query We 0 12 Et at A IX Il @ 32 Bom cl ae loa Vi siger, penile ween
0 5 10 5) 0 5 10 15 20;
Nut Qd. G DBR AND EWA VERS CHE NGIE AS EU NOSLEYD @lexoudrig. Water iepinbitar Uaniigtyetd Ss
« 3 Em Sp. Ge ND EA URAC INGA ‘UNITED SN w ls Ope emda Mii ueninila il nivel Sivaitels
MS 2 Pt. Sp. Gp RRS SEDI VALERIE UNITED STATES Oe a eewnia Uniced Sugies of Le
1 Pt. Sp. ALEXANDRIA VIRGINIA UNITED SUAS an GAL jh GCE Wicaie thttics SUGEOE of ee
Zero Sp. UBER RS {paNeaD Sutin OF AUUODIENCL AL een Virginia, United States of America Alexandria
I 10 20 30 40 50

FIGURE 16 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts

148 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

|
Land Features

Len LITHO (Lt. Lith.) (Caps, lower and figures)
g:

WW A Ss H AN) 2 ae eal
oW ASHI Washi
“~WASHIN Washin
“WASHING Washingt
“WASHING Washinsgto
“WASHING Washington

pes W. A S H. I N,
“«W A S H IW ashi
“@¢WASHHINGWashin
: “WASHINGT Washingt
°WASHINGTO Washington
poise WASHINGTO Washington
| =» WASHINGTON Washington
mew, ) AY S YH 1S NG gan
rma W A § H IN, Woe sy aa

aes: Washingto
ee Washington

30 Pt.

—

27%.WASHINGTON, BA Washington, Ba
2% WASHINGTON, BA Washington Balti
00» WASHINGTON, BA Washington Balti

|

il

FIGURE 17 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts

Size: Spacing:
2 Em Qd.

1 Em Qd.

14 Pt.

3 Em Sp.

12 Pt.

2 Pt. Sp.

1 Pt. Sp.

~~ Zero Sp.

2 Em Qd.
1 Em Qd.

Nut Qd.
3 Em Sp.
2 Pt. Sp.

1EPtSSp:

Zero Sp.

2 Em Qd.
1 Em Qd.
Nut Qd.
3 Em Sp.
2 Pt. Sp.
1 Pt. Sp.

Zero Sp.

2 Em Qd.
1 Em Qd.
Nut Qd.
3 Em Sp.
2 Pt. Sp.
1 Pt. Sp.

\caceeareg) Gi sacar} [p= OE ae et ey Oe err est

Zero Sp.

Le aa

LIGHT LITHO (Lt. Lith.) (Cops, lower case, and figures)

Nut Qd.
3 Em Sp.
2 Pt. Sp.
1 Pt. Sp.

Zero Sp.

(~ 2 Em Qd.
1 Em Qd.

Nut Qd.

Vi ee OR Hee N EG SV Om IN’ WW) “an sehg ay a 8 ot onan

APPENDIX 149

1 2 3 4 5 6 inches

Land Features

W A S H I N G T O bs
VASE CrCl | Woes. eh. i, mig
Wi at Ss EIN G7 OUN Weayseit i 1 8 tol
Wears Hil N Gr ON: BA Washington Balt
WASHINGTON, BALT. Washington Baltim
WASHINGTON, BALTIM Washington Baltimo
WASHINGTON BALTIM Washington Baltimore
Ww A S A I N G a O N B
ee eS CHT NN Gat (Ol NEW ales oh i ag) orm
WASHINGTON BALWashington Ba
WASHINGTON, BALTI Washington Baltiat
WASHINGTON ‘BALTIM Washington, Baltim.
WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE Washington, Baltimore
WASHINGTON) BALTIMORE MI Washington Baltimore Mia

Ww A Ss H I N G T O N B A L

10

WASHINGTON, BALT I MWeehingéon Balti

10

WASHINGTON, BALTIMO Washington Baltimore

WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE Washington Baltimore

WASHINGTON) BALTIMORE, M Washington Baltimore Miami

,WASHINGTON | BALTIMORE, MIAMI Washington Baltimore Miami Bea.

o-

W A iS) H I N G ae O N, B A L Tt

WAS HIN GT ON, Be AO Wi a cist thh anh soot Vows Re
WASHINGTON BALTIMO Washington Baltimo
WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE, M Washington Baltimore M
WASHINGTON. "BALTIMORE, MIA Washington, Baltimore Miami
WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE, MIAMI Washington Baltimore Miami Bea
WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE, MIAMI BEAC Washington Baltimore Miami Beach Lo

iW, A tS) H iL Ni G a O No B A L a I M oO
ANT Las fey Ube Sash Gy A) NE ea ee Se Ou on
DBA Fe) 18) ONE GIN @ IN ee OR RSE (Wh SUR UTE GQ Ue
WASHINGTON, BALTIMORE MIAMI Washington, Baltimore Miami

WASHINGTON, BNET O Wig MIA MI AY GO ACOs DOING SIS mi B
WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEAC (Washington Baltimore Miami Beach
10 20 30 0 10 20 30

WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH LONG \Washington Baltimore Miami Beach Long Po
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40

o-,0

FIGURE 18 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts

150 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

6 inches

0} =
ree | r eee a ae
oe | ee ‘Land oe ik a a
LIGHT LITHO (Lt. Lith.) (Caps, lower case and figures)

Size: Spacing:

Ali Ceh My A 8 H To aN, iG) pte Om LAN! BY A Li he SMe Oe ORE eE: My Ul Al
0 5 10 ° 15 20
1EmQd. WAS HIN GTON BALTIMORE WwW asmiweatom Bahl tim o
ty) 50 10 15 20 0 5 10 15
Nut Qd. WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI Washington Baltimore Miami
a 0) = 10 20 0 10 20
* 3E£mSp. WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH Washington Baltimore Miami Beach
Ce) 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30
2 Pt. Sp. WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH Washington Balti more Miami Beach
(0) 10 20 30 (0) 10 20 30
1 Pt. Sp. WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH LONG Washington Baltimore Miami Beach Long
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30
Zero Sp. \WASHINGTON BALTIMORE MIAMI BEACH LONG POINT GR Washington Baltimore Miami Beach Long Point Green,
(0) 10 20 30 40 10) 10 2 30 40 50
8 Pt. possibly:
| Mollison Airport Indian Head Brooklyn Navy Yard Cope Village
Brighton Beach Long Island Bailey Peninsula Great Gulch
Colorado Canyon Sheephead Key Piney Point VIRGINIA
Cape Henry Ulster Landing Port Arthur
Reeves Field English Lookout Weekiwatchee Swamp
Fort Morgan Great Marshes Rigolets Town
6 Pt. generally:
NW Bluff Scarboro Hill Mt Ellis Pin Rk (above sndg. datum)
Cedar Hammock Indian Mound Bold Peak Canlaon Volcano

NEWS GOTHIC (N.G.) Use for Radio, Television and Radar Stations only.
6 Pt. RBn RDF RSta RT Ra Ra(conspic) Ramk RaRef Racon DFS

HEAVY COPPERPLATE GOTHIC CONDENSED (H.C.G.C.) (Caps and figures, No lower case)

6 Pt. No. 2 generally should be used for landmarks:

6 Pt. No. 2 BUILDING CHIMNEY CUPOLA DOME FLAG TOWER HOUSE LORAN STATION MONUMENT SPIRE TANK

6 Pt. No. 3 BUILDING CHIMNEY CUPOLA DOME FLAG TOWER HOUSE LORAN STATION MONUMENT SPIRE STACK TANK TOWER

Landmarks Avoid landmark abbreviations wherever possible.

6 Pt. No. 2 APT CAS CH cuP FS HS LOOK TR MON PIL STA SCH TV TR
BLDG CATH CHY ELEV FTIR HOSP Ls s OBSY R MAST S'PIPE WB SIG STA
CAP CG COR FP GAB HO LT HO PAV RTR TR (WBAL)

| LIGHT COPPERPLATE GOTHIC CONDENSED (LT.C.G.C.) (Caps and figures, No lower case)

Lighted Beacon Names 6 Pt. No. 3 generally: BALTIMORE BLOODY PT BAR POINT CROOKED RIVER PARKERS ISLAND SHOAL

Bridge and Overhead Cable Clearances 6 Pt. No. 3 should be used for clearances:

BASCULE BRIDGE FIXED BRIDGE PONTOON BRIDGE SWING BRIDGE
HOR CL 50 FT HOR CL 30 FT HOR CL 65 FT HOR CL 50 FT
VERT CL 12 FT VERT CL 35 FT VERT CL 7 FT VERT CL 15 FT
FORT CASWELL BASCULE BRIDGE MORROWILIETIERIDGE REMOVABLE SPAN SWING BRIDGE-EAST DRAW ONLY
HOR CL 105 FT HOR'CL/2201FT HOR CL 60 FT HOR CL 84 FT
VERT CL 15 FT VERTICL ISIET/DOWN VERT CL 8 FT VERT CL 12 FT
VERT CL 145 FT UP
VA HY BASCULE BRIDGE & RETRACTILE BRIDGE DUPONT SWING BRIDGE
N & W RR BASCULE BRIDGE Nock HOR CL 150 FT HOR CL.N DRAW 75 FT
HOR CL 125 FT see SSF VERT CL 15 FT HOR CL S DRAW 50 FT
VERT CL 10 FT WEN CoEAoeee OVERHEAD CABLE CL 70 FT VERT CL 14 FT
HOLDEN BEACH CABLE FERRY ROLLING LIFT BRIDGE L & N RR AND HY SWING BRIDGE
HOR CL 80 FT OVERHEAD POWER CABLE HOR CL 57 FT HOR CL 105 FT
AUTH CL 75 FT VERT CL 10 FT VERT CL 12 FT
FIXED BRIDGE
NO CLEARANCE
LIGHT COPPERPLATE GOTHIC CONDENSED (LT.C.G.C.)
State Coordinate Grid Tick Values 6 Pt. No. 3 should be used: 10000 20000 30000 40000 _ 1200000

FIGURE 19 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts

APPENDIX 151

(0) ] 2 3 4 5 6 inche
T
| Land Features |
LINING GOTHIC (L.G.) (Caps, lower case and figures)
Size: Zero Spacing: 1 Pt. Spacing: 2 Pt. Spacing: 3 Em Spacing:
10 Pt. Under construction Under construction Under constructi Under constr
0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5 10
8 Pt. Under construction Under construction Under construction Under construc
0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 1%) 10
6 Pt. No. 4 Under construction Under construction Under construction Under constructio
0 5 1000015 0 5 10 15 0 10 15 0 5 10 15
LIGHTLINE GOTHIC (LL. G.)
6 Pt. No. 3) Under construction Under construction Under construction Under construction
0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5} 10 15 0 5 10 15
LINING GOTHIC (L.G.) = Ww a
Lighted Beacons, Unlighted Beacons, Aeronautical Lights 6 Pt. No. 4 generally: AERO gynov Bn’2A"" Lts at ete
For Green lights change R to G. For White lights, use prefix only, omit R in the following list:
[~ FR30ft9M"4" FROM’4" FROM FR FI R 73sec Fl RK 5$sec FIR 2hsec
o

FIR 3sec 30ft 9M’4A" FIR 3sec9M”"4A” FIROM"4A” FIROM FIR

FR FIR 3sec 30ft 9M"2"” FR FIR 3sec9M”’2" FRFIR9M’2" FRFIROM FRFIR

Gp Fl R(3). 10sec 30ft 9M"2” Gp FI R(3) 10sec 9M"2" Gp FI R(3)9M"2"” Gp FIR 9M"2" Gp FIR9OM Gp FIR

Qk FI R 30ft9M"2” Qk FIR9M"2" Qk FIROM QkFIR 1 Qk FIR 30ft9M”’2" | Qk FIR9M’2” | QkFIROM IQkFIR
S-L FIR 30ft 9M"2"” S-L FIR 9M"2” S-LFIR9OM S-LFIR

Occ R 4sec 30ft 9M”2A” Occ R 4sec9M"2A"” Occ R9M"2A" Occ ROM OccR

Gp Oce R(3) 10sec 30ft 9M’4” Gp Occ R(3) 10sec 9M"4" Gp Occ R(3) 9M"4" Gp Occ R9YM"4” Gp Occ ROM Gp Occ R

Alt 10sec 30ft 9M"2" Alt 10sec 9M"2" Alt9M’2" AIt9M_ Alt

Alt Fl R(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M’2" Alt FI R(3) W(1) 10sec 9M"2” Alt FI R(3) W(1)"2" Alt FL R W9M"2” Alt FI R W 9M

Alt F R Fl P(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M’2" Alt F R Fl R(3) W(1) 10sec 9M"2" Alt F R FI R(3) W(1) 9M"2" Alt FR FI R W 9M’2”
Gp FI R(4-5) 15sec 30ft 9M"2” Gp FI R(4-5) 15sec 9M"2" Gp FI R(4-5)9M"2"” Gp FIR9M"2” Gp FIR9OM Gp FIR

Alt Occ R(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M"2” Alt Occ R(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M"2” Alt Occ R(3) W(1) 9M"2” Alt Occ R W 9M"’2”

LIGHTLINE GOTHIC (LL. G.)
Lighted Beacons. Unlighted Beacons, Aeronautical Lights 6 Pt. No. 3 (congested areas)

Alt F R FI. R(3) W(1)9M"2" Alt FR FIRW9M"2" Alt FR FI R(3) W(1) 10sec 30ft 9M"2” Alt F R Fl R(3) W(1) 10sec 9M"2”

Color change i No Color chang

6 Pt. No. 3 generally: AMBER BELL DIAPHONE ECHO BOARD HORN SIREN

Elevations of Rocks that Cover and Uncover 6 Pt. No. 3 should be used: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (2) (8) (9) (10)

LINING GOTHIC (L.G.)
Prominent Buildings 6 Pt. No. 4 Capitol Customs House Courthouse Lincoln Memorial Naval Hospital Post Office
LIGHTLINE GOTHIC (LL. G.)
Street Names 6 Pt. No. 3 generally: Main Avenue Ditmars Boulevard First Street Ist St State Hy No 15 US Hy No 207
|_Portage to Gold Bay Bay State Road MacArthur Trail

LINING GOTHIC (L.G.)
Object Names 6 Pt. No. 4 generally:

(Aband Lt Ho) Tampa Causeway Naval Operating Base US Reservation Quincy Yacht Club

Airport Landing Field Ocean Park (a recreation park) Yankee Stadium

Marine Barracks Naval Landing Pier No 3 Port Terminal

Bn "2" Marker (lighted) Rainbow Pier Olson Wharf

Zero Spacing: 1 Pt. Spacing: 2 Pt. Spacing: Nut Qd. Spacing: 1 Em Qd. Spacing:

Cypress Cypress Cypress Cypress Cw jn fr CS Ss

Marsh Marsh Marsh Marsh M a fr S In

Mangrove Mangrove Mangrove Mangrove Mitaeantegenomavane

Wooded Wooded Wooded Wooded Wi @) 90: Ch Gel
———|

LIGHTLINE GOTHIC (LL. G.)

6 Pt. No. 3 generally:

Artesian well Dike Hospital Ramp Telegraph

Astro Sta Dock Jetty Revetments Telephone

Boiler Dolphin Landing Rock wall Training wall

Bdy Mon Draw Levee Ruins Trap

Breakwater Duck blind Lock Sand dunes Tri Sta

Bulkhead Dunes L&NRR Sch Ho Cooper, 1906

Causeway Cswy Elevation Marine railway Sheet piling White (C of E)

Cemetery Fence Oil derricks Sig Sta Tunnel

Church Ferry Pier Slide Viaduct

Conspicuous cliff Fishing stakes Piles Sluice Wharf

Culvert Fresh water Pipe Sou Ry

Depot Groin Platform Stone piling

a

FIGURE 20 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts

152 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

3 4 5 6 inches

0 1 2

Tt Ko PE TT TT pr
Water Features jl

DRAFTSMAN’S ITALIC (Drft. /t.) (Caps, lower case, and figures)

Size: Zero Spacing: 1 Pt. Spacing: 2 Pt. Spacing: 3 Em Spacing:

1am, dangerous dangerous dangerous dangerous
dangerous roc dangerous roc dangero us roc G4 ngerous roc
AMBROSE {CH AMBROSE A MBROSE AMBROSE

eee OES adganger OUS rock danger OuUS rock gqangerl OUS OVE
g iy 10) 4 8 12 yY 0 4 8 12 aA (0) 4 8 12 ey

10 Pt.
AMBROSE {CHA AMBROSE .CHA AMBROSE CHA AMBROSE,CHA

Gen. erous GOCK dangerous rock dangerous rock dangerous rock
9 Pt. 9 YA 10) A 8 12 Y {0} g 8 12 y (0) q 8 12 x
GESTRICTED PESTRICTED PESTRICTED GESTRIC Ile (D
8
Gen ones Lock, area dangerous rocky.ar dangerous rock dangerous rock ar
8 Pt. 4 NG 20 (0) Z 8 12 “6 (0) g 8 12 A (0) A 8 12 a
GESTRICTED AREA RESTRICTED AR RESTRICTED A RESTRICTED AREA
0 4 8 12 0 4 8 12 (0) 4 8 12
7 Pt. RESTRICTED AREA RESTRICTED AREA RESTRICTED AREA Fas Sari Crlney iw Al raEaA
t) 4 8 12 0 4 8 12 () 4 8 12 () 4 8 12
ae esr Gockyaiesd ERG OFOUS Bockynalgess GEAGOPOUS PAGLY OER. Haeogorous POG ky NeLgeen
40 FEET FEB /955 40 FEET FEB 1955 40 FEET FEB 19/55 Ao rPeley Fal. O55
0 & 0 1 () 4 8 12 16 0 4 8 12 16 t) 4 8 12 16
5 Pt. 40 FEET JAN 1955 40 FEET JAN 1955 40 FT JAN 1955 40 FT JAN 1955
0 4 8 12 16 OG O68 12 iG ) 4 8 12 GO" 6 iy 2
R'6" RB

Buoy Characteristics 6 Pt. should be used: /R5sec BELL /Qk F/HORN F/G Ssec WHISTLE DIAPHONE S/REN GONG
Chart Junction Notes 7 Pt. should be used: (/JO/NS CHART 865) (JOINS INSET) (CONTINUED ON CHART 1/220)
Courses 7 Pt. should be used: 68/° 7RUE 5.8M /573° TRUE 8.5M 2343° TRUE /5.IM

Improved Channel Depths and Names 6 Pt. possibly: 39 FT JAN /955 AMBROSE CHANNEL

Fixed Floating Objects 6 Pt. generally: FLOAT FLOATING TARGET LOG BOOM Ra Ref RAFT RBn

Land Contour Numbers and Elevations on Land or in Water 6 Pt. should be used: 48 50 75 /00 /295 (25) (38)
Object Names 7 Pt. generally: © North Anchorage Quarantine Anch Boat Harbor Canal Ditch ‘Reid Glacier ~— Turning Basin
Ranges 6 Pt. generally: © 8U7TERM/ILK RANGE BRUNSWICK PT. CUT RANGE LOWER FLATS RANGE RANGE "A"

Sector Descriptions 6 Pt. generally: RED SECTOR WHITE SECTOR GREEN SECTOR LIGHT OBSCURED LT O8SC

Trial Courses 6 Pt. generally: | MEASURED NAUTICAL MILE COURSE /80°32' TRUE 609/.5 FEET COURSE /52°/2' TRUE
Soundings Type for soundings (11 gauge) is reproduced photographically from stock film: 3 4 5 6 7 8 |0 II

Underwater Features 7 Pt. generally:

Awash MLW Foul Area Oil and gas seepage Rock Subm bkw Uncovers 4 ft
Being filled Grass Old dike Sand Subm jetty Wash
Boulders Gravel Oyster Bar Shoa/ Subm marine railway Wreck
Breakers Kelp Oyster Reef Shoal Area Subm pile Wreckage
Breaks in heavy weather Ledge Oysters Small rocks in mud Subm ruins / ft
Changeable Area Masts Possible Danger Snags Subm sewer 5 knots

Coral Mud Proposed fill Spoil Area Tidal Flats Fish haven
Dumping Ground Mud Flats Reef line Strong Current Tide Rips

Eddies Obstruction Reported Stumps Trees

General Notes, Land or Water Features 7 Pt. generally:

ANCHORAGE Lights visible on bearing 239° only Cable Area Priv maintd
ANCHORAGE PROHI/B/TED No recent surveys (chart 400) (see note)
Area shoaled by deposit from dredging Older surveys south of this break Keep clear Torpedo range
Cora/ reef, bare in spots at low water Only one light shows on range PARE PO MED

Lake elevation about 250 feet Possible danger due to guntire Pipeline Area

Intracoastal Waterway Name C. G. B. It. 6 Pt. No. 3 generally; COPPERPLATE GOTHIC BOLD ITALIC (C.G.B. IT.)

Water Depth Contour Numbers Cl. It. 5 Pt. should be used: (Should be used only for name ‘‘Intracoastal Waterway'')
CLEARFACE ITALIC (Cl. It.) (Water depth contours) Size. Spacing: Zero should be used:
E 6 Pt. No. 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY
Size: | Spacing: Zero should be used:
6 Pt. No. 3 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY
5 Pt 5 10 15 20 25 50 100 150 500 1000 1500 & PHN. 4 pa SB ASAE AREAS

FIGURE 21 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts

Co ea Toa AA TTT TTT
‘k Water Features a Oe r ee
Size: Spacing:

COAST GEODETIC SURVEY ITALIC (CS. It.) (Caps and lower case; No figures)

24 Pt.

18 Pt.

14 Pt.

12 Pt.

L, Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BR Potomac River Eastern Branch

~ 2 Em Qd. ee O 7 O M A C ; R I

APPENDIX 153

6 inches

oes OM AC
Pro T O MP ot 0 me
mE OW OM AC "Pot 0m ae
1s POTOMAC Potomac R
ns POTOMAC RIV Potomac River

x» POTOMAC RIV Potomac River
we POTOMAC RIVE Potomac River E

9 10

Eee aenO) eipliesO) eAAS CANO ONE OT Fa EC

wn OeeaOr MAC) ili YON ONTINaNC Riv
ee 12 O) 1 O MANE RIV Potomac RU Viet
2m POTOMAC RIVER Potomac River ka
18. POTOMAC RIVER Potomac River East
zs POTOMAC RIVER Potomac River Eastern

2 Em Qd. Pp O Zi O M A G R I V E

9 12

Vemesh 2 (QD IO) Ke ANG TET LAOS Me AOTC IC Te eae
NUNSEE ID (OY ARO) A ING TV ER Potomac IR EUVOGF

10

stem Sele Oe VCARC; RIVER Potomac River
Bitte lO 1 OVMCA GC; RIVER EA Potomac River Easter
1 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EAST Potomac River Eastern B
Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTER Potomac River Eastern Branc
0. 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20 25
2 £m Qd. P O Dy O M A C R I V E R
G 3 6 9 12

Ve IP Oy LO Ml Ae tr LES sVine ree xO! Ul OW He “A € USB ZA.
det OMT ORM “ALC: RIVER E Potomac River Eas
Siem Sp de OPPO MAL RIVER EAS Potomac River Faster
eT LENO) NE) MAL a G RIVER EASTE Potomac River Elastern

TP SP. DOTOMAC RIVER EASTERN Potomac River Eastern Br
10) 5 10 15 20 0 5 10 15 20

FIGURE 22 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts

West Arroyo
Glades Bank
Eureka Bar
Miller Basin
Florida Bay
Bates Bayou
Chittenden Bend
Minots Canal
Osher Canyon
Blake Channel

(natural channel)

| Sandy Cove

COAST GEODETIC SURVEY ITALIC (C.S. It.) 10 Pt. Possibly:

Bailey Creek
Willies Cut

East Entrance
Cowen Escarpment
Tar Flat
Northeast Ford
Middle Ground
Smith Gulch
Gulf of Mexico
Sanders Harbor
Whale Head Inlet
Lone Oak Kill

Jarvis Lagoon
Kitty Hawk Lake
Davis Ledge
Atlantic Ocean
Round Hammock Pass
Parker Pond

Wells Prong
Broad Rapids
Pingleton Reef
Poplar Branch Rip
Patuxent River
Hampton Roads

FIGURE 23 — Standard Type for Nautical Charts

154 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL
(0) ] 2 3 4 5 6 inches
al Tt
Water Features
COAST GEODETIC SURVEY ITALIC (C.S. It.) (Caps and lower case; No figures)
Size: Spacing:
(2 Em Qd. P Oo 1 O M A C R f Vv E R E A
15
limQd. P OT OM AC SRE aE MS IEEE OE ONO. @ 1 bP @ PRP
10
Nut@Qd POTOMAC RIVER RAS POCOR@E River Hoaster
< 3 Em Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTE , Potomac River Eastern
Z|
2 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN fotomac River Eastern Branch
1 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER BASTERN BRA fotomac River Eastern Branch
lL» Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH (Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish Cr
2 Em Qd. P O tf Oo M Aa. R I YW Ei R E A S Lie E R N
0 3 6 g) 12 15 18 21
Urb JED ge O We A GE 13) Ut WV IR) Tee EA POE @O pm Ge 18 GP Gop i @ 6 &
(0) 5 10 15 0 5 10 15
Nut Qd. fOFOMAG BAW Bik BES ID te a Gi OF ORE 1B Bie Eastern Bran
& 3 Em Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BR Potomac River Eastern Branch
~ 10) 10 20 (0) 10 20
2 Pt. Sp. POLQMAE fis AV dadis BAS LSE BRAWN go Ol0 REE Isiver Bestar Branch
1Pt.Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH FI Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish
10) 10 20 30 (0) 10 20 30
> Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH FISH CR Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish Cr
(0) 10 20 30 (0) 10 20 30
CENTURY EXPANDED ITALIC (Cen. Exp. It.) (Caps, lower case, and figures)
Size: Spacing:
2Em Qd. P @) T (0) M A Cc R I 4 E R E A Ss TT E R N B R
[ 0 5 10 15 20
UGnCeeh j2 Ow Owe Ae Fay Tn Va EE EAS TE PO. O i G @ 28 O.G BP HO 8b Ee RP
(0) 5 10 15 0 5 20
Nut Qd. Gg OPOUAE 1b Vy 1B 8 BAS NE BRA a OL ORBE eo Oe BOave gfe Branch
« 3EmSp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish
be) (0) 10 20 0 10 20 30
2Pt.Sp.5 POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish
0 10 20 (0) 10 20 30
1 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH FISH CR_ Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish Creek East
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40
es Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN BRANCH FISH CREEK /EASTE Potomac River Eastern Branch Fish Creek, Eastern Creek
(0) 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50
Size: Spacing:
m2 Emi@d) iP) 0 T 0 mM AC Py TO AVaS GEL AGR, Aanee ea OF O Mm A e BP PARR
0 5 10 0 =) 10
1EmQd. POTOMAC agli Pot O hace Ri 1 Em Qd. PoTowac R41 Potomac Ri
0 5 10 5 10 0 5 10 0 5 10
Nut Qd. POTOMAC RIVER Potomac River E Nut Qd. poromac KIVER Potomac River Ea
EE 0 10 0 10 0 10
= 2 Pt. Sp. Pore MAC REY Ble E Gove mac igor Eas 2 2 Pt. Sp. PorTomac AER E Gove mac River Eaat
3 Em Sp. POTOMAC RIVER E Potomac River Ea 3 Em Sp. PoromMac kIVER E Potomac River East
(0) 10 0 10 (0) 10 0 -
1 Pt. Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTE Potomac River Eastern Br 1 Pt. Sp. poromac RIVER EAST Potomac River Eastern
(0) 10 0 10 20 (0) 10 0 (0)
l» Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN B_ Potomac River Eastern Bran Zero Sp. POTOMAC RIVER EASTERN Potomac River Eastern Branch
0 10 20 (0) 10 20 0 10 20

Mitchell Rock
(below sndg. datum)
Colington Seavalley
Stratford Shoal
Grays Slough
Buzzard Sound
Tobias Spit

Mikes Strait
Mill Stream

The Thoroughfare
Lewis Wash

1. Aero Radiobeacon:

APPENDIX
Characteristics
SANTA ANA (EL TORO)
AERO
R. Bn.
440

2. Distance Finding Station and Radiobeacon:

Characteristics
GRASSY PT LT
Fl G 15sec 73ft 14M
DFS
DIAPHONE
R Bn 286

10m-20m & 40m-50m

Characteristics
HOLLINGERS ISLAND
Fl 6sec 65ft 14M
DFS BELL
RBn 176

10m-20m & 40m-50m

STACK®)

SANTA ANA (EL TORO)
AERO R. Bn.
440 =:=-

i)
Dolphins

°

19

GRASSY PT LT
FI G 15sec 73ft 14M 31
DFS DIAPHONE
R Bn 286 ==":
10m-20m & 40m-50m

VA

155

Type
6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic
6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic
6 pt. News Gothic
6 pt. News Gothic

Stock Film No. 375

Type
6 pt. No. 3 Light Cop. Gothic Cond.
6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic
6 pt. News Gothic
6 pt. No. 3 Lightline Gothic
6 pt. News Gothic
Stock Film No. 375
6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic

3. Lightship, Distance Finding Station, Radiobeacon:

Type
6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic
6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic
6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic
6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic
Stock Film No. 375
6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic

HOLLINGERS ISLAND
F/ 6sec 65 ft /4M

DFS BELL

lites 9
/Om-20m & 40m-50m

44

FIGURE 24 — Radiobeacon Symbols and Respective Type Styles

156 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

1"=1000!

1"%=83 5!

:12,500
215,000

FIGURE 25 — Proportional Divider Settings

APPENDIX 157

MAP SCALES AND EQUIVALENTS

(The term ‘‘scale’’ as used in the formulas at the bottom of the table is the reciprocal of the fractional scale.)

Fractional scale | Feet per in.

1 600%ee= eae 41. 667 24.00 126.72 0. 008 12. 700 0. 0399 25. 091
1:600_ 50. 00 20. 00 105. 60 0. 009 15. 240 0.0574 17.424
1:1,000- 83. 333 12.00 63. 36 0. 016 25. 400 0. 1594 6. 274
1:1,200- 100. 00 10. 00 52. 80 0.019 30. 480 0. 2296 4. 356
1:1,500_ 125.00 8.00 42. 24 0. 024 38. 100 0. 3587 2. 788
1:2,000_ 166. 667 6.00 31. 68 0. 032 50, 800 0. 6377 1. 568
1:2,400_ 200. 00 5.00 26. 40 0. 038 60. 960 0, 9183 1. 089
1:2,500- 208. 333 4. 80 25. 344 0. 039 63. 500 0, 9964 1.004
1:3,000- 250. 00 4.00 21.12 0. 047 76. 200 1. 4348 0. 697
1:3,600 _ 300. 00 3, 333 17. 60 0. 057 91. 440 2.0661 0. 484
1:4,000- 333. 333 3.00 15, 84 0, 063 101. 600 2. 5508 0. 392
1:4,800- 400. 00 2. 50 13. 20 0.076 121.920 3. 6731 0. 272
1:5,000- 416. 667 2.40 12. 672 0.079 127. 000 3. 9856 0. 251
1:6,000 _ 500. 00 2.00 10. 56 0.095 152. 400 5. 7392 0.174
7,000 f= =- === 583. 333 1.714 9.051 0.110 177. 800 7.8117 0. 128
17i200 Seen ene 600. 00 1. 667 8. 80 0.114 182. 880 8. 2645 0.121
18749205222 -=— === 660. 00 1.515 8.00 0.125 201. 168 10. 00 0. 100
1e8;00082=e-=---—- 666. 667 1. 500 7.92 0. 126 203. 200 10. 203 0. 098
183400 See nena 700. 00 1, 429 7. 543 0. 133 213. 360 11, 249 0.089
1:Q;000 Sea seae aa 750. 00 1,333 7.04 0. 142 228. 600 12. 913 0.077
1:9,600__.-------- 800. 00 1. 250 6. 60 0. 152 243. 840 14. 692 0. 068
1:10,000--.------- 833. 333 1. 200 6. 336 0. 158 254. 000 15. 942 0. 063
1:10,800---------- 900. 00 1.111 5. 867 0. 170 274. 321 18. 595 0. 054
°12;}0002===-2- === 1, 000. 00 1.0 5. 280 0. 189 304. 801 22. 957 0. 044
1E13}200 222 22= === 1, 100. 00 0. 909 4. 800 0. 208 335. 281 27.778 0. 036
1:14,400__.------- 1, 200. 00 0. 833 4. 400 0. 227 365. 761 33. 058 0. 030
1:15,000-__-------- 1, 250. 00 0. 80 4.224 0. 237 381. 001 35. 870 0, 028
Sh115'G00 ae ee enna 1, 300. 00 0. 769 4. 062 0. 246 396. 241 38. 797 0. 026
1:15,840--.------- 1, 320. 00 0. 758 4.00 0. 250 402. 337 40. 000 0.025
1:16,000-__-------- 1, 333. 333 0. 750 3. 96 0. 253 406. 401 40. 812 0. 025
1:16,800-_.--- = 1, 400. 00 0. 714 3.771 0. 265 426. 721 44,995 0. 022
1:18,000-- -- 1, 500. 00 0. 667 3. 52 0. 284 457. 201 51. 653 0.019
1:19,200-_-- 1, 600. 00 0. 625 3.30 0. 303 487. 681 58. 770 0.017
1:20,000_- 1, 666. 667 0. 60 3. 168 0. 316 508. 001 63. 769 0. 016
1:20,400_ - 1, 700. 00 0. 588 3. 106 0. 322 518. 161 66. 345 0.015
1:21,120-- 1, 760. 00 0. 568 3. 00 0. 333 536. 449 71.111 0.014
1:21,600-- 1, 800. 00 0. 556 2. 933 0. 341 548. 641 74. 380 0.013
1:22,800-- 1, 900. 00 0. 526 2.779 0. 360 579. 121 82. 874 0.012
1:24,000-- 2, 000. 00 0. 50 2. 640 0. 379 609. 601 91. 827 0.011
1:25,000_- 2, 083, 333 0. 480 2. 534 0. 395 635. 001 99. 639 0.010
1:31,680_- 2, 640. 00 0. 379 2.000 0. 500 804. 674 160. 000 0. 006
1:40,000-- a 3, 333. 333 0. 30 1. 584 0. 631 1, 016. 002 255. 076 0. 004
1:48,000-_ . 4, 000. 00 0. 250 1.320 0. 758 1, 219. 202 367. 309 0. 003
1:62,500-- E 5, 208. 333 0. 192 1.014 0. 986 1, 587. 503 622. 744 0. 0016
1:63,360- - a 5, 280. 00 0. 189 1.000 1.000 1, 609. 347 640. 00 0. 0016
1:80,000-_ a 6, 666. 667 0. 150 0. 792 1. 263 2, 032. 004 1, 020. 304 0.0010
1:96,000-- 8, 000. 00 0. 125 0. 660 1.515 2, 438. 405 1, 469. 24 0. 0007
1:120,000_ 2 10, 000. 00 0. 10 0. 528 1. 894 3, 048. 006 2, 295. 684 0. 0004
1:125,000- e 10, 416. 667 0. 096 0. 507 1.973 3, 175. 006 2, 490. 98 0. 0004
1:126,720 = 10, 560. 00 0. 095 0. 500 2.00 3, 218. 694 2, 560. 00 0. 0004
1:250,000 = 20, 833. 333 0. 048 0. 253 3. 946 6, 350. 012 9, 963. 907 0. 0001
1:253,440 2 21, 120. 00 0. 047 0. 250 4.00 6, 437. 389 10, 240. 00 0. 0001
1:500,000_ 2 41, 666. 667 0. 024 0.127 7. 891 12, 700. 025 39, 855. 627 0.425
1:1,000,000-- ----- 83, 333. 333 0.012 0. 063 15. 783 25, 400. 050 159, 422. 508 0. 562
Formulas Ss 12, 000 63, 360 Scale Ft. per in. X (Seale) 2 43, 560 X 144 | (Ft. perin.)?
es rete 12 Scale Scale 63, 360 0. 3048006 43, 560 X 144 (Scale) 2 (5, 280) 2

al eal | al a
Fathoms to— Meters to— Feet to— Yards to—

L 1 a. Sl
Feet Meters Fathoms Yards Feet Meters Meters

=aI | mae |

1 6 1. 82880 0. 54681 1. 09361 3. 28083 0. 30480 0. 16667 0. 91440
2 12 3. 65761 1. 09361 2. 18722 6. 56167 0. 60960 0. 33333 1. 82880
3 18 5. 48641 1. 64042 3. 28083 9. 84250 0. 91440 0. 50000 2. 74320
4 24 7. 31521 2. 18722 4. 37444 13. 12333 1. 21920 0. 66667 3. 65761
5 30 9. 14402 2. 73403 5. 46806 16. 40417 1. 52400 0. 83333 4. 57201
6 36 10. 97282 3. 28083 6. 56167 19. 68500 1. 82880 1. 00000 5. 48641
7 42 12. 80163 3. 82764 7. 65528 22. 96583 2. 13360 1. 16667 6. 40081
8 48 14. 63043 4, 37444 8. 74889 26. 24667 2. 48840 1. 33333 7. 31521
lea 54 16. 45923 4, 92125 9. 84250 29. 52750 2. 74320 1. 50000 8. 22962

Hale | zee |e all {I a

FIGURE 26— Tables

158

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CONVERSION TABLE

Feet to Fathoms

(8255213

353-358 59

FIGURE 27— Tables

Fr FMs. Fr. WG 6 Fms. ING 6 Fms.
i onan 33-88... 1 359-36 = 60
matin 89-94 15 365-370 61
BS ea OF-100 16 BUA B76 62
Cis Ame TOW 1OG — — 17 Ae 302 === 63
Beem Seo Sk ants IO7—112 18 383-388 64
emma LAB—1LS~_ _ 1© ASe= 30 — — — 65)
ae mae (es IIOSIAn § BO) 395-400 66
ape eae 2 IAB=130 ... 27. OlS8O6 == OF
i ele 131-136 22 | 407-412 68
15 ---- 2 3 IBV LEe — 22 NIgGoM LS === ©S)
tah Bec Sy als WHA TNS | ON, 419-4oy 70
1S ao 3 © 149-154___ 25 MAS USO son fl
a ae Wie 155-160 26 431-436 72
A ao 9 9 NOI 1G6-= 27 4327-442____ 73
cee omens eT, WO(eL72 2s H4Z-HAS 74
7 ES NUS 173-1782 2S | Mio aMEnT 2 75
cy Lieeemee we es 179-184 30 455-460 76
An” aes IG5=1OO. = Ail NING 6. 17
Le cae fare 32 ioe iG
Sompcice’ 5 te 197/202_-_ 33 (SoS. 79
hums 203-208 34 479-484 80
SSMiuxaes es, Sh a 209=21 = 35 485-490____ 81
Ay Sune Z2il5= 220) 9 36 491-496 82
1 oo @ @ APN P26h Bi NO AS OD aos
Sepia 27 Ok ae 2A Coca s® 503-508 4
Aomete=ss. 6) AG 233-238___ 39 509-514____ 85
Arte Sy ian’ 239-244 40 515-520 86
porate es OME a0. Nal Selo AS.-._S/
3 ER wk ABIDES 42 527-532 88
Aon eee 257-262__-_ 43 Ss 5Ke= — SS)
sob. eau 263-268 yy 539-544 90
Pia nee ames 269-274___45 545-550____91
Q ==. G A P5280) WetG 551-556 92
Seo mar ee AS 26 557-562____93
52 ---- 8 4 AST Do2 ng 563-568 ol
SELi | BAe | Hee
pe ee 299/50" 50 “
Bah Meee ae FOSS RO_- 5 Sal 581-586__-- 97
58 ---- 94 ATISAIG. | 52 587-592 98
oy Weeaal is Bue F22-. 58 593-598____99
ei s-- 10 1 323-328 54 539/601 100
Sa Fe aaa B20 = 20) mess O5- 610m. 210m
64 ----10 4 335-340 56 6l1Ls616 LO2
eal een tei AM Vhe_ Si 67622... 102
Tse. 12 Ali7aAee ES} 623-628 104

629-634___105

APPENDIX

Feet to Fathoms

Gg Fins.

ING Fms. |
T

Ft.

159

635-640 106
GMISGNS === LOK
647-652 108
653-658 --- 109
659-664 110
665-670 s-5 1
671-676 112
67-682 === 1s}
683-688 114
GsO-6S8 3 a5
695-700 116
(Ol=(O622 22 LLY
1On- (ie 118
(Lge TSs INS
TIO ="ak 120
(25 (205 S12
(a= 136 122
(3s eee es
743-748 124
(ea Gt AS
755-760 126
(Ola 66s225 LOT
TOT=0T2 128
ThE See ee?)
779-784 130
(5 (90 aS NS
791-796 2
PSWASO2 N35)
803-808 134
GOSS SS)
815-820 136
S21826 13
Se7—8382 138
S38 -eBeE= == 139
839-844 140
845-850____141
851-856 142
957 =862. 148
863-868 144
669=8/7 42 S145
875-880 146
SOL AGH. Sy
887-892 148
SSCS IS)
899/90 150

TOS ONO... Sal

692-834 O - 64 - 12

CH= ©)NG 152
Gili ieee = 53
923-928 154
929-934____155
935-940 156
ORI OMG. AUS
947-952 158
953-958____159
959-964 160
OG5-9/O. 2. Lei
971-976 162
Offa 9S2_ 5-63}
983-988 164
980-99)" 7 1165
995-1000 166
NOOWE MOOG. 5 16 7/
NOOV= MOM 168
IOI3Z=1OLS__ — 16S)
1019-1024 170
1O2LS=1OAO_ 22171
1OGU=OR6 172
IOA7e LON. 173
1043-1048 174
NONMOS IOS 15
1055-1060 176
MOGULS NOE. = 77
1067-1072 178
IOV 32=1OVS_— re
1079-1084 180
1085-1090___181
IOOGIL=A1OOSG ALS
OS AMO2» —_S5}
MUO Z=1LIOGS} 184
ADTOOS AD The Ss
LIS LiLo 186
ILLS TIAG 2 ey
LILO LiSP 188
LIQVSNIZE) MSO
1139-1144 190
MANE = Wie. Valent
1151-1156 192
LIL VoL LSD Os}
LIGSoLIGS teh
LIGO= I NOS)
LL 5= LILO 196
INSU LLG. __ 167

FIGURE 28— Tables

IL IS ILaeye 198
ALB ve lsja aleye)
1199/1204 200
I2O5= 1200-201
IIIA I2WS 202
IAN (SIe22 = = 208
1222=W22s 204
A2O= 12S BOS
12e5— leo 206
WAN Sao ZO
ea Nese 208
1253-1258__- 209
1259-1264 210
IA65=127/0. 222 1.
VATA AS 212
IAR(eILAS2 2113
1283-1288 214
IASOS1292___ BUS)
1295-1300 216
IAOISIAO6 217
LAO VS 132 218
NZIZ= TSU _ 21S)
1319-1324 220
1205-1330. 22
LAPIS IAS 222
IQR 1aVne -__ BBs
1343-1348 22h
Meh S5yh_ 2 225)
1355-1360 226
NASH IASG 227
LAST SUS 2 228
137 3=13(S 228
1379-1384 230
1265139022223

IZOI=1AOGS 232
1ag//N0e- 233
1403-1408 234

WHOS) =I 2235)
1415-1420 236
LIPS WAGs 2S
Leste 238
1433-1438__ 239
1439-1444 240
T445-1450___ 241
1451-1456 e4e2

Rarer ae

1mm

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

160

€80IS CIT ‘€ 6 OSL2y"seL‘2 6 LIPbE “LSb‘Z 6 £8092 6212 6 OSLLT'108‘T 6 LIP60°ELb‘T 6 | E80TO'SbI‘T 6 | OSzz6"918 6 LIbb8"88b 6 £8094 ‘09T
OO0EZ ‘OIT'€ 8 L99¢1 28L'2 8 CEE90 "Sh ‘2 8 00086 "szt‘z 8 19968°L6L‘T 8 €€E1869h'T 8 | OODELTPI‘T 8 | L99b9'EI8 8 €€£9S SBb 8 0008> “LST H
L146 901 ‘EL £8998 BLL'2 L OSZBLOSh'z A169 "22112 L €8S19"F6L‘T L OSZES 99h'T ZL | LI6bh SEl‘T Z | ERsoe-oIgs Z OSZ8z28b LIG6I "ST
EER ONEO 2 Se p A OaaLiy 8 ? Sea ASIC 9 OOSEE “164 ‘T 9 LoIs2‘eob'T 9 | E€89T'SET‘T 9 | onSeO'Z08 9 L9TO0"6Lb 9 €€8T6 OST 9
+ e mean : 5 fai ; A
19901 °L60‘€ + €£€20°69L‘2 + 00066 Ob ‘2 + carats ; one ; anaes ; eer ; ceeeeaie 5 GOES © eee
“L60‘ 694" “ObFS “ert “PBL! ‘9Sb'T b | £9909"8ZI'T % | egezs-ooR O00bh'ZLb LOOSE bbl +
£8528 C60 '€ OS2PL"S9L'2 L659 “LEY'2 E8515 601 '2 € OSz6b'T8L'T € LI60bESh'T € | ERSzes2t‘T € | OSzbz-Z6EL € LIOST 69h € €8SL0 Ibl €
OSS "060'E z LOI9b°29L'2 2 CERLE beh ZZ 00s62 "901 ‘2 Z LOTIZ BLL ‘TZ €€82TOSh‘T 2 | OOSbO"ZZI‘T Z | LOT96"E6L Z €€848 SOP Z Q0S6L "LEI 2
L1p92“L80'€ I €808T "654 ‘2 I 0S460"TEb‘2 I LTyIO"€0T'2 1 8086 "PLL ‘T T OSLE8 "Shh ‘T T | LIPOL‘RII‘T T | €8089°06L T OSL6S "29h T LIPIS“¥EL 1
E€E86 '€80'E OFE | 00006'ssu‘2 OFS | L998 Uzb‘2 OFL | ceeeL660‘2 OF | oODS9'IZL‘T OF | LoD0S ‘ENT OFF €£ESh SII‘T OFE! 0000h'Z8L OF | LoOIE-6Sh OFT | EcEEz EI OF
osco4080‘€ 6 LI619 °2SL‘2 6 esses t2p‘z 6 osesp 9602 6 LI69€ '89L‘T 6 €8S82‘Obb‘T 6 | OSzNz‘2IT‘T 6 | LIGIT'b8L 6 €8S€09Sh 6 OSzs6"Z2I 6
HN iy 0 Be Pa 3 NORA aia 5 oe g £880 °S9L‘T 8 O0SOO'deh'T 8 | LOTZ6°BO1‘T 8 | geseg ‘os, 8 O0SSL‘2Sh 8 LOILO"b2T 8
: : “LIS 868 OSL08I9L‘T ZL Live “€€h't L | €80b9°SOT‘T £4 | OSLSS°LLL ZL LIbLb 6b) €806612T
poops LOuOy 2 eee 2 BESO YG 2 PONT a SEO 9 1992S "BSL ‘T 9 E€Ebb OE’T 9 | OOOSE'ZOT‘T 9 | L99L2"bLL 9 ECE Ohh 9 OOOIT ‘SII 9
€£862 $90‘ + OosTZ ‘9&2 ‘2 + arene + Sar RE: ; ae ; Tee ; ay 5 aque ; arated ; Sea ;
£862 "$90 “9eL “806 ‘ “080! “TSLé 88 °Ezy iT b | €€86L°S60'T & | OOSIL "LOL + LOTEO"6Eb €6BPS IIT +
OSLTO'I9C'E € LIbE6 ‘ZEL‘2 & £8058 'bOb‘2 € 0SL94°9L0'2 € LTb89'8hL‘T & £8009 Ozh‘T € | OSLTS'260‘T € | LIbErbOL & €80SE 9Eb OS492"R0T €
LO9EL ISO‘ 2 €£€S9 624 ‘2 2 OO0LS"TOr'z z L998 €L0'2 Z CLEOh"SHL'T 2 O00ZE LIb‘T 2 | L99Ez"6R80‘T 2 | EEEST‘TOL 2 000L0"Eeh Zz 49986 "FOL Z
fBssh'vCO'e T OSZLE"92L'2 I L1682 "866 ‘2 I €8S02 040'2 I OSZ2t "2b. ‘T 1 LIGEO'bIb‘T T | €BSS6'sg0‘T I | OSZZ8"ZSZ T LI68L "62h T €8S0L"I0I 1
OOSLT'IS0'€ O&G | LoT60'€2L‘2 OB | Eegod'see‘z OL | 00Sz6'990'2 O9 | LoTbe-seu‘t OES | Ececz‘OTb‘T OF 00S49°280‘T O€&| LoT6S*bSz O8G | Eeg0S‘ozp OfT | oOSzr's6 OF
L1¥68°L40'E 6 £8018 '61L‘Z 6 OSLZL"16€°% 6 LIpr9'€90‘2 6 €809S"SeL‘T 6 OSLLb*LOp‘T 6 | LIPGE"6LO‘I 6 | €R0TEISL 6 OSL22‘E2b 6 LIPbI S66
BELO REO : Sunes ote e eee : EeeDeAOaOye 2 pooneaZert 8 L9961 "bOh'T 8 | EET 9L0‘T 8 | ODEO 'abL 8 19966 61h 8 e€698 16 8
: 5 q 0£280 “£50 ‘z 1666'82L‘T Z E8ST6OOP‘T £ | OSzes'zL0‘T ZL | LIGbL*bbL L €8599'9Tb 028588 L
L91SO"8E0'€ 9 £896 "604 '2 9 o0sesTse‘2 9 £9108 "€50'2 9 fell "S2l‘t 9 o0sea"L6€‘T 9 | L9TSS‘690‘T 9 | EERob'TbL 9 OOS8E ET 9 LOIOE "SB 9
CROLL “vEO'E S 0S489'904'2 $ LIp09'8LE‘2 €802S0S0‘2 ¢ OSLEp"z2L‘T ¢ LIPSE b6E‘T S | €8042°990‘T ¢ | OS”BT’sEZ S LIPOT‘OTb €80z0'28 = S
O006b TEO‘E + 1990b €0L'2 + CeEZE SEZ b 000b2 *Lb0'2 + LOOST “6IL‘T C€ELO'T6E‘T | 00066°290‘T | 19906"FEL + €€E28 90h + Q00FL"8L +
L1602 "820'€ € e8S2TO0L'2 € oszvo'zle'2 € LT6S6Eb0'2 €8S48 SILT OSZ64"L8E‘T € | LI60L"6S0‘I € | Egszo'te, € OS2S "E0b € LI6Sh'SL
€€826'F20'E 2 O0sre “969'2 z LOI9L "BOE ‘2 2 £6849 '0b0'2 Z 00S6S"2TL'T 2 LOTIS b8e'T 2 | €€8zh'9S0‘T 2 | OOSbE'SzZ Zz 19192 ‘00h 2 €ERLT'2L 2
OSLb9"TZ0'€ LTb9S “69 '2 I €808h"S9E‘2 I OSL6E “LE0'2 I LTPTE “60L‘T 1 €g0ez 1ge‘T I | OSLbTeSo‘T 1 | ZTH90'SzZ T €8086 966 T 0S468'89
A999 "810 € OGG | eeesz"069'2 OBB | oo00Z'z9e‘2 OZL | LO9IT-+E0‘2 Os9 | ceeco90L‘t Oe | oODSE-ZLE‘T OBF 49998 '6bO'l OE) E€E8L"12L OS | OODOL*E6e OBI | L99I9'S9 OB
£880 °STO'E 6 0S200°489'2 6 LI6I6 "BSE ‘2 6 €8SE8 “0£0'2 6 Os2SZ‘20L‘T 6 L1699"bLe‘T 6 | E8sss‘9p0‘T 6 | OSzOS ‘SIL 6 LI6Ib 06 6 essee'29 6
00S08"TIO‘e 8 19124 "€89'2 8 eeRE9'SSEZ 8B O0sss*420'2 8 LOILt “669‘T 8 €€88E TLE'T 8 | OOSOE*EFO‘T 8 | LOIZZSTL 8 C€BETL8E 8 00SS0°6S 8
L1b2S"800'E €80bp 089'2 L OSLSe“2SE'2 L LTvl2 “b20'2 €8061969‘T Z OSLOT'B9€‘T £4 | LIb20°0bO‘T LZ | €80F6'TIL Z OSLS8 "Ese L LIPLL'SS LL
feeb “S00'E 9 0009T °449'2 9 L99L0 6¢E'2 9 £€666 020'2 9 00016 "269‘T 9 19978 "b9E‘T 9 | E€€hL°9£0‘T 9 | 00099"80L 9 L99LS08E 9 €€e6h'2S 9
0$296 "T00'€ ¢ L1648EL9'2 § £8564 'ShE'2 S$ OS2TL°L410‘2 ¢ 11629 °689'T ¢ €8SpS 196‘T G | OSz9p"EEO‘T $ | LIGLESOL S £8962 LLE S OSzI2‘6h
19189 '866'2 + €€86S 019 '2 + OOSTS"2bE'2 + LOTEh"b10'2 EERE 989‘ > Qosoz'sse'T » | LOTST“OE0'T » | e€860'20L + OOSTO"bLE + LOIE6'Sh ov
£900b °S66'2 € OSLTe "199 '2 ¢€ LTbE? “6€E ‘2 € €80ST I10'2 € 0S90€89'T € LTb86"PSE'T € | €8006'920'T € | OSzI8 "869 € LIPEL OLE € €80S9 2b €
0002T z66'2 zZ 199£0"¥99'2 2 e€eS6"SeE'2 Z ooole“Loc‘2 z 19981 °6L9'T 2 €C0LISE'T Z | 000Z9'EzO‘T 2 | L99eS"s69 Z CCESh LIE Z o00Lze6e 2
LI6EB 886 (2 T F8SSL°099'2 I OSZL9°'2eE'2 1 4163S “p00 '2 1 €8S0$°9L9‘T I Osezpsre'T 1 | LI6E€ O2O‘T I | Eassz°269 T OSZLTb9E T L1680'9€ I
Feess S862 O16 | onsib-Ls9°2 OTS | Lol6e6ze‘z OTL | cegoet00‘2 O19 | ooszz-e19‘t OTe | zoIbI-se‘T OTF €£8S0°LT0‘T OTS! 00S46'889 OTS | LoT6g‘09€ OTT | cegog'ze OT
OSLL2"286'2 6 LIP61"9S9'2 6 €ROIT 92E'2 6 0SL20866'T 6 LI¥b6699‘T 6 €8098 Ibe ‘T 6 | OSLLL"ETO‘T 6 | LT¥E9"S89 6 €8019 LSE 6 OSL2S "62 6
19966 °816'2 8 f€E16 "059 '2 8 coves “2ze'2 8 L99bL "b66'T 8 €€£99°999'T 8 oooss"see‘T 8 | L996b‘OT0‘T 8 | E€eIb'z89 8 QOOEE "PSE 8 lo9bz92 8
€8STL°SL6'2 L OSZE9 "L912 LI6bS “61E ‘2 €8S9b T66'T L oszee "£99 'T Lie6z"See‘T £ | €8STZ"L00‘T ZL | OSzel6L9 L LIGbO"ISE €8596°22 L
DOSEHAELO;2 2 paren 2 See ® POFEINBED 2 Os uaa 9 e€Bt0 'zee'T 9 | OOSE6*E00'T 9 | LoTSE's49 9 C£B9L "LEE 9 00589 “61 2
€ “p86! €8028°9S9‘T ¢ OSLEL 8zE‘T § | LIbS9"000‘T ¢ | €804S°2Z9 ¢ OSL8b Phe LIb0b “OT

f€€L8 S962 + 00064 °4£9'2 + 19904 "60£'2 + €€€29 "186‘T 000s “ES9‘T LO9Sh'Sze‘T b | E€ELE"L66 + | 00062699 + 19902 "Ibe + eeezl'er +

OS26S "296 '2 £ L160S +€9‘2 € €8S2bp"90e'2 € OS2re "846‘T € L16SZ"0S9‘T € €8SLT2ze‘T € | OSz60'h66 € | LI600'°999 ¢ €8S26"LEE € OS28°6 = E
. ‘ . ‘ ‘
LOTIE"656'2 2 €€822 TE9'2 2 OOSrT"E0e'2 z L9190°SL6‘T 2 €€8L6'969‘T Z ooses sie ‘IT 2 | 49118066 2 | €€8zZ'z99 Zz O0S#9 "FEE 2 49196°9 2
£80€0°956'2 1 OSL6°L29'2 1 L198 "662'2 I €808LT6'T I 0S469°€>9‘T 1 LTyI9"STE‘T T | €80€5°486 TT | OSLbh°6S9 T LIPOE "TEE T €g0sz'€ =i
900S4'2s6 2 O06 | 19999"b29°2 OO8 | EeEss-962‘2 OOL | CD00S'896‘T 009 | z99Ib049‘T O09 | Eecee-zie‘T OOF CODSZ-+96 008 49991959 00% | eeeso'sze OOT (1)
=~ ____~
ine pee
joo SToJaFAL oT SIOJOTAL pot SI9}97AT PEER SISJOTAL }297 SIOJOTAL }y29q SII}OJAT y22T 8 sIOJOVAT y2T sSISJOTAL poy sia p27 sil

[po0] E€€EEgoge- — yajaur 1 :10}De} DOTONpay]

LHaa OL SHXALHN—HLONAT

FIGURE 29— Tables

161

APPENDIX

“LL2' 169b 6b6‘Z 6 €ssse 1292 6 osz0e €62°2 6 LI612Z °S96‘T 6 ERsel 4E9'T 6 | OSZS0°60E‘T 6 | 41696 086 6 £8588 '2S9 6 Oszog bze 6
ioide see $ eesel “9r6'2 8 OOSOL “s19‘2 8 19120 062'2 & €€8E6 196‘T 8 O0SS8e£9‘T 8 | L9TLL"SOE‘T 8 | C€889"LL6 8 00509 669 8 4912S "IZE 8B
€8066 ‘OL2‘E L OSL06 2462 L LIb28b19'2 L €80bL 982°2 L OSLS9 “8S6'T ZL LIbLS 0€9'T ZL | €806h'20E‘T L | OSLOP"bL6 ZL LIb2€ “969 L €80b2 ‘BIE L
QO0TL 492‘ 9 19929 ‘662 9 EEEbS T19'2 9 0009p “€82‘2 9 LOOLE SS6‘E 9 eee62 -429'T 9 | OOOTZ “662'T 9 | L99ZTTL6 9 €£Eb0 'Eb9 9 00096 bE 9
Li6zb $92‘ S €8Sbe 962 osz9z '809°2 § LIGLT 082°2 €8560 ‘2S6‘T $ OS210 +29°T ¢ 41626 ‘s62°T $ | €8S~8'496 S 0S294 "69 $ LI6L9 IIE §

pI19Z'E + 00s90 e£6‘2 + 19186 409'2 + €€868 9L2'2 OOST8 "8h6'T + L9I€L ‘029° & | €€8p9'zez‘T % | O0S9S"b96 + LOTBb"9E9 + E€86E "BOE +
OSL98 “82 E € LI#84626'2 € €800L 109'2 € OSLI9 “EL2‘2 € LIVES “Sh6‘T € €80Sp LI9‘T € | OSL9E"6RZ‘T E€ | LTP82 196 £8002 ‘€£9 € OSLIT “SOE €
1998S “$Sz‘E 2 egeos 926'2 2 000zb 865‘2 2 LOGEE OLZ‘2 2 €CES2 “2h6'T 2 QOOLT “vI9‘T 2 | L998O-9BZz‘T 2 | E€€00'8S6 2 00026 629 2 L998 10E 2
egsoe 1sz‘€ Tt oszzz €26‘2 T LI6EL “S6S‘2 €g8sso492°2 0S2L6"866'T T L1688OI9'T I | €asog'zez‘t 1 | OszzL"ps6 T 11669929 1 easss ‘862 T
00cz0-sbz'e O66 | Z9Ib6“6I6‘2 OG6S | cegse'tes’z OGL | 00SLL"E9z‘2 O69 | L9T69"SE6‘T OGY | E£809"L09'T OGF| OOSZS‘64z‘T OGE] L9Thh'IS6 O6Z | ceBse'ezo OGT | OOSLz2 "S62 O

“bbe 3099 916°2 6 OSLLS “"88S‘2 6 LIv6b 0922 6 €80Ib “2E6'T 6 OSLZE"P09'T 6 | LIbbZ‘9LZ°T 6 | €809T‘8h6 6 0SLL0'029 6 LIb66 162 6
Rea 3 oooge e162 8 19062 86'¢ 8 €€EI2 “LS27°2 8 OOOEL 626‘T 8 19990 "109'T 8 | €€€96°242'T 8 | 00088 "rr6 8 19964 "919 8 CEETL “B82 8
oszet sez‘E L L1660016‘2 essiozss‘2 L osze6 €S7'2 L L16¢8°S26'T €8S9L"L6S‘T 4 | OSz89"69z't L | LI66S"Th6 4 €BSIS E19 L oszer sez
19106 eee | EEeEe eee | el eee ol iecs 2 lgawecict & | uieoeosy ¢ |eaoeresct ¢ osu ses ¢ | ctrsosos ¢ | couse §
€8029 1€2‘€ oszes ‘€06'2 § Sb" ;

“ . ‘ . * ‘ * c . c * c . 7 *
ouone azzie | uspeeconei2 ¢ | eeurzisi b | onuso Hi | emait & | oeersvene € |ctoceoet © |escuv-ece © |oscee-0os € | tieceeue 6
€ESLL 12z'€ Zz C0S69 "€68'2 2 LOLI9"S9S‘2 2 €e8zS “LE2‘2 2 O0Srr 606‘T 2 AQI9ET8S‘T Z | C€BLZ ES2'T 2 | OOS6T "S26 z LOTTE “LOS 2 £6820 692 2
OSL6p 8IZ‘E T LIbTh 068'2 1 €80ee 29S‘2 T OSLbZ bEz‘Z L¥P91 906'T T £8080 °8LS‘T I | OSL666p2‘T I | LIbl6 126 1 £808 ‘6S I OSLbL S92 T
i99iz"siz‘€ O86 | eecer-igs‘z OSs | o0DSO6ss‘z OSL | 19996 0Ez‘z O89 | EeEsB°206‘T OBL | 00008 P4S‘T O8F| L991L 9bz‘T OBE Eeced'sI6 O8S | O00SS ‘06S OST | L999h'292 O8
€8SE6lIZ‘E 6 osisg"ees‘2 6 LI69LSSS‘Z 6 €8S89 ‘Lz2‘2 6 0S209 668‘T 6 LIGIS TLS‘T 6 | E8SEPEPZ'T 6 | OSZSE'SIE 6 11692 “18S 6 €BS8I 652 6
ooss9 g0z‘E 8 LOILS “088'2 8 €€88b ‘2552 8 O0SOp b2z‘2 8 LOIZE “968'T 8 eesez 89S ‘T 8 ose ee zl ee ai é eeas an z vase ssz ;
LIPLE“S0Z‘E LZ €sdez “LL8‘2 L 0S40z 6bS‘2 L Libel 1222 L €80r0 €68'T L OSLS6 b9S‘T ZL i i i 1
€€€60'20Z‘E 9 00010 F/B‘2 9 19926 SbS‘z 9 €€eb8 LIZ'2 9 00094 ‘688°T 9 Leet p FeCOacer ci 2 Cos 2 eT 2 BEEve She 2
OSZI8"86I‘€ S 11624 °0L8'2 £869 2bS‘2 S 0s29s ‘bI2‘2 § LI6Lb 988‘T S €8S6E ° i :
ree eee | eet eee | tte ee eee tl eeteos © \avesccet ¢ lemerect © |osso-ccs © |crvas-me ¢ | eavoe-cez 6
€80SZ “261 SLOT b98'2 € 1680 “9€S‘Z 802‘ “6L8' : z (
00046 88I‘E Zz 19983 °098'2 Z €€€08ZES‘2 2 00024 ¥02'2 2 L99€99L8°T 2 EeESS ‘BST 2 | OOOLPOZZ'T 2 | L998E "268 2 £EE0E 9S 2 00022 ‘962 2
11689 “S81‘E 1 €3509 "LE8'Z 0S22S “6zS‘2 1 LIGEb “10Z‘2 I €8SSe ELBIT Oszi2‘SbS‘T 1 | LI6BT“LI2‘T 1 | €8S0T 688 1 0szz0"19s 1 LI6E6 ‘E21
€€80r Z81‘€ O26 | ousze+s8'z OLS | ZOTbZ-9zS‘2 OLL | EEBST-s6I'Z OLO | 00SLO"0L8‘E OLY | L9166‘TbS‘T OLF| E€806"EIZ‘T OLE) OOSZS'ses OLS | LOTbL “LSS OLT | e£859°622 OL

° £ . © ” if *, if * € * © * € . *, 0 * Z.
OSLZT“6LT‘E 6 LIb¥0"IS8°2 6 £8096 '22S‘2 6 OSLLE "P6I'Z 6 LI¥6L,"998°T 6 EB0IL “BEST 6 | OSLZ9‘OIZ'T 6 | LIbbS "288 6 S809b PSS 6 pe O
evs loewsiee 1 |aweswe £ |trewrs 2 |oseomr 2 |lelaen ¢ [Gunter ¢ [orice 2 [dees 2 |mpe J
€8S9S “2LT'E L OS28bh br8‘2 LI66E 91S‘2 L ERSTE BBI‘Z ZL S2éz ‘098'T L raat : : 1
00S82 “691'E 9 LOT0Z “182 9 CeBIT 'EIS'2 9 O0SEO “ssI‘z 9 L91S69SB'T 9 £6898 82S‘T 9 OOESLRUOL EE 2 Aa 2 PAO ae 2 Fes OY 3
LI¥00°991E S €8026 LEB‘Z Osze8 60S‘2 ¢ LIPSL“I81'2 § €80L9 ES8°T § OSZ8S “SZ7s‘T ¢ “L61‘ i
EEEZL COLE ¥ 0009 “reB'Z + 4995S "90S'2 + | ECELb BLT‘2 O006E ‘OSB + LOQUE “22S'T ¥ | E£EZ2"PEL‘T b | OOF 998 ea ee g Perez y
qsrorscte @ | eeeud-ece'e & |eneconer's £ [cereoncte ¢ [ecoze-eret ¢ [ovcrctes: 2 |covoo-ver't 2 |eeess-ece 2 | oocop-tes 2 | Lot1y-e02 2
€8088°2ST°E I OSL6L "$282 T LIbIL96b‘2 1 €80€9 ‘891'2 T OSLbS ‘Or8'T T LTb9y Z1S‘T T | e808 b8T'T I | OSL62 ‘958 T LIble "82ST eg0el 002 T
00009 6sI‘€ O96 | L99IS"Iz8‘z O98 | EEeEer Eor‘2 O9L | OOUSE'soI‘z O99 | 19992 "LER‘T O9G | EEEst 60S‘t O9F| COOOT I8I‘T O98) L99TO "Ess O9B | Eeeesp2S OST | 000S8~96I O

“Orr ‘818° q 291 ecg! "sos‘ “LLIS q 1695 E61 6
LIGIE “OFI'E 6 €9SEZ 8182 6 OSZST 06h‘2 6 11690 ‘291‘2 6 €8S86 ‘efB'T 6 0206 'SOS‘T 6 | LIGIB*LLT'T 6 | E8SEL “68 6 oszso"Izs 6 Aes Bas b
E€8C0 Erl'€ 8 00SS6F18‘2 8 LOUL8 “98b'2 8 €€88L 8512 8 O0SOL “OE8‘T 8 19129 aay 8 eee vy z pore ae f pOMeReTA z SeNez 081 8
OSLSL“6E1‘E L LIpLo‘118‘2 L €806S E8b‘2 L OSLOS “SST‘2 ZL Lipep'L7a‘t €80bE 66r'T L SZ" i d
cooenre s laeitance ¢ |luwouye ¢ | tirwane ¢ |Gsmetest © |linu-ant s [Score s |tsiose s | aim $ | ber on §

"S08 1620 °LLb‘2 €8S+6 ‘8h1‘2 S q i 5 i
O0ST662T‘E + L91es “1082 + Seas “€Lb iz + 00599 "Sbl'Z + LOI8S “LIB‘T ¥ E€86h 68h b Os eer y pore eeeS y pearziels y re Oe y
ceeccis ¢ | ince ss © |omrun'e § trmsnve 2 [acme tus © |lomcenrt ¢ lace vtt ¢ louse ¢ [ise ¢ | Botit &
0szZ0OzI‘€ 1 L168616L‘2 1 €8506 €9b‘Z T 0szz8"sel‘2 T LIGEL“LO8‘T 1 €8559 6Lb‘T 1 | OS2LS IST‘T 1 | Lt68h'ez8 T £8S0b ‘Sob T oszze LOT 1
L9T6L ‘9IT‘€ OS6 | cegoL'sez‘2 O88 ! o0Sz9-09p‘2 OGL ! oIbs'zeI‘z O99 | cess p08‘T O82 | OOSLE9Ly'T OF L9TEZ ‘BbI‘T ONE] EeRdz‘0ze O9% | COSZT‘z6y ONT | LOTHO VOT O

Tables

FIGURE 30

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

162

BLSSZ "682
86056 882
81969 "88Z
SETHE "882
8S9£0 "882

SLTEL “L982
L692% *L82
LI22T “L82
LELT8 “982
LS2TS “982

LLLOZ “982
46206 “S82
L186S “S82
LEEG6Z “S82
15886 “82

LLE89 “¥82
LO8LE “P82
LI¥L0 “982
LE69L “E82
LS¥9b “E82

LLOST “E82
L6¥S8 “282
LTOSS °282
QESH2 “282
9S0+6 “182

QLSE9 “182
960€E “182
91920 “18Z
QETZL “082
9SOTr “082

QLTIT 082
96908 “642
9120S “6LZ
QELET “612
9S268 "812

QLLBS “BL
96282 842
91816 °LLZ
QEELO “LLZ
SSB9E “LLZ

SLE90 “LL2
S68SL "912
STS “9LZ
SEG6PT “912
SSbb8 "SLZ
SL6ES “SLZ
S6vEz “SLZ
STOE6 “bL2
SESZ9 “PLZ
SSOZE “PLZ

OAAM+T NORAD

SANMT NONAD

6
8
L
9
Ss
%
€
4
T
0

ANMNTNOEDH OCANMTNONDOA
ix]
7)

§

ZLSLL “82
Z60Lb “852
2199T “8S2
ZET9B =LS2
@S9SS “LSZ
TLIS2 “LS2
1696 9S
1129 “9S2
TELEE “9S2
TSZ€0 "952

TLL2L “SS2
1622p “SZ
TI8IT “sz
TEETS “SZ
TS80S “pS2
TLE02 “SZ
16868 “€S2
TLb6S “E52
TE682 “SZ
TS¥86 “SZ

TLOL9 “252
O6PLE “2S2
O10L0 “2s2
OESOL “ISZ
0S094 “TS2
OLSST “ISZ
06058 “0Sz
O19bS "OSZ
OfTH2 “OSZ
OS9E6 "6b2

OLTES “6bz
0692€ “662
01220 “662
OELTL “8b2
OSZTh “8h

OLLOT “8b2
06208 “Lbz
6086b “Lbz
6Z2E61 “LZ
6b888 “9b2

GOERS “962
68842 “9b2
60bL6 “Sbz
62699 “S#2
GbP9E “ShZ
69650 “Sbz
68bSL “bbz
600S% “bbz
62Sb1 “bbe
6b0b8 “EbZ

SANMT NORAD SANMT NORAD

CANNOT NORAD

ANMTMNORAHA SANT NONADA
a
@

s

99962 "822
98066 "L2z
90989 “422
S218€ “L2z
S910 °“L2Z
SOTLL “922
S899b 922
SOZ9T ‘922
S2LS8 “S22
Sess “S2z

SOLbZ “S2z
S826 “p22
SOBES "$22
SZEEE “b2e
Sb820 “p22
S9EZL “E22
S88Th “E22
SOPTT “E22
$2608 “222
S¥vOS "222

¥966T “222
$868 122
¥006S “12z
veS82 “122
bb086 022
P9SL9 “022
P80LE 022
+0990 ‘022
P219L 612
boOSh 612

POST 612
$8968 “812
bOZPS “81Z
P2LEZ “812
bb2£6 LIZ

$9129 °L12
€822E “L12
£0810 “412
EZETL 912
£p80b “912

E901 “912
€886L ‘STZ
€0b6b “STZ
E2681 “STZ
E>h88 “P12

£96LS “bz
€8bL2 “bIZ
€00L6 E12
€2S99 “E12
EP09E “ETZ

SrNMTNONAD

a
&

SANMT HONAD

i)
t

SCANMT NONOD

Qa
b&

OAANMST NOP DAH

|
b&

OCaINM+ NONRAD

O9ST8 “L6T
O80I1S *L6T
66502 “L6T
61106 “S6T
6E96S “96
65162 “961
61986 “S6T
66189 “S6T
GILLE “S61
6€220 “S6T

6SL9L “¥6T
6L29¢ “v6r
66LST “P61
61ES8 “E61
GE8PS “E61

6SEbZ “E6T
6L8€6 “Z6T
66€£9 “26
816ZE “261
8€b20 ‘261

8S61L “T6T
SLblp “T6T
86601 “161
81508 “O61
8£00S “O61

8SS6I “O61
8/068 “681
86S8S “681
SI182 “681
8€9L6 '88T

8STL9 “S8T
8L99€ “S8T
86190 “88T
SILSZ “LET
LEZSb “LET
LSLbT “LET
LLZ2¥8 “981
LOLES ‘98T
LI€E? “98T
LE8Z6 “S8T

LSE29 “SBT
LL8TE “SBT
L6ETO “SBT
LI60L “$81
LEvOb “P81
LS660 “p8T
LLP6L “E81
L668h “E8T
LIS8T “€8T
LE€088 “281

ESSEC “LOT
€L0E0 “LOT
€6S24 “99T
ET12b “99T
€E9TT “99T
€STI8 “SOT
€L90S “SOT
£6102 “SOT
£168 “POT
£€26S “POT

€S182 “POT
€1286 “€9T
£6LL9 “EST
ETELE E9T
€€890 “€9T
€SE9L “29T
2L8S¢ ‘29
Z6EST “291
216¢8 “T9T
ZEPPS “TOT

2S6E2 “191
ZLb&6 O9T
26629 “O9T
Z1SZE “O9T
Z£020 “O9T

2SSTL “6ST
ZLOTb “6ST
26SOT “6ST
21108 ‘8ST
ZE96b “BST

ZST6T ‘8ST
2988 “LST
Z618S “LST
TILL2 “LST
TEZ2L6 “9ST

TSL99 “9ST
TL29€ 9ST
T6450 “9ST
TIESZ “SST
TEShh SST

ISEPT “SST
TL8€8 “PST
T6EES “PST
T1622 “PST
TE26 “EST
IS6i9 “EST
TLPTE “EST
16600 “EST
TISOL “2ST
19 O€00b “2ST

Snrnmyrnorana

é

SAAMST NONAD

SANMST NORAD

a
i)

ANMTNOnNOD SANT NORAD

LvSS8 “9ET
L90SS "SET
L8S¢2 “SET
LOTb6 “SET
L29€9 “SET

LvIEe “SET
19920 “SET
LBIZL “v€l
LOLTb “v€L
Leet “eT

LeL08 “ET
1920S “€€T
L8L6T “€€T
LOE68 “2ET
L288S “2€T

Obese “ET
99846 ‘TEL
98EL9 “TET
9069€ “TEL
92490 “TET

9P6SL “OET
99S “OET
986bT “OET
90Sr8 “621
92Z0S “62T
9PSE2 “62T
9906 ‘821
98529 “821
9OTZE “821
92910 '82T

SCrANMat NORAD
CANT NOnRDa

SAANMST NONAD

CaN sT NON AD
oD
>)

7)
16

SANMT NORAD

SmNnawTNOoOran

qQ
Yn)

OPITL “L2T
$9904 “L2T
S8IOT “L2T
SOL6L “92T
S226b “92T

SpL8T “92T
$9288 “S2T
S8LLS “S2T
SOELZ “S2T
$2896 “$21

S¥E99 “b2T
SOBSE “b2T
S8ES0 “p21
SO6bL “E2T
S2bbb “E21
SP6ET “E2T
SOPEB “221
$862 “221
v0S2Z “221
$2026 “121

CANMT NOnNAD

=
6
SCANMT NORAD CANMT NONAD

SANMT NOnNDH

ISLE “90T
19040 “90T
18S9Z “SOT
TOTS “SOT
T29ST “SOT
THIS “POT
1996S “POT
I81b2 “POT
TOLE6 “EO
12Z€9 “€0T

TeZ2€ “€0T
19220 “€0T
TSLTZ ‘20
QOETP ‘201
0280T “201
O08 “TOT
0986¢ “TOT
O8€6T “TOT
00688 “OOT
O2@P8S “OOT

0642 “OOT
09646 66
08699 66
OOS9E “66
02090 "66

OPSSL ‘86
090S+ “86
O8S¢T “86
OOTP8 “46
O29ES °L6

GETEZ “46
65926 96
64129 96
669TE “96
61210 96

6EL0L °S6
65206 °S6
6460 °S6
6626L “$6
6188b "¥6

GEEST “6
65828 £6
G6LELS “€6
66892 “€6
61496 “26
6£6S9 "26
8SPSE “26
8660 "26
86bbL 16
810bb “16

SANMYT NORAD

emnar Nonna

SANMYTNONAA SCANMNT NON DDH
= Q be)
Lo) oo br)

CANM+T NONOD

SES68 “SL
SS06S “SL
SLS82 SL
$6086 “PL
ST9L9 “bL
SETLE “bL
SS990 “bL
SLI9L “EL
S69Sb “EL
ST2ST “€L

SELb8 ZL
SS2bS “ZL
PLLE? “2h
b62€6 “IL
P1829 IL
PEEZE IL
$S8T0 TL
PLETL “OL
+6806 “04
bIPOT OL

vE66L “69
bSb6r “69
bL68T “69
b6b88 “89
b108S ‘89

vESLZ “89
%S0L6°L9
$LS99 “19
€609E “19
£1950 °L9

£ETSL “99
ES9bb “99
ELTbT “99
€69€8 "SO
€1ZES “SO
€€L22 “$9
£5226 69
ELL19 “$9
€62TE “69
£1800 "¥9

€EE0L “9
€S86E “£9
€LE60 “€9
£6882 "29
2Tb8b “29
2E6LT “29
2SpL8 19
2169S “19
26692 “19
21096 09

SmANMTNORDH SANOMTNOnNAD
ie)

CANONS MONOD

a
a

SmnarnNonoan

=
i]

CTANMT NONDDH

62STb “Sb
6P0IT “Sh
69508 “bb
6800S “vy
60961 “bb
62168 "Eb
6P98S “Eb
69182 “Eb
68946 “2b
60219 ‘2b

82L9€ “2b
86290 “2b
89LSL ‘Ib
882Sb Ib
8081 Th

82E¢8 ‘Ob
8P8ES “OF
S9EEZ ‘Ob
88826 “6
80629 6€

8261€ 6
8bP10 “6
89604 "8
88F0 BE
8000T “8E

82S6L “LE
Ly06b “LE
LOST “LE
L8088 “9
LOLS “9

L21L2 9€
L996 “SE
L9199 “SE
L89SE “SE
L02S0 ‘SE
L2LbL “bE
Leebh “ve
LOLET “bE
L8ZEB “EE
L082S “EE

LZE22 "EE
Lv816°2E
LOETO “ZE
9880E “Zé
90600 “2
92669 “TE
ObP6E “TE
99680 ‘TE
98b8L OE
9008b “0€

SAINM +S NOnRDA

bs)
Ln)

SaANMT NORAD

CANMT NORAD
Se)
=

SCAN MT NORAD

=
si

CmnanesT NORONH

€2S€6 “pT
£v0E9 “bT
€9SZE “bT
£8020 “eT
£09TL “ET
€211b ET
£901 “EL
€9108 ‘21
28966 21
202Z6r ‘21

SANMST NONOA

ww

22288 IT
228s “IL
Z29LL2 “IT
28226 ‘OL
20899 ‘OT
@2€9€ ‘OL
26850 “OL
29€SL 6

288bb 6

ZOvbT 6

226€8 “8
Zrres 8
29622 8
28h26°L
20029 °Z
T2STé“L
TrOI0 “ZL
T9S0L “9
18006 °9
10960 ‘9

T2T6L°S
Tr98b °S
T9I8I“S
18928 “>
T02LS

12192 “¥
1296 ‘E
T9LS9 “€
T82SE°E
TO8+0 *€

Teel “2
OP8E “2
O9EET “2
08828 ‘I
00¢2S *T
02612 T
ObrT6~

09609 ~

O8+0E ‘0

SAN M Ts NONAD

STAANMYT NORAD
i)

a

OAAMST NONOD

al

CSnANNTNHONAND

322

SIO}OTAL

20a

7227 SI9}97AL

[22}@U g6ogooghofo = OOF I :10}D"} MONONpay]

SYAaLAN OL LHHA—HLONYT

SIO}OIT

BIOJOWAL

SIO}OIT

BIOJOWAL 3207

Tables

FIGURE 31—

163

APPENDIX

JO}JOM OPO’ = SeTIUT 2T 19j}9U1 09822" = BOqOUT 6 19}0UI OpZSI" = seqoUT 9 J0jemm 029,0° = seTouy ¢
J0}OUI 06/2" = SOqOUT IT 19}901 0Z€02" = seqoUuT g J9}9UI OOLZT° = seqouT ¢ 19}9U1 0g0S0" += seqouy z
30}9UT O0PS2°O = SOTIUT OT 19}9UI O8/L1'O = saqouy L JOJOUL OOOO = Seqouy » JojoU OPS20°O = + Qouyt

T8S6b “FOE
TOT6I “POE
12988 “€0€
THI8S “€0€
T99L2 “E0E

TSTL6 ‘20€
T0499 "20€
0229€ ‘20€
OvZS0 “20
o9zS4 10

O8Lbb “TOE
OOEbT “LOE
O28E8 ‘00
OFEES “OOE
09822 ‘O0E
O8€26 °662
00619 "662
O2PTE “662
06600 662
O9F0L “862

O866€ “862
00560 °862
02064 *L62
GES8b “L6Z
6S08T °L6Z

SLSTO “blz
S60TL “ELZ
ST90b “EL2
SELOL "€LZ
SS96L ‘212

PLIGb “212
PO98T “2LZ
$1288 “112
PELLS “IL2
PS2L2 “TLZ

¥LL96 ‘OL2
$6299 “042
PI8SE “OLZ
FEESO ‘OLZ
PS8bL 692

PLErh 692
FOBET 692
PIPES “892
$€62S “892
$Sb272 “892

$L616 “192
bOPT9 “L9Z
ELOTE “92
€€S00 “192
€S00L “992

ELS6E “992
£6060 992
ET9BL “SO
£ET8b “S9Z
ES9LT “S92

ELTLB “$97
£6995 “+92
E1292 “492
€€L56 £92
€S2S9 “£92

ELLYE “E92
€62+0 “€92
E18EL 292
ZEEEP “297
2S82T 292

69SES “Ebz
680E2 “Ebz
60926 ‘2bz
62129 ‘2b2
SP9TE “2bz
89TTO ‘2bZ
88904 “Ibz
8020 “Ibz
82460 “1bz
826L 0bZ

€9SS0 “E12
€80SL ‘212
209bb “212
@21el “212
2H9E8 “T1Z

ZOTES “112
28922 “112
20226 ‘O12
22L19 ‘O12
@p2le ‘O1Z

29400 ‘O12
28204 602
Z086E 602
22€60 “602
288 “802
Z9E8b 802
288ZT 802
20648 *L02
2269S “402
Tpp92 “102

LSSLS ‘28
9LOL2 ‘281
96596 ‘I8T
9T199 “TST
SENSE “IST
9STSO ‘IST
9LObL ‘O8T
961 bb O8T
OTLET ‘O8T
9EZEB “OLT

9SLZS 641
9L222 ‘6LT
96LT6 ‘8ZT
OTET9 “BLT
9E80E “SLT

9SE00 ‘SLT
91869 “LLT
SOE6E “LLT
ST680 “LLT
SEPBL “OLT

SSOLb “OLT
SLPLT “OLT
$6698 “SLT
SIS9S “SLT
SE092 “SLT

SSSS6 “PLT
SLOS9 “PLT
SOSbE “PLT
STTbO “PLT
SE9EL “ELT

SSTEP “ELT
GL9ZT “ELT
$6128 “2LT
STLIS “2LT
vE2T2 CLT

$SL06 ‘ILT
L209 TLT
¥6L62 “ILT
b1€66 “OLT
vE889 ‘OLT

PSEBE “OLT
+L8L0 ‘OLT
F6ELL “691
+169 691
FEP9T “691

$S6S8 ‘891
PLPSS 891
$6662 “891
bISb6 LOT
bE0P9 “LOT

2€SS9 ‘09
2S0SE ‘09
2LSb0 ‘09
26064 6S
Z19Eb 6S

2ETEL “6S
25928 “8S
2L12S ‘8S
26912 ‘8S
21216 “LS

2€L09 “LS
IS20€ “LS
14266 “9S
16269 9S
TI88€ “9S

TEE80 “9S
TS8LL “SS
TLELb “SS
T689T “SS
TT¥98 “bS

0SS60 ‘2ST
0L064 ‘IST
O6S8b “IST
OTST “IST
0€948 “OST

OSTLS “OST
01992 ‘OST
06196 ‘6bT
OILS9 “6bT
O€ZSE “6bT

OSLb0 “6bT
OL2bL ‘8hT
O6LE> “8h
OTEET SbT
0€828 “LPL

OSEZS “Lol
69812 “LeT
68€16 ‘OFT
60609 “9bT
6240E “OPT

66666 “SbT
69669 “ST
6868E “SbT
6080 “ST
62084 “bbl
OPSLb “bbT
690LT “bb
68598 “Eb
6019S “EbT
62982 “Eb

beST9 “T2T
POOLE “I2T
$8500 “12T
bOTOL ‘O2T
$296€ “021
bbTo0 ‘O2T
p998L ‘611
P8I8b 6IT
POLLT '6IT
b22L8 BIT

SESET “16
8S0E8 ‘06
8LS2S ‘06
86022 ‘06
81916 68

BELTS ‘68
8S90E ‘68
81100 ‘68
86969 ‘88
812Z6€ ‘88

8E280 ‘88
8S28L “L8
LLLLY ‘L8
LOZLT ‘LB
41898 “98

LEEDS “98
LS8S2 ‘98
LLES6 “S8
L68¢9 “SB
LIPbe “SB

LE6EO “SB
LSbEL “8
LL62 “b8
L621 “b8
L1028 €8

LESTS €8
LSOIZ €8
LLS06 ‘28
46009 °28
91962 28

92SLT ‘OE
9b0L8 ‘62
9959S ‘62
98092 ‘62
90956 ‘82

92TS9 ‘82
OPOE ‘82
99TbO ‘82
9B9EL “LZ
SOZEb *L2

S2L21 “Le
Sb228 ‘92
SOLTS ‘92
S8212 “92
$0806 “Sz

SZE09 “SZ
Sb862 “SZ
S9E66 “bz
$8889 “be
SOP8E “b2

S26L0 “bz
SbpLl “E2
$969b ‘EZ
S8P9I “EZ
$0098 "22
S2sss ‘¢

bhOS? “ZZ
P9St6 “IZ
$8969 “12
POSEE “12

P2TE0 “12
bp9ZL “02
$9I2b 02
p89IT “02
$0218 ‘61

$2L0S “61
bb202 “61
$9168 ‘81
$826S ‘81
$0882 “81

$2€86 “LT
bb8L9 “LT
€98L€ “LT
€8890 “LT
€0¢9L ‘91
€26Sb “91
€ppSt OT
£9668 ST
E8bbS “ST
£00b2 ‘ST

ence t: woran
Ree Wonaon
Rae ae wmonoan
Peo NOnDD
Riese wmworan
SCAANM+T NORAD

B9LB8b ‘ObZ
88281 “ObZ
80848 “62
8ZELS “62
84892 “6€Z
89£96 "8€z
88859 “8EZ
80PSE “8EZ
8260 “8EZ
8hbbL “LEZ

LOGE “LEZ
LBPET “LEZ
LOOES8 “9EZ
L2ScS “9EZ
LyO22 “9EZ
LOST6 “SEZ
L8019 “SEZ
LO9CE “SEZ
L2100 “SEZ
L969 “bEZ

bpL9S ‘BIT
$9292 ‘BIT
P8156 “LIT
bOES9 “LIT
E28 “LIT

EvErO “LIT
€98EL ‘OTT
€8EEr OIT
£0621 “OTT
€2b28 “SIT

EP6TS “SIT
€9bI2 “SIT
€8606 “PIT
£0509 “PIT
€200€ “PIT

€6S66 ‘EIT
€9069 ‘€1T
€BS8E “EIT
£0180 “EIT
€29LL 211

CvILp 2rt
29991 ‘211
28198 “ITT
Z0LSS “ITT
22eS2 TIT
2bLb6 “O1T
29269 ‘OIL
@8Le€ “OIL
ZO€EO “OTT
2282L 601

SnNMyt+ HOnAD

oO
a

19656 "902
T8PS9 “902
TOOCE “902
T2S+0 ‘902
TPObL *S02
T9SEb “S0Z
T80€T “S02
10928 “b0Z
1212S “02
Tp912 “02

TE6SS “pS
TS#S2 “bS
TL6+6 “ES
T6b¢b9 “ES
TLObE “ES

TESEO “ES
ISOEL “2S
OLSZb 2S
0602T “2S
OT9T8 TS

OETTS “IS
0s902 ‘IS
0Z106 ‘0S
0696S ‘0S
01262 ‘0S
0£L86 ‘6b
0289 ‘6b
OLLLE ‘6b
06240 ‘6b
01894 ‘8b

O£E9b “8b
OS8ST ‘8h
OLES8 “Lb
068¢S “Lp
60bb2 “Lh
626£6 ‘9b
6PPE9 “OF
6962E ‘9b
68420 “9b
6002L “Sb

6LSL8 "962
660LS "962
61992 "962
6£196 S6z
6S9S9 “S6z

SANMTNORDAHR SANMTNORDHA SAnnmrnornoaa

6LISE “S6Z
66940 “S62
6IZbL “¥62
GELEb “FEZ
6SZET “PEZ
6LL28 “£62
6622S “£62
61812 “£62
6£E16 262
65809 ‘262

8LEDE "262
86866 “16Z
81b69 “162
SE68E “162
8S¢80 162
8L6LL ‘062
86bLb ‘062
SIOLT ‘062
8ES98 “682
8S09S "682

LOT6E “bEZ
18980 'b€z
LOZBL “€EZ
L2LLb €€2
LeZLT “€EZ

LOL9B “ZEZ
1829S “2€2
90862 “2EZ2
92ES6 “TEZ
9b8b9 “LEZ

Q9EbE “TEZ
988E0 “IEZ
SOFEL “OEZ
9262+ ‘OEZ
Obp2l ‘OFZ

99618 "622
98bIS “622
900T2 “622
92506 822
94009 822

TOTI6 “€CZ
18909 ‘€02
T02Z0€ “€02
12266 “202
1269 “202
O9L8E 202
08280 202
COBLL “102
OZELb ‘102
Ov89T “102

09€98 ‘002
088ss ‘002
00%S2 “002
026+6 ‘661
Opbt9 “661
O96€€ ‘661
O80 ‘661
OOOEL ‘86T
OZSZb “861
OvOzT ‘861

6b1S6 ‘2bT
69969 “2b
B8IPE ‘Chl
80L£0 ‘2bT
822EL “TT
8bL2b “ThT
89221 “IPT
88218 “OPT
BOETS “OPT
82802 ‘OPT

9£166 18
9S989 “18
QLIB8E 18
96940 18
gI2LL ‘08
9EL9b “08
9S29T “08
9LLS8 “6L
9625S “64
9I8b2 “64

9EEb6 BL
9S8E9 “8L
QLEEE “8L
96820 ‘82
OTb2L “LL
SE6lb LL
SSPIT “LL
$1608 “9L
S6P0S “OL
$1002 94

ANMFTMORDAH SCANMTNONDAH CANNOT NORAD

SANMTMNORDHA SANMTMONRDH SGHAMTNONRAHR GAnntr NOnRDD

o
SANMTNOENDAHD GANMYTNOEDHA SANMNTNONDH SnnNnmt HOnAD

SnmNmaytr NOnDAD SnNnnyt NONAD enna tT NonNnag
So
|

SANMTMNONAHR SANMTNOKNADAHR SANMYTNHONAH
©
ise)

SAAMYTNORNAHR SCANMYNONDAHR BGnNntrNOnAaDA
c
x

SANMTNORDAH CAANMTNORDAHR CANnMTNOnNAD
2)
t=)

&

SANMTMONAH SCANMTNHONAD

2)
a

ZLEZB “192
2681S “192
2112 “192
Z£606 “092
2509 “092
2L662 ‘092
Z6rE6 “6SZ
21069 652
ZESBE “6SZ
25080 “6S2

8h£06 “6ET
8986S “6€1
88E62 “6ET
80686 ‘8ET
82>89 ‘BET

8h6LE “BET
89bL0 ‘8€T
8869L “LET
LOS9b “LET
L209T “LET

ZZ “601
Z298TT “601
28€18 801
2060S ‘80T
2202 ‘801

2668 “LOT
2966S “LOT
18682 “LOT
TOS86 “90T
12089 “90T

SCAANAMTFMNONDAH GANMTNOKNDAHR GANMTNONDAH GHANMTNOKRDH ECANntrnonag
FINS MON DDA SaANMT NON AD

OnNMT HON AD
SCT ANM+T NONOD
OnAMT NONAD
SmrnNmyerNOonNAaD
SANM+tT NOnRAD
SANT NONAD
OnANMTNONAD

Sas wonrnan
®

g

Tables

FIGURE 32 —

MANUAL

NAUTICAL CHART

164

gg0°260T 6 OTO"LLE 6 zE6°T9B 6 7S8°97L 6 LLL*TE9 6 669°9TS 6 T@9°10y 6 77S°98% 6 997° TLT 6 B8E°9S 6
L€6°060T 8 658°SL6 8 TgL°098 8 TOL"S7L 8 929069 8 B7S°STS 8B OL7*007 8 €6E°S8% 8B STE"OLT 8 Lee"ss 8
98L°680T L BOL°7L6 L T£9°6S8 L €55°77L Lb SL7"6e79 ob LOE*7TS L Oze"66€ L eve-7ee 79T°69T L Lg0°7S L
S€9°BB0T 9 LSS°€L6 9 0B7'8S8 9 zov-eyL 9 AS ee) L7Z°ETS 9 69T"B6E 9 T60"€gz 9 €to"s9t 9 9E6°%S 9
787° L80T S$ LOv*"2L6 S$ 62ELS8 GS Toe"27L TLTU°Le9 S 960°2TS § BTO"L6E S ov6"tez S €98°99T S$ SBL°TS SG
YEE*9B80T 7 9St°TLe 7% BL1°9S8 7 OOT"TYL ¥ €z0'9%9 7 S76°O1S 7 L98°S6E 7 O6L°08% 7 ZTL'Sot 7 7E9°0S 1
€gt°Sg0t € GOT*OL6 € L20°SS8 0S6°6EL € zLe°729 € 46L°60S € LUL vee € 6E9°6Le OE 19¢°79L_ € cey'6 ¢
ZEO"7VB0T 2% 756°896 2 LLB°€S8 2 66L"BEL @ TeL°€29 2 €79°80S Zz 99S°€6E 2% 8B7°BL2 2% OI7"€9T 2 €€6°37 2%
Teg°z80T T 708°L96 T geL*2s8 iT BY9LEL T OLS*%z9 «iT €67°L0S T ST7726E 1 LEETLLZ TT o9z*z9T T zet°Ly T
TEL*TB8OT 076 €59°996 O78 SLS*TS8 OVL L67°9EL O79 oz7"Tz9 «07S z7€°90S O77 79%°T6E OTE LBT°9LZ 072 60T°T9T OFT T€0°97 OF
OgS"OB0T 6 Z0S°S96 6 27"0S58 6 LYE"SEL 6 69%°029 6 T6T*SOS 6 €IT°06€ 6 GEO"SLZ 6 856°6ST 6 0s8°77 6
6z7"6L0T 8 IS€"796 8 TLz"678 8 gol vel 8 gIl'6T9 8B 070'70S 8 €96°8Be 8 GBB8°ELZ 8 LO8*SST 8 OEL Ey 8B
gLz2°BL0T L 00z"£96 L eeteve L SYO"EEL Lb L96°LT9 L 068°20S L zTg°LBe L TEL*2Le ob 959°LST L 6LS°2%7 L
L2T*LLOT 9 050°%96 9 2L6°978 9 76s" TEL 9 L18°9T9 9 6EL°T0S 9 199°98E 9 €RS°TLe 9 90S°9ST 9 Bert? 9
LL6°SLOT $ 668°096 ¢ Teas7e E7L"OEL 999°ST9 885°00S § OTS"SBE €e7OLe SSE°SST LLe°07
gza°7LOT 7 B7L°6S6 7 OL9°778 7 €65°6%L 7 STS°719 1 L€7°667 4 o9e"78E 1 zez69% 7 yor yst 4 get be 4
SLO"ELOT € L65°856 © oes"e78 € z77"e7L Y9E"ETI € Lge"séy7 € 60z"EBe € tet e9e € €S0°ESt € QLO"LE €
zs*tLOT 2% LIV" LS6 2% 69€°%78 2 Té6z"LzL 2 Elz*2z19 2 9ET*LOY 2 g50°27B8E 2 086°99% 2z €06"TST 2% Ses-9€ 2
YLE*TLOT T 962°9S6 T etz'17s 1 ovt'9zL T €90°TT9 T $86°S67 T L06"OBE T ofg°s9z iT 25L°0ST T LOSE T
€%Z"OLOT O0€6 S7T°SS6 O€8 190°078 O€L 066°72L 0€9 ZT6"609 O€$ Y€8°767 O€7 9SL°6LE O€E 6L9°79% 0% TO9°67T O€T €@S°7E O0€
ZL0°690T 6 766°ES6 6 LT6°8E8 6 6EB°EeL 6 T9L°809 6 €89°€67 6 909°BLE 6 Bzs'E9% 6 0S7°87T 6 ELE“EE 6
T%6"L90T 8 €78°2S6 8 99L°LEB 8 g89°%2L 8 OT9°L09 8 €€5°267 8 SS7*LLE 8 LLE*z9% BB 66z°L7T 8 z@z"ze 8B
OLL°990T L €69°TS6 L S19°9€8 L LES*Tt@h L 097°909 L zee*t6e7 L YOE*OLE L gez-19e 67T°97T L TLO°TE L
0z9°S90T 9 275°0S6 9 797°SEB 9 9B8e°0%L 9 60€°S09 9 Teéz"067 9 EST°SLE 9 9L0°09% 9 g66°77T 9 O%6"62 9
697°790T S T6e"676 GS €reves Ss gez*6TL SG 8ST°709 0g0°687 S Eo0"vLE Sz6"852 LYS eyT 69L°82
BIE°E90T 7 ove'876 7 egt ees 7 SB0°STL 7% L00°€09 7 Of6"LEY 7 zse°zLe 7 LL ASC eet, 969° 27T 7 6T9°Le 7
L9OT*z90T € O60°L76 € eto°zes € YE6'9TL € 9s8°T09 € 6LL°987 € TOL*TLE € €29°9S2 € 97S°T7T € 897°9% €
LIO°T90T 2Z 6£6°S76 2 T98°0£B 2 €BL°STL 2 90L°009 2 879°SB7 =z OSS°OLE 2 €L7°SS% 2 S6E"OYT 2 LIE*Se 2
998°6S0T T 8BL°776 T OTL*6z8 T €69°7TL T $55°66S T LL7°787 T 66€°69€ T zeeyse =T Tye°6€T T 991° 72 T
STL°8S0T 026 | LE9*E76 O28 095°828 Oz zB7"ETL 029 707°86S 0% gee°esy oz7 67zZ°B9E OzE ILT°€S2 02% €60°BET OZT gIO"Ez 02
Y9S*LSOT 6 987°276 6 607°L28 6 Tee*eth 6 €S2°L6S 6 OLT°z8Y 6 B60°L9E 6 ozo'zsz 6 Z76°9ET 6 S9s°Te 6
€1T7°9S0T 8 QEE"T76 8B esz'978 8 OST'ITL 8 €0T°96S 8 Sz0°187 8 LY6"S9E 8B 698°0S2 8 Z6L°SET 8 TIL"0% 8
€9%°SSOT L SBt'0v6 L LOT'S28 620°OTL L z56°765 Lb YLE°6LY L 96L°79E L 6TL 67% L T9°VET L €9s"6T L
2Tl°7S0T 9 YEO'6E6 9 956°€28 9 648°80L 9 TOR*€6S 9 €2L°SLY 9 979°E9E 9 89s‘are 9 O67°EET 9 et7"st 9
T96°ZSOT $ €BB°LE6 S gog*ez8 Ss BzL°LOL 059°26S €LS*LLY S S67°29€ S$ LUV Lye S$ 6EEZET S z9z°LT GS
OTS°TSOT 7 €EL°9E6 7 Ss9°1z7a 7 LLS*90L 7 667°T6S 7 ez7°oLy =4 TE'T9E 7 g9z°97e 7 6st Tel 7 WUC ERS
099°0SOT € zBS°SE6 € 40S°0%@B € 9e7°SOL € 67E°06S € The'Shy € €6T°09E € OITsvz € BEO'OET 096°7T €
60S°670T z TET*7E6 2% €S€°618 2% QLz°7OL % B6T°68S 2 OZT'7L7 Z% Z70°6SE 2 S96"E7e 2 LEB°szT 2% 608°ET z
BS€°s70T T Oge*€€6 T €0z°sT8 1 SeT°€OL T L70°88S T 696°2L7 T 26B°LSE T VAS Maca 9EL*LZT T 6s9°27T T
LOZ*LYOL O16 | 62T°e%e6 OTs 250°LT8 OTL 7L6"TOL O19 968°98S OTS 618°TL7 OT7 TYL*9SE OTE €99°T7z Oz $aS°9%T OIT 80S°IT OT
9S0°970T 6 6L6°0€6 6 TO6"ST8 6 €%B°00L 6 O7L'SBS 6 899°0L7 6 06S°SSE 6 ztS"ove 6 SE7"StT 6 LS€°OT 6
906°770T 8 8%B8°6%6 8B OSL°7T8 8 €L9°669 8 S65°78S 8 L1S°697 8 6E7°7SE 8 Z9E°6E% 8 yez-77T 8 90z*6 8
SSL°EVOT L LL9°8%6 66S5°€T8 L %zs°g69 L v7 €8S OL 99€°897 L 6Bz°ESe L Tie"gez L €€t°eet L $s0°8 L
709°270T 9 9%5°L26 9 677218 9 TLE*L69 9 €6z°z8S 9 gIz°L97 9 BET*2SE 9 090°LEZ 9 ze6°T27t 9 S06°9 9
ES7°T7OT S$ 9LE“9%6 g6z°TTB 0zz"969 $ z7T°Tss = $90°997 S LB6°0SE S$ 606°SE2 ZEB OzT S ATP
€0€°O70T 7 Stz°sz%6 7 Lyt‘ots 7 690°S69 7 266°6LS 7 716°797 7 9ea°67e 7 6SL°7E% 7 Tg9°6IT 7 €09°7 37
ZST°6E0T € YLO"7%6 € 966°808 € 6T6°€69 € T7B°B4S €9L°€97 € SB9°B7e € go9°eee € O€S*SIT € zo7°— €
TOO"sEOT 2 €%6°%zH 2 978°Log 2 89L°%69 Z 069°LLS 2% z19°%97 «2% SES*LTE 2% LS7°zEz 2 6LE*LIT 2 ZOECEe
0S8°9€OT T ZLL°T26 1 5697908 T 419°T69 iT 6ES5°9LS T 297197 ~T TBE"97E T goE*TEz T gzz-9It T Ist't T
669°SEOT 006 | 2297026 008 44¥5°S08 O0L 997°069 009 6BE°SLS 00S TT€*097 007 €€2°SYE O0€ SST°OE% 00z 8L0°STT OOT
— al
SOL SONI SOIL SEIN SON = SPLIN SOHN SPL SOILWN SOHN SPIN SPIN SOL SOI SOI SOLIN SON SOLIN aa SPIN
2INIEIS = PEOINEN] §=—«-@3NABIS = fEIGNEN) aynzeys = ONE, 83N7BIS =| fEIINEN 83N78IS |= fBIANEN) 93N783S RINNE 83n7e}Sg = FRDNNN) 27N78IS = RINNE) 93N3e1S raanen | 27N7BIS |= fRININEN,
i

SAIW SLALVLS OL SATIN TWOILNWN - HLON31

FIGURE 33— Tables

165

APPENDIX

SS6T

99° 67TT
LY" SYTT
SZE*LYTT
PLT OVTT
€20°S7TT
zLg°€YTl
22L*27Tt
TLS *TYIT
Oz?" OVTT
692° 6E€TT

6IT*SEIt
896°9ETT
LTS*SETT
999° TETT
STS“€ETT
S9E°ZETT
Te *TEtT
€90°OE€TT
fT6" sett
Z9L*LeIT

TI9*92TT
097°S2TT
60€*72TT
SST°E€ZIT
g00°22TT
LS38°O2TT
90L°6TIT
SSS*STIT
SO7*LTIT
7Sz°9TIT

€Ol'STIT
2S6°E€TIT
ZO *2TIT
TS9°TIIlt
00S *OTTIT
67€°60TT
861° SOIT
870° LOTT
L68°SOTT
97L°7OTT

S6S°€0TT
S77" ZOTT
76z° OTT
€7T*OOIT
266° 860T
178°L60T
169° 960T
07S°S60T
68° 760T
g€2°€60T

ANT NOD OO

~o oa
ao an

i
on

DOANNDHON WA FICTIONS EASIGS CGANNTNOE-DD DCANMTHOrDHA O
a

wy
an

675° 7EOT
g6€*€£OT
Lye" Z€0T
960° TEOT
976° 6z0T
S6L°820T
779° LZ0T
€67°9Z0T
ZVE*SZOT
Z6T° 7Z0T

TO" €ZOT
068° TZOT
6€L°0Z0T
685 °6TOT
g€7° TOT
Lge*LTtot
9ET*9TOT
$g6°7TOT
S€g°E€TOT
789° 2TOT

€€s* Tot
2g€°OTOT
Z€e*600T
T80°g00T
0£€6°900T
6LL°SOOT
879° 7OOT
8L7°€00T
LZ€*ZOOT
9LT° TOOT

$Z0*000T
SL8°866
TEL" L66
€L5°966
227" S66
TLe*766
T2T° £66
OL6°T66
618 °066
899° 686

81S°886
L9E"LB6
91z°986
$90°S86
716" €86
79L°286
€19° 186
297° 086
TIE *6L6
T9T*8L6

CANNDNOEDHD CANNTHOEDWO QISICIONGIMISEIGS DANMNTNOSODDR CANN THOEOWDH
wo

TL?" 616
OZE*8T6
69T°LT6
610° 9T6
898° 7T6
LTL*E€T6
995 °2T6
ST7*TT6
$9%°OT6
YT" 606

€96°L06
Z18"906
299°S06
TIS* 706
O9€°€06
602 *206
6$0° 106
806" 668
LSL° 868
909°L68

$S$7°968
SOE "S68
7ST" 768
€00°€68
zS8° 68
Z0L*068
1S5°688
007° 388
67¢°L88
860°988

876°788
L6L°€88
979°238
$67°188
S7€"088
76T-6L8
€70° 848
268° 9L8
TY7L°SL8
16S °7L8

Ov7"€L8
682 °2L8
S€T° TLE
886°698
L€3°398
989°L98
SES*998
73€°S98
72° 798
€g0°€98

a QAAMTHOR DD
is

TNOD> OD USNS SOIL 00)
i

i
Kt

QAANBHON ODA QAAMTNOnDR SAN
é

w
=

€6€°708
e7z*€08
260° 208
T76"008
064° 66L
6£9°86L
687° L6L
BEE*96L
L8T°S6L
9€0°76L

S88°26L
SEL*T6L
785° 06L
€€7°68L
82 °8BL
ZET* LBL
T86°S8L
0€8 “78L
6L9°€8L
82S°eBL

BLe*TBL
Lez*0gh
9L0° 6LL
St6*LLL
SLL*9OLL
V29°SLL
ELT ° TLL
eee" ELL
TLT°2LL
TZO° TLL

048°69L
61TL°89L
895°LOL
817°99L
L92%°S9L
STL" 79L
$96°29L
TTB" T9L
799° 09L
€TS*6SL

Z9E*BSL
TIZ*LSL
190°9Sé
OT6°7SL
6SL°ESL
809°2SL
LS7°TSL
LOE*OSL
9ST 67L
S00°87L

SDANNTHOEFDD CANN WHOErDD

ie)
Oo

DANNLTOHNOEDHR CANNBHOEDD CANN TNHOEDD

wo
~o

9TE "689
S9T°889
7T0°L89
€98°S89
cL’ 789
z9S°€89
TI7°239
092" T89
60T°089
6S6°8L9

808°LL9
LS9°9L9
90S$°SL9
SSE°TLO
S0%*€L9
7S0°2L9
€06°0L9
e@$L°699
709°899
TS7°L99

00€*999
671° S99
866°€99
878 °299
L69°199
975°099
$6€°6S9
S7%°859
760°LS9
€76°SS9

26L°759
T79°€S9
T67°2S9
OVE*TS9
68T°0S9
8€0°679
988 °L79
LEL*979
985°S179
ser 779

982° E79
YET*279
€86°079
ZE8°669
189°8€9
TES°LED
O8€*9£9
622°S€9
8L0°7€9
L26°2£9

ATINOD OO INOS MOIETIES DANN THOOWOD
w

=
ay

DANMNVWNHOM WOH REIIOVSSSROEIES oan
wn

ww
w

OTTLLLOST°T 99 T

BEz "TLS
L80°ELS
9€6°TLS
SBL°OLS
$€9°69S
787° 89S
€€E°LIS
z8T°99S
Z€0°S9S
T88°€9S

O€L°29S
645°T9S
827°09S
842° 65S
LeT*8SS
9L6°9SS
Sze°sss
SL9°%SS
TeS° ESS
ELE*2SS

zee*tss
TLO°0SS
126°87S
OLL*LYS
619°97S
897°S17S
BIe"77S
LOT“ ES
9T0°27S
S98°07S

TL" 6€S
195 °BES
EL7°LES
Z9%°9ES
TIT*SES
196° EES
OTS ces
6S9°TES
80S °OES
LSE°62S

L02*82%s
9S0°L2S
S06°SeS
YSL* 72S
709° €2S
€S7°%2s
ZOE* Tes
TST*02%$
000°6TS
0S8°LTS

rnNorao SIE IOOVR AR IEC ICS SANNITNHOD DWH
x

is
wt

DANNTNO D1 BINS ISOS SAN
~~

w
st

OT38Y

O9T*6S7
600°8S7
6$8°9S7
B0L°SS7
LSS °9S7
907° €S7
SSt°eS7
SOT'IS7
156° 677
€08 "avy

259° LY
205 °977
TSE'SYY
002 "777
670° E77
868°T77
87L°OvY
L6S°6£7
977° BE7
S62 °LEY

SY" 9E7
766°7E
€7B E67
269° ZE7
17S" TE?
T6E*O€7
072° 627
680°8e7
866°9%7
8BL°Se7

LE9° ver
987° E27
SEE*CeY
78° 127
7E0°077
€88°8t7
EL LUFT
T8S"9T7
TEV "ST7
ose "YT?

62° E17
BL6°IT7
L28° Oly
LL9°607
9&5 °809
SLE" LOT
722" 907
7LO°SOV
€26°€07
@LL*207

DANMNTHOD WD

TONOEODR DANN WHOErDODA

&
bal

ATNOEODHA OFAN

so
Gay

DANNWNOODORD DOAN

w
Gay

S19q4aM 2SBT -- OTTH TBOT4INEN TBUOTZGUIEWUT»

oa

wo

iss

zgo°v7e 6 S00°6zz 6 Lz6"ETL 6
zeeeve B 7S8°Lzz 8 9LL°ZIT 8
TaL'tve L €OL"9%% OL Sto°lIt L
Of9'07E 9 zog*sez 9 SLT"OIT 9
6LT"6EE S zo7'vez Ss YeE°60T S
eze"see 7 Tse-e€ez 7 €LT'BOT 7
BLILEE € oot*ezz € zzo"LOoT €
LZO°9EE 2 676°0¢% 2 TL8°SOT Z@
OLB°TEE T B6L"6T% T TeL°vOlU T
StL°EEE 062% 879°8T% O6T OLS"€0T O
SLS*ZEE 6 L67°LTZ 6 6T7°Z0T 6
VeT"TEE 8B 97€°9TZ 8 g9z°TOT 8
ELZ°OEE L S6T°ST2 L 8IT°OOT £
@zt6ze 9 S7O°7Te 9 496°86 9
TL6"LZE YOR "ze Ss 9T8°L6 S
Tee9ze 7 6YLetIe = ¥ $99°96 7
OLO'SZE € e6S°oTe € STS°S6) €
6TS°*7ZE 2 177°60% 2 Y9E'V6 %
B9E°"EZE T T6z*g0z T €lt°€6 =
glz*2zé ogz O7T"LOz Ost z90°%6 =O
L90°TZE 6 686°S0% 6 T1606 «6
916"6TE 8B gee"70~ 8 T9L°68 «8
SOL*BTE L 839°€0% L oT9's8
YI9*LTIE 9 LES*%0z 9 6S7°L8 9
TIT'OTE S gge"tor ¢ g0e'9B = S
€le'ste 7 S€z*00z 7 BST'SB 7
zOT'vTE € 780°66T € Loo'78 €
TIO*ETE 2% TE6"LET 2% 958°%8 %
T9sp°TTE TT €8L°96T T SOL‘TS =
OTL*OTE OLz Z€9°S6T OLT 4SS°0B O
655°60£ 6 Ta7°76T 6 OT" 6L
g07°80€ 8 Tee“€6T 8 €5%°BL
LSe°LO€ L OBT*z6T L ZOT*LL
LOT'90E 9 620°T6T 9 TS6°SL
956°70E S BL8°68T S$ T08*7L
sop*eoe 7 L@L*sgt 7 0S9°€L
S9°20E € LLS*LET € 667°2L
YOS*TOE 2 927°98T 2% S7E°TL
€S€°O0E T GLe'SsTt L6T° OL
zoz*66z 092 Y2T°78T O9T L70°69
TS0°862 6 7L6°28T 6 968°L9
T06°962 8 €zg°tst 8B S7L°99
OSL°S6% L @L9°08T L 965°S9
665°762 9 T@s*6LT 9 777°19
B77"e6z Ss OLE*BLT €6z°€9
L6z°26z 7 O%z*LLT 7 27t°29
LYT*T62 690°9LT € T66"09
966°68% 2% BI6°7LT 2 078° 6S
S78°882 T LOL*ELT T 069°8S
769°LBZ 052 LI9*2LT OST 6£5°LS

CDCANNBWOHOLDWDH eS NESSIE CO

FIGURE 34— Tables

166 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

CHARACTERISTIC LIGHT PHASES

Occ. =Occulting

Gp. Occ.= Group

by a long flash of 4 times
that duration.

A steady light totally
eclipsed at regular inter-
vals.

A steady light totally

Alt. Occ.=
Alternating
occulting

Lights which Lights which
Illustration do not change Phase Description show color
color variations
=
[SE aes ese eal ameter hl pepe es mae Ta
Alternating
aaa aa a ea a F.Fl.=Fixed and] A fixed light varied at | Alt. F. Fl.=

ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee flashing regular intervals by a flash | Alternating fixed

of greater brilliance or | and flashing
different color.

: ; ' A I A F. Gp. Fl.=Fixed | A fixed light varied at] Alt. F.Gp. Fl.=
and group regular intervals by groups | Alternating fixed
flashing of two or more flashes of | and group flashing

greater brilliance or diff-
erent color, or both.
CE ee ae reguier intervals, the Alternat
at regular intervals, the| Alternating
duration of light always | flashing
being less than the duration
of darkness. Showsnot more
than 30 flashes per minute.
COMP Scie |icrvats groupe of two or | Alternating
flashing intervals groups of two or | Alternating
more flashes. group flashing
flashing flashes per minute.
I. Qk. Fl.=Inter- Shows quick flashes for
flashing by a dark period of about
6 seconds.
ee a icctine | about 0 sooond, fllowed
long flashing | about 0.4 second, followed

occulting

eclipsed by a group of 2 or
more eclipses.

[os

Light colors used and abbreviations: W=White, R=Red, G= Green

FIGURE 35— Characteristic Light Phases

APPENDIX 167

The tables below give several sizes of paper and, for each size, the
neatline dimensions and the normal and extreme work size. The price of
each chart is always based on the area within its neatlines.

Neatlines Normal Extreme
Paper Inches mm. Work Size* Work Size*
Q2se2O 1844"x 25%” 460.4 x 657.2 PAYS 6 PA” 2034”x 28”
30”x 42” 261%"x 3878" 663.6 x 987.4 28x 40” 2874" 41”
36”x 44” 321%"x 40%” 816.0 x 1038.2 34”x 42” 34°4""x 43”
36x 48” 8212"x 44%” 816.0 x 1139.8 34”x 46” 8494"x 47”
36 Gx04e 3824%"x 50%” 816.0 x 1292.2 Sle yee 84°4"x 53”
Area within Neatlines Area within Neatlines
Paper in Sq. Inches in Sq. Inches Price
DO xe2 9 469.0 500 and under $0.25
30”x 42” 1015.6 501 - 800 0.50
36”x 44” NBT 801 = 1200 0.75
36”x 48” 1441.6 1201 and over 1.00
36’x 54” 1634.4

*Includes outside lettering. Approximate size only; to find exact measure-
ments for placing outside lettering, see Fig. 3.

By laying over the chart a special graph drawn on a transparent sheet,
the cartographer can determine the price of the chart from its neatline
dimensions.

There is also available a template showing the sizes of paper and the
dimensions of the neatlines as shown below.

NEATLINE 1814" xX 25/4"

NORMAL WORK SI

”
EXTREME WORK SIZE 20 3/4" X_28" |
30” X 42"

367 X 44”

SS) |
36” X 48” 36” X 54”

PAPER SIZE 22" X_29"

FIGURE 36— Chart Sizes and Prices

1A6

168 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL
MAP SCALES AND EQUIVALENTS
At One nautical mile = One statute mile =
Seale Inches Centimeters Inches Centimeters
1:2,500 29.165 74.08 25.344 64.37
1:5,000 14.583 37.04 12.672 32.19
1:10,000 7.291 18.52 6.336 16.09
1:15,000 4.861 12.35 4.224 10.73
1:20,000 3.646 9.26 3.168 8.05
1:30,000 2.430 6.17 2.112 5.36
1:40,000 1.823 4.63 1.584 4.02
1:50,000 1.458 3.70 1.267 3.22
1:60,000 1.215 3.09 1.056 2.68
1:80,000 911 2.32 192 2.01
1:100,000 729 1.85 634 1.61
1:200,000 365 93 17 80
1:400,000 .182 46 158 m7)
1:500,000 -146 3t 127 fo,
1:1,000,000 073 19 .063 16
1:1,200,000 .061 15 053 13
A nautical mile is a minute of an average great circle of the
earth, and its length is 6,076.11 feet, or 1,852.0 meters. A statute
mile is 5,280 feet, or 1,609.3 meters. One meter equals 39.37
inches; 1 centimeter equals 0.3937 inch; 1 inch equals 2.54
centimeters.
LOGARITHMIC SPEED SCALE
1 2 3 4 8 6 #7 8B 9 15 WM) 95 40 50 60
L L 1 JL Jt | SL malton NSzrest alli iin viealenaaliearavel | | | | | LI it i en jt Linh 1 ieee Eilean ead ee a

To find SPEED, place one point of dividers on nautical miles run and the other on minutes run.

right point on 60 and left point will then indicate speed in knots.

Distance of Visibility of Objects at Sea

Example: with 4.0 miles run in 15 minutes, the speed is 16.0 knots.

The following table gives the approximate geographic range of visibility for an object which may
be seen by an observer whose eye is at sea level; in practice, therefore, it is necessary to add to these
a distance of visibility corresponding to the height of the observer’s eye above sea level.

Height,
feet

Nautical Helght, Nautical Height, Nautical
miles feet miles feet miles
2.8 48 7.9 220 17.0
3. 1 50 8. 1 240 e/a. Cf
3. 6 55 8.5 260 18.5
4.0 60 8.9 280 19. 2
4.3 65 9. 2 300 19.9
4.4 70 9.6 320 20. 5
4.6 75 9.9 340 ile
4.9 80 10. 3 360 21.7
5.1 85 10.6 380 22.3
5. 4 90 10.9 400 22.9
5.6 95 11.2 420 23. 5
5.8 100 11.5 440 24. 1
6.1 110 12.0 460 24. 6
6.3 120 12. 6 480 25. 1
6.5 130 13. 1 500 25. 6
6.7 140 13. 6 520 26. 1
6.9 150 14.1 540 26. 7
7.0 160 14.5 560 27.1
7.2 170 14.9 580 27. 6
7.4 180 15. 4 600 28. 0
7.6 190 15.8 620 28. 6
7.8 200 16. 2 640 29. 0

Height,
feet

660
680
700
720
740
760
780
800
820
840
860
880
900
920
940
960
980
1, 000
1, 200
1, 400
1, 600
1, 800

Nautical

Height,

Nautical

miles feet miles

29. 4 2, 000 51. 2
29. 9 2, 200 53. 8
30. 3 2, 400 56. 2
30. 7 2, 600 58. 5
31.1 2, 800 60. 6
31.6 3, 000 62. 8
32.0 3, 200 64. 9
32. 4 3, 400 66. 9
32.8 3, 600 68. 6
33. 2 3, 800 70. 7
33. 6 4, 000 72.5
34. 0 4, 200 74. 3
34. 4 4, 400 76. 1
34. 7 4, 600 77.7
35. 2 4, 800 79. 4
35. 5 5, 000 81.0
35. 9 6, 000 88. 8
36. 2 7, 000 96. 0
39. 6 8, 000 102. 6
42.9 9, 000 108. 7
45. 8 || 10, 000 114.6

6

FIGURE 37— Tables

Without changing divider spread, place

APPENDIX 169

June 1963
LAND FEATURES
1. LANDMARKS - 6 pt. No. 2 Heavy Copperplate Gothic Condensed _______________________ _TOWER
Congested areas - 6 pt. No. 3 Heavy Copperplate Gothic Condensed ____________________ TOWER
2. BRIDGE & OVERHEAD CABLE CLEARANCES - 6 pt. No. 3 Light Copperplate Gothic Condensed______ DRAW BRIDGE
3. LIGHT NAMES - 6 pt. No. 3 Light Copperplate Gothic Condensed________________________ BLOODY PT
4. RADIO, RADAR & TV STATIONS - 6 pt. News Gothic ~_--~___________ Eee ee ee = 2 RABN
5. LIGHT CHARACTERISTICS - 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic _____ Se ee ee ee FIRE
See BUILDING SJOBIECTINAMES="GiptNo 4 Lining Gothic==——— =o. 2s ees ee Lincoln Memorial
7. ELEVATION OF ROCKS THAT COVER & UNCOVER - 6 pt. No. 3 Lightline Gothic. —~_______________ (1)
See STRERDINAMES=-oipt NOs siMiehtlinesGoth ica = =a ee ee Main Avenue
WATER FEATURES
9. BUOY CHARACTERISTICS - 6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic _______ peepee A CVE ee a eT Pe ye F/G Ssec
LO CHANNELINOTES 6 iptyormeipt aD rartstmemrSilivell| Cx meenaes meee nee ne et ne IE SAN ISS
ier IXEDELOATINGZOBIECTS: “(6ipta Drattsmancsiltalic@= == = a ee ee FLOATING TARGET
12S UANDECONTOURS 8c ELEVATIONS)—6:pt. Drattsmanis |talic==== === ====_=—_2. 50 75 {25)
13. RANGES - 6 pt. Draftsman’s Italic_______ Ses Se ee ee RANGE "A"
TameSEGRORU DESCRIPTIONS —6 pt. Drattsmanisiltalic==—=— = === RED SECTOR
eR ALS COURSES) =s6 pt. Draftsman siltalic= = ee eee Se ee = COURS A522 eR
Ge OMOMEGHARAGIERISTICS= 71 pte Drattsman:siltalicue =e ee eee hrd hrd M S
7 RUNDERWATERSREATURES -e7aptDrattsmansiltalic= = Shoal Area
Se GCOURSES:-e7sptDrattsmannySyltal ll Clo— ase et Se ee Ee ee ee eee Se eee 68/° TRUE 5.8M
1S OBIECTINAMESS(WATER)-s///pta|Draftsmants |talic= === en ee eee Canal Ditch
20. INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY NAME - 6 pt. No. 3 Copperplate Gothic Bold Italic ________________ INTRACOASTAL WATE
7D EPTHECONTOURS:-) 5 pts\Clearfaceiltalicg= = —— == = Sa eee ee eee 5 10 15 20
MISCELLANEOUS
_ 22. EXPLANATION NOTE REPLACING ABBREVIATION NOTE - 8 pt. Lining Gothic ____________________ For Symbols and-Ab
2 SeABBREVIATLONENOTE:— ol pty Noss iningaGoth Gt ee en ee ABBREVIATIONS (For
74m LDESNOTEZ-soypt No. Ss Lining Goth iCme = 2k eee ae 2 ee ee TIDAL INFORMATION
25. INDEX DIAGRAM CHART NOS. - 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic —_~— — oo ee eee eee 395 940
26. INDEX DIAGRAM PROJECTION NOS. - 6 pt. No. 4 Lining Gothic_______ Bane Serene aes 50
A (AR ULAR ARE DOUES = is Nos 4! (Uintings Gouin a FISH TRAP AREAS
28. ALL NOTES ON MAGENTA PLATE - 7 pt. Draftsman’s Italic (Area Label) _—__§._->_-»_->»_»_>»_>_> Cable Area
29. RESTRICTED AREA - MAGENTA PLATE - 8 pt. Draftsman’s Italic (Area Label) _______>___=______ RESTRICTED AREA
30. PROHIBITED AREA - MAGENTA PLATE - 8 pt. Draftsman’s Italic (Area Label)_____»_»_»_>_»________ PROHIBITED AREA
31. JUNCTION NOTES - 7 pt. Drattsman’s Italic____ _ po et 2 Ble ee ee OINSEGHARIEe9D)
32 FGarsclG Sete GHARTINOSs =0245ptaaleighitalei tho psa ee a S u 494
33. ANCHORAGE AREA NOTES - MAGENTA PLATE - HEADING - 12 pt: Light Litho... ANCHORA
NOTE - 8 pt. News Gothic_____}_> ot aber Eee SOE De. we ak _Limits and design
34. PROVISIONAL CHART - 10 pt. Light Litho_________ oe = s = PROVISIONA
35. PROJECTION NUMBERS - DEGREES - 12 pt. Light Litho__ z = 2245
36. PROJECTION NUMBERS - MINUTES - (Alone, with Degrees or Seconds) - 8 pt. Light Litho______ Ol’
37. PROJECTION NUMBERS - SECONDS - (With Minutes) - 7 pt. Century Expanded ___________§__ 10”
38. PROJECTION SUB-DIVISION NUMBERS - SECONDS - 6 pt. No. 2 Light Copperplate Gothic________ 10”
39. CHART PRICE - 12 pt. No. 3 Light Copperplate Gothic Condensed_______ i ae PRIGESS IFO
os GUILE S 18 pt Const Guiven Wels ee (Robinson
41. GRID NOS. - 6pt. No. 3 Light Copperplate Gothic Condensed ._______ 10000 20000
42. SOUNDINGS IN FEET & CHART SCALE - 8 pt. News Gothic: Condensed_____________________~ SOUNDINGS IN FEET
43. EDITION DATES - (Bottom of Chart) - 8 pt. Lining Gothic__ ____ ee eee 2 isteedt Marea
44. YEAR DATE - 12 pt. News Gothic Condensed____ 5 = See et)
45. CHART CATALOG PAGE NO. - 6 pt. News Gothic ___ Sore. eee ee _—Catalog Page No. 5
46. EDITION DATE & MEDIUM - (Top of Chart) - 6 pt. News Gothic __ ____ aes. __——~Ilst Ed., Nov. 1874

FIGURE 38— Nautical Chart Fotosetter Type Guide

OPTS, Ge:

aD Ay ee ’ wi

171

CHART NO. 1

SEPTEMBER 1963

ABBREVIATIONS

172

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

GENERAL REMARKS

Chart No. 1 contains the standard symbols and abbreviations which have been approved for
use on nautical charts published by the United States of America.

Symbols and abbreviations shown on Chart No. 1 apply to the regular nautical charts and may
differ from those shown on certain reproductions and special charts.

Terms, symbols and abbreviations are numbered in accordance with a standard form approved
by a Resolution of the Sixth International Hydrographic Conference, 1952.

Vertical figures indicate those items where the symbol and abbreviation are in accordance
with the Resolutions of the International Hydrographic Conferences.

Slanting figures indicate those items where the symbol and/or abbreviation differ from the
Resolutions of the Conferences, or for which Resolutions do not yet exist.

(Those items which differ from the Resolutions are underlined.)

Slanting letters in parentheses indicate that the items are in addition to those shown on the
approved standard form.

Colors are optional for characterizing various features and areas on the charts.

Lettering styles and capitalization as used on Chart No. 1 are not always rigidly adhered to on
the charts.

Longitudes are referred to the Meridian of Greenwich.

Scales are computed on the middle latitude of each chart, or on the middle latitude of a series
of charts.

Buildings - A conspicuous feature on a building may be shown by a landmark symbol with
descriptive note (See L-63 & I-n). Prominent buildings that are of assistance to the mariner are
crosshatched (See I-38a,5,47 & 66).

Shoreline is the line of Mean High Water, except in marsh or mangrove areas, where the outer
edge of vegetation (berm line) is used. A heavy line (A-9) is used to represent a firm shoreline. A
light line (A-7) represents a berm line.

Heights of land and conspicuous objects are given in feet above Mean High Water, unless
otherwise stated in the title of the chart.

Depth Contowrs and Soundings may be shown in meters on charts of foreign waters.

Visibility of a light is in nautical miles for an observer's eye 15 feet above water level.

Buoys and Beacons - On entering a channel from seaward, buoys on starboard side are red
with even numbers, on port side black with odd numbers. Lights on buoys on starboard side of channel
are red or white, on port side white or green. Mid-channel buoys have black-and-white vertical stripes.
Junction or obstruction buoys, which may be passed on either side, have red-and-black horizontal
bands. This system does not always apply to foreign waters. The dot of the buoy symbol, the small
circle of the light vessel and mooring buoy symbols,and the center of the beacon symbol indicate
their positions.

Improved channels are shown by limiting dashed lines, the depth, month, and the year of latest
examination being placed adjacent to the channel, except when tabulated.

U.S. Coast Pilots, Sailing Directions, Light Lists, Radio Aids, and related publications furnish
information required by the navigator that cannot be shown conveniently on the nautical chart.

U.S. Nautical Chart Catalogs and Indexes list nautical charts, auxiliary maps, and related
publications, and include general information (marginal notes, etc.) relative to the charts.

A glossary of foreign terms and abbreviations is generally given on the charts on which they
are used, as well as in the Sailing Directions.

Charts already on issue will be brought into conformity as soon as opportunity affords.

Section

GHAPOVOZE MP AUM TASH VOW >

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
The Coastline (Nature of the Coast)......0.00.0cccccccccccesessereeeseeeeseeees 174
(COASTHNCALULES: Mae et omelet incr ete betr, cee eee neem sn Rete 175
Rheycandi(Naturalebeatunes) ss ene ee eee eee 175
CONEEO] FE OTIS eee rere an ee are cee, cs one Metenc sv srees teases 176
MUS ORES) a i A Lak a le a SR RA eae a aR 8 176
Adjectives, Adverbs, and other abbreviations. ........0..0..0ccccccce. 176
Rontsvand pel arbors eee neste cere een csc ogee aa coe ele Wee
Topography (Artificial Features).....0000.0.000.0cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 178
Buildingssand Structuresas srs we... ee 179, 180
Miscellaneous Stations.sere 2 nln, 180
| EG AES) SO a a AS ee 181, 182
Buoysiand Beaconsra eee ernie seat seston eer 182, 183
IREVGUI) Bravo UNPAVOERTP ISREEN IOV TS, usecdecsocaseducucndntonberonastiroseseiineaosebadonaeceaoseest 184
HOR STON St Eek ec ees Ane has 2 core aemene ae 184
Dain Gers 2 2... yh eae aE sO NN Sides eas Tyo Se Pk 185
Warlousilimits etc hetenesasamcn cit) Poy J1U Meta neon Ae cl 186
SOUNGIN GS)... eee arene we See te ts. Meee Un 8... 186
ID yeyoytl on (CovanWONeNes GAG | TNT AES oe ieoemmctecaccencsebncdocendovescee secotbeodeLeenceecatoco: 187
Quality of the Bottom. e000... as ee ies: ee 187
dudesiand Currents): Acre cor eet oe eee. nk eR On ns on os, 188
Compass 24s... Sepesac Mae nes re tS meek abd ARGO ES 188
indexvor Ab breviationses ee ete ee 189 - 192

173

174 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

7 Mangrove Lle Sand and mud

high low
2 Steep coast (Bluff) 8 Surveyed coastline ;

es
2a Flat coast 9 High water line lg SoA oe ania

Cif extensive )

12 Breakers along a shore

r Cliffy. coast 10 Low water line (See 0-25)

11 Foreshore
(Strand in general)

| 22 Rocky coast

4 Sandhills, Dunes 14 Limit of unsurveyed areas

11b Sand

eee

: (Aa) Rubble
L1c Stones; Shingle; or Gravel Sei aes

11d Fock, uncovers at soundin Ab) Shoreline fr /der s\ ‘S Or
6 Sandy shore datum (See A-/lg) 2 ne “Grelliseels Goes Pe

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Gulf PH
Bayou 1/(/ 5d Nipa palm
Fjord \ 16 Lagoon (Lag)
Loch; Lough; Wee |
Lake Se Filao

Creek

iG} HK Symbol used
MWe WSSSSSEES SS in small areas
Inlet 24609 :

/ WH 5f Casuarina
Strait | q ;
Sound y

Passage; Pass Contac 3 2 7
Therefore la approximate’ (Contours)| 6 Cultivated fields 17 Marsh; Swamp

Channel

Narrows
Entrance : 6a Grass fields

Estuary

Delta 7 | Rice

Mouth 7 Paddy (rice) fields
Road; Roadstead

Anchorage : _

Harbor Ne j 7a Park: Garden

Haven
Port

Pond Form lines, no definite | 8 Bushes
Island 28 interval

/slet
Archipelago

Tree plantation

Peninsula ig in general
Cape :

Promontory

Head; Headland

Point

Mountain;
Mount
Frange
Valley
Summit ,
Peak 3 Glacier

Volcano "

. ree top elevation
ve me (above height datum)
Boulder : :

Landing

Table-land
(Plateau)

Fock

/solated rock 5 /solated trees

Stream

River

Slough 2

Lagoon Deciduous or of unknown
5a or _ unspecified type

4 Saltpans

Approaches

5b Coniferous

5c Palm tree

175

176

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Control Points

-

(Dp

Obs Spot
BM

See View

Bdy. Mon

Triangulation pont (station)

Fixed point (landmark) (See L-63)
Summit of height (Peak)
(when not a landmark)

Peak, accentuated by contours

Peak, accentuated by hachures

Peak, elevation not determined

Peak, when a landmark

Observation spot

Bench mark

View point
Datum point for grid of a plan

Graphical triangulation point

Astronomical

Triangulation

Corps of Engineers

Great trigonometrical survey station

Traverse station

Boundary monument

International boundary monument

Units

Hour

Minute (of time)
Second (of time)
Meter
Decimeter
Centimeter
Millimeter
Sguare meter
Cubic meter
Kilometer

Inch

Foot

Yard

Fathom

Cable length
Nautical mile
Knot

Ton

T

(Ea)
(Eb)

No

St. M

Msec

(fewcandee)
Latitude
Longitude
Publication
Edition
Correction
Altitude
Height; Elevation
Degree

Minute (of arc)
Second (of arc)

Number

Statute mile

Microsecond

F Adjectives, Adverbs
¢ _and other abbreviations
ik Gap Great
Zieallit Little
3 lhnsy Large
4 smi Sma//
5 Outer
6 Inner
7 mid Middle
8 Old
9 anc Ancient
10 New
TI Sit Saint
12 conspic Conspicuous
13 Remarkable
14 _—sCOD$D.., Dees Destroyed
15 Projected
16 dist Distant
HY, abt About
18 See chart
18a See plan
19 Lighted; Luminous
20 ~~ sub Submarine
21 Eventua/
22 ABRO Aeronautical
23 Higher
24 exper Experimental
25 discontd Discontinued
26 prohib Prohibited
27 —explos Explosive
28 estab Established
29 elec Electric
30 priv Private, Privately
31 prom Prominent
32 std Standard
33 =subm Submerged
34 approx Approximate
(Fa) unverd Unverified
(Fb) AUTH Authorized
(Fo) cL Clearance
(Fd) maintd Maintained
(Fe) aband Abandoned
(Ff) cor Corner
(Fg) concer Concrete
(Fh) fil Flood
(Fi) — extr Extreme
(Fj) mod Moderate
(Fk) bet Between
(FD 1sv First
(Fm) 2nd Second
(Fn) 3rd Third
(Fo) 4th Fourth

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Anch

Anch
Hbr

8a

10

(Ge)

14

14a

14b

15a

ANCHORAGE | ANCH
| PROHIBITED | PROHIB

i Disposal Area H

\Depths from survey
| of June 1963 i

\ 95 I

je ee LEY

ft PNT Fsh
stks

Anchorage (large vesse/s)

Anchorage (sma// vesse/s)
Harbor
Haven

Port

Breakwater
Dike

Mole

Jetty (partly below
MHW)

Submerged jetty

Jetty (small scale)
Pier
Spit

Groin (partly below
MHW)

Anchorage prohibited
(See P-25)

Spoil ground

Dumping ground

Disposal area

Fisheries, Fishing stakes

Fish trap; Fish weirs
(actual shape charted)

Duck blind

Tunny nets (See G-/4a)
Oyster bed

Landing place
Watering place

Wharf

Quay

Ports and Harbors

° Dol

Quar

Harbor Master
Cus. Ho

B. Hor.

Health Office

==S> (ae Hk
| PROHIBITED! PROHIB
pete AREA _ 3 AREA

Berth
Anchoring berth

Berth number

Dolphin
Bollard
Mooring ring
Crane

Landing stage
Landing stairs
Quarantine
Lazaret
Harbor master's office
Customhouse
Fishing harbor
Winter harbor
Refuge harbor
Boat harbor

Stranding harbor
(uncovers at LW)

Dock

Dry dock (actual shape
on large-scale charts)

Floating dock(actua/shape'
on large-scale charts)

Gridiron; Careening grid

Patent slip; Slipway;
Marine railway

Ramp

Lock (point upstream)
ee H-/3)

Wet dock

Shipyard

Lumber yard

Health officer's office

Hulk (actual shape on Irg.
scale charts) (See O-/1)

Prohibited area
Anchorage for seaplanes
Seaplane landing area

Work in progress

Under construction

Submerged ruins

=

Ve.

178

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

H. Topography (Artificial Features)

Small-scale chart

Bridge i BR) in general

1 Road(Rd) or Highway (Hy) la

SSS 14a

Stone, concrete bridge (Same as H-/4)

2 Track, Footpath, or Trai/

Wooden bridge (Same as H-/4)

Iron bridge (Same as H-/4)

Suspension bridge (Same as H-/4)

paises

a

Drawbridge (in genera!)

14b
14c
Same grade Ry. above Ry. below 14d
3 Failway(Ry) (single or double track), Railroad (RR)
3a Tramway
15
3b Frai/way station _ I) 56
3c Tunnel (railroad or road)
vonubufiansenany scence 16a
3d Embankment, Levee
3e Cutting
16b
—

Swing bridge (Same as H-/5)

Lift bridge

Weighbridge or Bascule bridge

| « Overhead power cable (oVHD. PWR. CAB’)

aes v7

Pontoon bridge

5 Power transmission line

Transporter bridge (Same as H-/4)

5a Power transmission mast 18
6 Prominent telegraph or telephone line | 18a

Bridge clearance, vertica/

7 Agueduct; Water pipe
[east

18b = Bridge clearance, horizonta/
8 Viaduct
— cae
&2 0 pceine SaaemabSSSSSSS 19 Sev
op °° °
ile Piling Post wp Ford
9 Pile; Piling, Post (above MHW) (See L-59, O-30) i i
9a Mast 21 Dam or aaa
IF -
10 Highway (See H-/) 22 _ Fence
23 Training wall

(Ha)

Log boom

Log boom

13 Canal; Ditch; Lock; Sluice (point upstream)

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

3 Vil
3a

4 Cas
sii @o
6

7

8 eG Ch
8a ca Cath

Co
a

or)
>
wn
no}
=
o

1

Rls Sh

Pag

la

~
2g

City or Town (large scale)
City or Town (small scale)
Suburb

Village

Buildings in general

Castle

House

Villa

Farm

Church

Cathedral

Spire; Steeple
Christian Shrine
Roman Catholic Church
Temple

Chape/

Mosque; Minaret
Moslem Shrine
Marabout

Pagoda

Buddhist Temple; Joss-House

Shinto Shrine

Monastery ; Convent

Calvary; Cross

Cemetery, Non-Christian
Cemetery, Christian

Tomb

Fort (actual shape charted)
Battery (Same as |-/9)
Barracks

Powder magazine

Airplane landing field
Airport, large scale (See P-/3)
Airport, military (small scale)
Airport, civil (small scale)

Mooring mast

Street

28 Tel. Off

29 P.O

30 Govt. Ho

Cf)

aaa Sens Witator

a4 (Oa Pay)

45 Osvrire Stine
so |G

47

53 © Ghanem

Avenue
Boulevard

Telegraph

Telegraph office

Post office

Government house
Town hall

Hospital
Slaughterhouse
Magazine

Warehouse; Storehouse
Monument

Cupola

Elevator; Lift
Elevation; Elevated
Shed

Zinc roof

Ruins

Tower

Windmil/

Watermill

Chimney; Stack

Water tower. Standpipe
Oi! tank

Factory

Saw mill

Brick kiln

Mine ; Quarry

Well

Cistern

Tank

Noria

Fountain

We

180 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

IL. Buildings and Structures (continued)
pau a oka el
71 ry eo Gas tank; Gasometer
61 Inst Institute 72 ‘cas Gable
62 Establishment 73 Wall
63 Bathing establishment (li) Ltd Limited
64 Ct Ho Courthouse (ij) Apt Apartment
65 i Sch Schoo/ (Ik) Cap Capitol
(Ig) iP H.S High schoo/ dv Co Company
(Ih) Univ — University (Im) Corp Corporation
66 = B Bldg Building (In) © Landmark (conspicuous object)
67 Pav Pavilion Co) i Landmark (position approx.)
68 Hut
69 Stadium
GO T Telephone Bs |
AW Miscellaneous Stations
1 Sta Any kind of station 13 Tide signal station
2 Sta Station 14 Stream signal station
3 eee Coast Guard station 15 Ice signal station
(Similar to LS. S.)
16 Time signal station
(Ja) ng Coast Guard station 17 Time ball
(when landmark)
18 Ore One Signal mast
4 Lookout station: Watch tower | 19 i Flagstatf; Flagpole
: : oe
5 Lifeboat station (Jc) ‘Or. tr. ont, Flag tower

6 Lifesaving station 20 Signal
(See J-3)

21 Obsy Observatory
7 Rkt. Sta Afocket station 22 Off Office

8 Pilot station (Jd) BELL Bel! (on land)

g) Signal station (Je) ~HECP Harbor entrance contro/ post
10 Sem Semaphore

11 S. Sig Sta Storm signal station

12 Weather signal station
(Jb) Weather Bureau signal station |

13

14
15
16

I7

21

22

23

24

24a

(Kb)

25a

26

27

28

28a

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Lights

Lt. Ho
@acro
@ @:.

Gp FI

S-L Fl

Position of light
Light *

Fiprap surrounding light
Lighthouse

Aeronautical light (See F-22)
Marine and air navigation light
Light beacon

Light vessel. Lightship

Lantern

Street lamp

Reflector

Leading light

Sector light

= Directional light

Harbor light
Fishing light

Tidal light
Private light (maintained by

Private interests; to be
used with caution)

Fixed light
Occulting light
Flashing light
Quick flashing (scintillating) light
Interrupted quick flashing light
Equal interval (isophase) light
Short flashing light
Alternating light
Group occulting light
Group flashing light

Short-long flashing light

Group short flashing light

(Ko)

(Kd)

(Ke)

45

46

46a

47

48

49

50

Si

52

61

m. min

SEC

Vi

Am
OBSC

Fog Det Lt

Fixed and flashing light
Fixed and group flashing light
Revolving or Rotating light
Morse code

Period

Every

With

Visible (range)

Nautical mile

(See E-//)

Minutes

(See E-2)
Seconds

(See E-3)

Flash
Occu/tation
Eclipse

Group
Intermittent light
Sector

Color of sector

Auxiliary light

Varied

Violet

Purple

Blue

Green

Orange

Red

White

Amber
Obscured light

Fog detector light (See Nb)

181

182

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Lights (continued)
Unwatched light 79 Front light
Occas Occasional light 80 Vert Vertical lights
Irreg Irregular light 81 Hor Horizontal lights
Prov Provisional light (Kh) VB Vertical beam
Temp Temporary light (Ki) AGE Range
D:Destr Destroyed (Ky) Exper Experimental light
Exting Extinguished light (Kk) TRLB Temporarily replaced by
i lighted buoy showing the
Faint light same characteristics
(KD TRUB Temporarily replaced by
Upper light unlighted buoy
Lower light (Km) TLB Temporary lighted buoy
Fear light (Kn) TUB Temporary unlighted buoy
oe
Buoys and Beacons (see General Remarks)
1 ° Position of buoy 6 § ae Port-hand buoy (entering from
a = seaward)
2 6 Light buoy HG Gre pre Bifurcation buoy (RBHB)
3 Ope Beaeey 1g 95 Pre Junction buoy (RBHB)
3a Pcone Gong buoy 19 Ge pre Isolated danger buoy (RBHB)
4 Bums Whistle buoy 20 bre Ye Wreck buoy (RBHB or G)
5 Be Can or Cylindrical buoy 20a Gre Ye Obstruction buoy (RBHB or G)
6 Ow Nun or Conical buoy 21 2 Teh Telegraph-cable buoy
g p SP Spherical buoy op 2- 6 Mooring buoy (colors of moor-
= ing buoys never carried)
8 Os Spar buoy 22a Mooring
8a Pp Pillar buoy 25) we Je/ Mooring buoy with telegraphic
b 22b communications
Qs Buoy with topinark (ba//) pe ST Mooring buoy with telephonic
(See L-70) = communications
10 2 Barrel or Ton buoy 23 g Warping buoy
24 by Quarantine buoy
Exph
(La) gp Color unknown 25 Cee Explosive anchorage buoy
(Lb) « FLOAT Float 25a Paro Aeronautical anchorage buoy
12 1017 Lightfloat 26 — « Deviation Compass adjustment buoy
13 Gwin or lancri lava 27 Paw Fish trap buoy (BWHB)
14 Daw Fairway buoy (BWVS) 27a B Spoil ground buoy
l4a Baw Mid-channe/ buoy (BWVS) 28 id Anchorage buoy (marks limits)
6% Starboard-hand buoy (entering i) Private buoy (maintained by pri-
15 Gon from seaward) 29° LY Priv maintd vate interests, use with caution)

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

(Le) oe

ca La iy
a

42 B
43 R
44 y
45 N G
46 Br
47 Gy
48 = Bu
(Ld) Am
(Le) Or
a |

ABW AW) Mg,
52% ABn

ABn

(Lf) Owarker

53 Bn

Temporary buoy
(See Kk,/,m,n)

Winter buoy

Buoys and Beacons (continued)

56 A Devation

Cardinal marking system

Compass adjustment beacon

Horizontal stripes or bands

Vertical stripes

Checkered

Diagonal buoy

White

Black

Red

Yellow

Green

Brown

Gray

Blue

Amber

Orange

Floating beacon

Fixed beacon (unlighted or
daybeacon)

Black beacon

Color unknown

Private aid to navigation
Beacon, in genera/ (See L-52)

Tower beacon

Topmarks (See L-9, 70)

Telegraph-cable (landing)

58 beacon
aetes Piles (See 0-30, H-9)
Blae | Stakes
59
°
Stumps Stumps (See 0-30)
heed: Perches
. Ee Bo.
62 Painted patches
63 © Landmark (conspicuous object)
(See D-2)
(Lg) | Landmark (position
approximate)
64 REF Reflector
65 Range targets, markers
WO, WO,
(Lh) Bue 2 ‘ Special-purpose buoys
70 Note: — TOPMARKS on buoys and beacons may
be shown on charts of foreign waters.
The abbreviation for black is not
shown adjacent to buoys or beacons.
(Li) Y* Ra Ref Radar reflector (See M-/3)

184

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Radio and Radar Stations

10

Il

GUN

SUB-BELL

SUB-BELL

SUB-OSC

NAUTO

DIA

GUN

S/REN

Fradio telegraph station

Fradio telephone station

Fradiobeacon 14
Circular radiobeacon 14a
Directional radiobeacon; 15 D.F.S

Fradio range

Rotating /oop radiobeacon

Radio direction finding station

Telemetry antenna

Fradio mast

Radio tower
Television tower

Radio broadcasting station
(commercia/)

Q.7.G. Radio station

Fradar station

Fog Signals

Ra (conspic)

Fradar responder beacon
Radar reflector (See Lj)
Fradar conspicuous object

Famark

Distance finding station
(synchronized signa/s)

Aeronautical radiobeacon

Aeronautical radio range

Radar calibration beacon

Consol (Consolan) station

|

Loran station (name)

Loran tower (name)

Fradio calling-in point
for traffic contro/

|

Fog-signal station 12 HORN
Fradio fog-signal station 13 HORN
Explosive fog signal 14 BELL
Submarine fog signal 15 WHIS
Submarine fog bell 16 HORN
(action of waves)
Submarine fog bell 17 GONG
(mechanica/)

Submarine oscillator 18
Nautophone

18a
Diaphone
Fog gun (Na) HORN

Fog siren (Nb) Fog Det Lt

Fog trumpet

Fog horn
Fog bell
Fog whistle
Freed horn
Fog gong

Submarine sound signal not
connected to the shore

(See N-5,6, 7)

Submarine sound signal
connected to the shore

(See N-5,6, 7)

Typhon

Fog detector light (See Kf)

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

O.

Dangers

~——

Pres) 11 ae.

Wreck showing any portion of hull or
Fock which does not cover superstructure above sounding datum
(elevation above MHW)

‘543 Obstr

27 Obstruction

_

28 Wreck (See O-// to /6)

“H+! Masts

* Uncov 2 ft

3: Uncov 2 ft Z
€ 12 Wreck with only masts visible

above sounding datum

* (2) (2) 29 Wreckage

29a Wreck remains (dangerous

2 Fock which covers and uncovers,| 73 only for anchoring)

with height in feet above chart
(sounding) datum

Old symbols for wrecks

Da
Subm piles
+4 13a Wreck always partially submerged

He 30 Submerged piling

(See H-9, L-59)

3 Rock awash at the level of chart
(sounding) datum

14
Sunken wreck which may be dangerous

to surface navigation (See O-6a) * Snags “Stumps

—
When rock of 0-2 or O-3 1s con- an 30a Snags, Submerged stumps
sidered a danger to navigation ‘Shiwe (See L-59)
15 Wreck over which depth is known| 31 Lesser depth, possible |

4 Sunken rock with less than 6
feet of water over it

(Same as O-26)

32 Uncov Dries(See A-/O; O-2, /O)
ene 33 Cov Covers (See O-2, /O)

34 Uncov Uncovers :
(See A-/O, O-2, /O)

5 Sunken rock with between 6 and
33 ft. of water over it
(Same as O-26)

16 Sunken wreck, not dangerous to
surface navigation

Shoa/ sounding on isolated rock
(replaces symbo/)

Sunken rock with more than Tide Rips — ae Ra = 35 ~~ Reported (with name and date)
6 feet of water over it 18 Overfalls or Symbol used only

(Same as 0-26) 36 Disco! Discolored (See O-9)

37 /solated danger

Tide rips in small areas

21 2\ 2\ 5 ©
2bRe = 2LWk — 2 Obs ir Eis Pee Se
6a Sunken danger with depth cleared ; .
by wire drag (in feet or-fathoms), 19 Eddies Baier cs

Reef Kelp << <<

Symbol used only

7 20 Kelp, Seaweed in small areas

Reef of unknown extent

41 PA Position approximate
42 PD Position doubtful

43) ED. Existence doubtful
44 P Pos Position

45 D Doubtful

Sub Vol

Submarine volcano

Bk Bank
22 Sh/l_ Shoal

23 Ff Reef (See A-//d,/19;0-/0)
23a Ridge
24 Le Ledge

8

SES
‘_? Discol Water

9 Discolored water

t.} Subm CICrib
oho <p 300 BeGo Crib (above water)
a (Oa) Crib

10 Cora/ reef, detached (uncovers at

25 Breakers (See A-/2
sounding datum) RSVISEE )

g@ Platform (lighted)
HORN

(Ob) Offshore platform (unnamed)

se

26 Sunken rock (depth unknown)

“yy @ Hazel (lighted)
es HORN

Coral or Rocky reef, covered at

When rock dered
sounding datum (See A-/Id, //g) AS et aca

danger to navigation (Oc) Offshore platform (named)

185

186

| P. Various Limits, etc.

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

QC vas

oundings

25

RESTRICTED AREA
SS

9a

v
OF

COURSE 053°00"}

'
po==- 2 == 4

K pay

Fs et oe 4)
[PROHIBITED AREA

Submarine pipeline area

Maritime limit in general
Limit of restricted area

Limit of fishing zone
(fish trap areas)

Limit of dumping ground,
spoil ground (See P-9, G-/3)

Anchorage limit

Limit of airport
(See /-23, 24)
Limit of sovereignty
(Territorial waters)
Customs boundary

International boundary
(also State boundary)

Stream limit

Ice limit

Limit of tide

Limit of navigation

Course recommended (not
marked by buoys or
beacons)(See P-5)

District or province limit

Reservation line
Measured distance

Prohibited area (See G-/2)

10

10a 82
11 85
12 &
13 85
14 8,
15 85
16 "0%

2/25)

17

18 3

i
ie 1 Geeeemetecne Leading line, Frange line 1 SD Doubtful sounding
2 Transit rages
ey 2 65 No bottom found
3 In line with
3 Out of position
4 Limit of sector :
4 Least depth in narrow
channel a
Channel, Cees Drececehceenncll (cit)
5 recommended (marked by || 5 30 FEFT APR 1958. :
ihuave or Beeaemsl( Seal 5 30 FEET APR 1958. controlling depth indicated)
(Pa): eagnpngmegmengens Alternate course
}
6 Leader cable 6 Dill ay eg Dredged area
Tine Submarine cable (power,
a telegraph, telephone, etc.) a Swept channel (See Q-9)
Ta ere aR 4 Drying or uncovering height
7a, am Cable Area _ Submarine cable area 8 in feet above chart
(sounding) datum
8 ___ Pipeline _ Submarine pipeline
Swept area, not adequately
aaa pE ae ae 9 sounded (shown by

19

=

green tint)

Swept area adequately
sounded (swept by wire
drag to depth indicated)

Hair-line depths

Figures for ordinary
soundings

Soundings taken from
foreign charts

Soundings taken from older
surveys or smaller
scale charts

Soundings taken by echo

Sloping figures
(See Q-/2)

Upright figures (See Q-/Oa)

Bracketed figures
(See O-/, 2)

Underlined sounding figures
(See Q-8)

Soundings expressed in
fathoms and feet

Stream

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Or continuous /ines, (blue or
with values black) age,
il Ground 25 Ms Mussels 50 spk Speckled
2 § Sand 26 © Spg Sponge 51 gly Gritty
3 M Mud; Muddy 27 kelp 52 Decayed
Am Oz Ooze Wd Seaweed 53mm, Flinty
5 M Mar! a Grs Grass 54 glac Glacial
6 G/ Clay 29 Seatangle 55 Tenacious
7 Grave/ 56 wh White
38 Sn Shingle 31 Spicules 57 bk Black
© es Pebbles 32 Fr Foraminifera 58 Vi Violet
1 Sy Stones 33. «G/ Globigerina 59 = bu Blue
11K; rky Rock; Rocky 34. Dr Diatoms 60 gn Green
lla Bids Boulders 35 Fd Radiolaria 61 y/ Yellow
12 Ck Chalk 33 0 Ay Pteropods @.. OF Orange
12a Ca Calcareous 37 EO Polyzoa 63) iz! Red
ey Oz Quartz 38 Cirripeda 64 br Brown
13a Schist 38a Fucus 65 ch Chocolate
14 Co Geral 38b Mattes Comme, Gray
(Sa) Co Hd Cora/ head 39 = fne Fine Cyaan Light
15 Meds Madrepores 40 crs Coarse 68 dk Dark
16 = Vo/ Volcanic 41 sft Soft
(Sb) Vol Ash Volcanic ash 42 Ard Hard 70 Varied
WW 7 Lava 43 stf Stiff 71 Uneven
18 Pm Pumice 44 sml Smal//
1g) i Tuta 45 Irg Large
20 Se Scoriae 46 stk Sticky
Pi (Gin Cinders 47 — brk Broken
Fresh water
Manganese 47a grd Ground 76 springs in
sea-bed
Shells 48

Oysters

Rotten
Streaky

187

188

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

T’. Tides and Currents

la a

2 ie
(Ta) LWD

2a LLW

3 MTL

4 MSL

4a

5

Sp
7 Np
MHWS

8a MHWN
8b MHHW
(Tb) MHW

9 MLWS
9a MLWN
96 MLLW
(Tc) MLW

10 /SLW
11

12

13

13a

14

15

16

il, Sti

18 op 2 kas
1 atts
20 wikis

21 OTide gauge

23 vel.
24 kn.
25 At.

oH ih

High water
Higher high water
Low water

Low water datum
Lower low water
Mean tide /eve/

Mean sea level

Elevation of mean sea level
above chart (sounding) datum

Chart datum (datum for
sounding reduction)

Spring tide

Neap tide

Mean high water springs
Mean high water neaps
Mean higher high water
Mean high water

Mean low water springs
Mean low water neaps
Mean lower low water
Mean low water

Indian spring low water

High water full and change (vu/-
gar establishment of the port)

Low water full and change
Mean establishment of the port

Establishment of the port
Unit of height
Equinoctial

Quarter; Quadrature

Stream

Current, general, with rate
Flood stream (current) with rate

Ebb stream (current) with rate
Tide gauge; Tidepole;
Automatic tide gauge

Velocity; Fate
Knots

Height

Tide

New moon
Full moon
Ordinary
Syeyyy
Flood

Ebb

Tidal stream diagram

Place for which tabulated tidal
stream data are given

Range (of tide)
Phase lag

Current diagram, with
explanatory note

Compass Fose

The outer circle is in degrees with zero at true
north. The inner circles are in points and degrees with
the arrow indicating magnetic north.

nN North
Ze East
8} S South
4 W West
& NE Northeast
6) SE Southeast
7 SW Southwest
8 NW Northwest
9 N Northern
Ome Eastern
nm § Southern
12 W Western
21 brg Bearing
22 True
23. mag Magnetic
24 var Variation
25 Annual change
25a Annual change nil
26 Abnormal variation;
Magnetic attraction
27 ~6deg Degrees (See E-20)
28 dev Deviation

A

aband.

abt.

AERO
AERO R. Bn.
AERO R. Rge.
alt.

Alt

Am

anc.

Anch

Anch prohib
approx.
Apprs.

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Index of Abbreviations

. Abandoned Fe
About F 17
Aeronautical F22:- M6
Aeronautical radiobeacon Me
Aeronautical radio range Md
Altitude E 18
Alternating (light) K 26
Amber K 67a; Ld
Ancient F 9
Anchorage Belo, alee
Anchorage prohibited (oly?
Approximate F 34
Approaches Bg
Apartment Tj
Archipelago B 20
Astronomical D9
Authorized Fb
Auxiliary (light) K 51
Avenue I 26a
BaVyite rere teeter rece B 2
Bayou Ba
Black L 42
Boundary monument D 14
Fog Bell N 14
Between Fk
Boat harbor G 33
Bank O 21
Black... S57
Breakwater G6
Boulder B 32
Building I 66
Boulders S lla
Boulevard Te
Bench mark D5
Beacon (in general) po 2e53
Bridge H 14
Brown L 46
Brown S 64
Bearing U 21
Broken S 47
Blue K 63; L 48
Blue 5S 59
Black and white horizontal

band Se eee et ae L 27

Black and white vertical

stripes L 14,14a

Can; Cylindrical (buoy) ..........L 5
Cape B 22
Cove B 5a
Caleareous Sula
Capitol Ik
Castle 14

Cath.
cebl.
ane
ch

Ch,
Chan
Chee
CHY.
Ck

Cl

CL.
cm.

Cn

Co.

Co

Co Hd
coner.
conspic.
C. of E.
cor.
Corp.
Cov
corr.
Cr

cers
Cswy.
Ct Ho:
(GUI.
Cus. Ho.

D

Da Destra ees
Diag

deg.

dev.

DF. S.

Di

DIA

Discol
discontd.............
dist.

dk

dm.

Dol

Cathedral I 8a
Cable length E 10
Coast Guard J 3,a
Chocolate S 65
Church I8
Channel B 10
Checkered (buoy) L 4:
Chimney 1 44
Chalk Silz
Clay 56
Clearance Fe
Centimeter E 4b
Cinders Ss) ZA
Company I
Coral S 14
Coral head. Sa
Concrete Fg
Conspicuous 1! 2
Corps of Engineers De
Corner Ff
Corporation Im
Covers 0 33
Correction E 17
Creek B5
Coarse S 40
Causeway

Courthouse I 64
Cupola I 36
Customhouse G 29
Destroyedteeere: ees F14; Kg
Diagonal (buoy) Le
Degrees U 27
Deviation U 28
Distance finding station M 15
Diatoms S 34
Diaphone N 9
Discolored O 36
SDIScontintWed eee eet F 25
Distant F 16
Dark S 68
Decimeter E 4a
Dolphin G 21
Blasts Blaster) 2... WW) Ad)
Edition E 16
Existence doubtful O 43
Electric F 29
Elevation E 19
Elevator, Lift iP By/
Elevation, Elevated If
Entrance ........ B ll
Equal Interval light Kb
Estuary B 12
Established F 28
Experimental (light) Kj
Experimental F 24
Explosive F 27

190 NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Abbreviations
Explos Anch Explosive Anchorage(buoy) L 25 HOR. CL. Horizontal clearance H 18b
Exting..... _ Extinguished (light)... vol 7 HORN Fog trumpet; Fog horn;
extr. Extreme Fi Reed horn; Typhon N 12, 13, 16, a
Hosp. Hospital I 32
= hr. Hour ese leer eoajcontO) Il
hrd Hard S 42
Pee eee ixedt (light) eon aKa 2a H.S. High School ll og
Facty. Factory I 47 ht. Height E 19; T 25
Fd Fjord B 3 HW High water wv Tl
F Fl Fixed and flashing (light) K 29 Hy. Highway H 1
F Gp Fl Fixed and group
flashing (light) K 30 I
Fl] Flash, Flashing (light) K 23, 45
fl. Flood Fh; T 31 Th tee ; [slan@tsn. oh sein dicen eee aL
flyer ie. Flinty. oS) 6B I Qk; Int Qk Interrupted quick K 24a
fm Fathom E 9 in. Inch E 6
fne Fine S 39 In Inlet B6
Fog Det Lt Fog detector light Kf; Nb Inst. Institute I 61
Fog Sig. Fog signal station Nl Irreg Irregular K 71
FP. Flagpole Jp19) eS) Indian spring low water T 10
Fr Foraminifera S 32 It. Islet B 19
FS. Flagstaff J i)
Fsh stks Fishing stakes Gb K
3s: esseaotsodeancapas vecacel OLE Bo antec E 7
Ft. Fort It ig) km. Kolometera an eee)
1m, WI, Flag tower Je kn Knots E 12; T 24
Fy. Ferry H 19
L
G THe Loch, Lough) Wakes 0) api
(Geer ere ees Guilt Bs bene ae ene nae ON La Lava Ss wy
G Gravel s7 Lag Lagoon Bf: C 16
G Green K 64 lat. Latitude E 13
G Green L 20,20a,45 Ldg. Landing; Landing place B 33;G16
GAB. Gable [72 Ldg. Lt. Leading light K 11
Gl Globigerina S 33 Le Ledge O 24
glac Glacial S 54 LLW Lower low water Ma2a)
gn Green S60 long. Longitude EK 14
GONG... eRogscongee ee Nile LOOKSS TR: Lookout station;Watch tower J 4
Govt. Ho. Government House I 30 Irg Large 1a BP IS) 45)
Gp Group K 47 LS. S. Lifesaving station J6
Gp Fl Group flashing K 28 Lt. Light Kee?
Gp Oce Group occulting Kep2i* dallithe eet [igh tere eee eee ee MOT
Grd Ground $47a Ltd. Limited li
Grs Grass S 28 Lt. Ho. Lighthouse K 3
(er ti eanoaercenteaoneheeee Great... eee ball LW Low water T2
gty Gritty S51 LWD Low water datum Ta
GUN Explosive fog signal N 3
GUN Fog gun N 10 M
Gy Gray L 47
gy Gray SOOM eaea Nautical mile...... Ell; Ke
M Mud, Muddy 83
H m. Meter E 4
m. ; min. Minute (of time) E2; Kd
HB......................Horizontal bands or stripes...L 31 mag. Magnetic U 23
Hbr Harbor B 16; G3 Magz. Magazine I 34
Hd. Head, Headland B 24 maintd. Maintained Fd
HECP Harbor entrance control post Je Mds Madrepores S$ 15
Hk Hulk G 45 MHHW Mean higher high water T &b
HHW Higher high water AP te MHW...... 2 Meanuhie:hiywaiteree neem
Hn Haven B 16a; G4 MHWN Mean high water neaps T 8a

Hor Horizontal lights K 81

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations

Mean high water springs T8
PR

Middle 7
Marl S85
Mean lower low water T 9b
Mean low water Te
Mean low water neaps 9a)
Mean low water springs 4v &)
Millimeter... E 4¢
Manganese S 22
Morse code Kbb
Moderate Fj
Monument I 35
Mussels S 25
Microsecond Eb
Mean sea level Av Gl
Mountain, Mount B 26
Mouth B 13
Mean tide level 4 33
North; Northern. lh i,
Nun; Conical (buoy) L 6
Nautophone N 8
Northeast U5
Number E 23
Neap tide Ae of
Northwest U8
Obscured (light) K 68
Observation spot D4
Obstruction O 27
Observatory ay Pal

Occulting (light);
Occultation K 22,46

Intermittent (light) K 48
Occasional (light) K 70
Office Sipe
..Orange S 62
Orange K65; Lf
Overhead power cable H4
Oysters; Oyster bed G 15a;S 24
Ooze $4
Pebbles 59
Pillar (buoy) L8a
Pond Bb
Port 133 WB (Gs
Position approximate O 41
Pagoda I 14
Passage, Pass B9
Pavilion I 67
Position doubtful sed AO) AY
Peninsula B 21
Pilot station J

8
Peak B 29

Pm

Po

P.O.

Pesos:

priv.

Priv. maintd.

Prohib.

R.

Ra

Racon

Ra (conspic)
Ra Ref

Pumice S 18
Polyzoa S 37
Post Office I 29
Position O 44
Private, Privately F 30
Privately maintained K 17; L 29
Prohibited F 26
Prominent F 31
Promontory B 23
Provisional (light) K 72
Point B 25
Pteropods S 36
Publication E 15
Potable water intake Oa
Quarantine G 26
Quick flashing (light) K 24
Quartz S$ 138
Red K 66; L 15,48
River Bd
Radar station M 11
Radar responder beacon M 12
Radar conspicuous object M 14
Radar reflector Li; M 13
Red and black horizontal
ands... L17,18, 19, 20, 20a
Red beacon L 52
Radiobeacon M3,4,6
Radiolaria S) Gb)
Red S 63
Road H1
Road, Roadstead. B 14
Directional Radiobeacon;
Radio range M5
Radio direction finding
station M7
Reflector K 10; L 64
Reported O 35
Reef O 23
Range B 27
Range Ki
Rock B 35
Rock, Rocky S i
Rocky Bh
Radio mast M9

Revolving; Rotating (light) K 31

Railroad H 3
Radio telegraph station;

Q.T.G. Radio station M1, 10a
Radio telephone station M 2
Radio tower M9
Ruins I 40
Red and white beacon L 52
Railway H 3

191

192

n

NnMN

Se

Sch.

Sd

SD

SE.

sec.

sec

SEC

See View
Sem.

sub
SUB-BELL
subm

Subm

Subm Ruins
SUB-OSC
Sub Vol

SW.

Bes 4

TB
Tel.

Telem Ant

Tels Ofte

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Abbreviations

Sand. S$ 2
South: Southern WU) By al
Spar (buoy) L8&
Scoriae S 20
School I 65
Sound B8
Sounding doubtful Q1
Southeast U6
Second (of time)... E 3
Seconds Ke
Sector K 49
View point D6
Semaphore J 10
Short flashing (light) K 25a
Soft S 41
Shells S 23
Shoal O 22
Signal station Ig
Fog siren N ll
Short-long flashing (light) K 28a
Slough Be; C 18
Small F4:;S8 44
Shingle. s8
Spring tide t @
Spherical (buoy) Ib
Sponge S 26
Standpipe I 45
Speckled S 50
Storm signal station Jj all
Saint Ji) dhl
Street I 26
Stones S 10
Station J 1,2
Standard F 32
Stiff S 43
Sticky S 46
.. Statute mile , 1b
Strait Bat
Stream 1Bxee MW Te
Submarine F 20
Submarine fog bell N 5,6
Submerged F 33
Submerged Oa,30
Submerged ruins Gd
Submarine oscillator N7
Submarine volcano 08
Southwest WW 7
Telephone ll 705 1b) Z22Xe
True U 22
Tufa S19
Temporary buoy L 30
Telegraph I 27; L 22b
Telem antenna Ma
Telegraph office I 28
Temporary (light) K 73
Thorofare B 9
Tank 53
Tower I 41

TRLB, TRUB,TLB,TUB

Drie
WY Wee,

U

Uncov
Unecov.
Univ.
unverd.

wh
W
Bn
W.B. SIG. STA.

Triangulation
Television tower

Uncovers
Uncovers; Dries
University
Unverified

..Variation......

Vertical beam
Velocity
Vertical (lights)
Vertical clearance
Violet

Violet

Village
Volcano
Volcanic
Volcanic ash
Vertical stripes

West; Western
White
White

White beacon

Weather Bureau signal

station

Seaweed

Wharf

Fog whistle
Wreck

Wreckage

White and orange

.. Yellow

Yellow
Yard

. First.

Second
Third
Fourth

Degree
Minute (of arc)
Second (of arc)

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS 193

NAVIGATIONAL AIDS
IN

UNITED STATES WATERS

194

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Light Characteristics and Typical Lighted Buoys

PORT SIDE
ENTERING FROM SEAWARD

Marks port side of channels and ob-
structions. To be left to port
when passed.

Color: BLACK Numbers: ODD

COLOR OF LIGHTS
Green or White

FLASHING
aa ay ee

OCCULTING

QUICK FLASHING

Marking important turns, wrecks, etc.,
where particular caution is required.

Lighted

151 ea
é& G 4sec é& 4sec
15!" tow
icc G 3sec cc 3sec

wom Sy”
kFIG k FI

Lighted Bell or Gong

i! 5
é G 4sec BELL é 4sec BELL
5 ‘5
@o G 3sec BELL é-- 3sec BELL
ie ie
k FIG BELL Qk FI BELL
Lighted Whistle or Horn
=

5H 15
& G 4sec WHIS é 4sec WHIS
“5H “5H
oe G 3sec WHIS bo 3sec WHIS
bi é
Qk FI G WHIS k Fl WHIS

For JUNCTIONS or OBSTRUCTIONS)

COLOR OF LIGHTS
White, Red or Green

INTERRUPTED QUICK FLASHING

For MID-CHANNEL or FAIRWAY

COLOR OF LIGHTS
White only

SHORT-LONG FLASHING
a aa ee

No special shapes.

Buoy colors same as for unlighted buoys

Lighted

RB BW "CH"
Qk FIR =L Fi

Lighted Bell or Gong

Ak
RB

é Qk Fl BELL

RB
| Qk FIR BELL
RB

é Qk FIG BELL

Lighted Whistle or Horn

Bw'icH"
é" FI BELL

RB
1Qk Fl WHIS

RB
Qk FIR WHIS

RB
| Qk FIG WHIS

BW'cH"
—L FI WHIS

STARBOARD SIDE
ENTERING FROM SEAWARD

Marks starboard side of channels
and obstructions. To be left to
starboard when passed.

Color: RED Numbers: EVEN

COLOR OF LIGHTS
Red or White

FLASHING

OCCULTING

QUICK FLASHING

Marking important turns, wrecks, etc.,
where particular caution is required.

Lighted
> hs

R'6' R'6'
OF 2 asec ree
R"6" R'6'
&é: R 3sec cc 3sec
R'6" R''6"

& FIR é FI
Lighted Bell or Gong
—

R'6 R'6
TR 4sec BELL é& 4sec BELL

R'6" R"6

icc R 3sec BELL &é:. 3sec BELL
om Ous frye

k FIR BELL Qk Fl BELL

Lighted Whistle or Horn

Re" R"6"

1R 4sec WHIS Fl4sec WHIS
R'6" R'
Occ R 3sec WHIS Occ Jsec WHIS

R'6" R'6!
k FIR WHIS é: FI WHIS

Combination lighted buoys may contain both light and BELL, GONG, WH/S or HORN.

Lights on buoys are white unless otherwise indicated.

Lighted Mooring Buoy
@ A FI"c"

= 150
el FI G 3sec
@p Fl May be used as prefix é "DH
Q ° Qk FI A FIR 4sec
Lightship One to any color light sepa
BRENTON REEF Wie Cn
@o: 4sec 13M DIA Gp Occ 12sec

Lighted buoyage of the United States with explanation of their standard chart symbols and abbreviations.
Light characteristics do not apply to Mississippi River System.

os

——,,

aa

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Unlighted Spar, Nun, and Can Buoys ;

PORT SIDE For JUNCTIONS or OBSTRUCTIONS STARBOARD SIDE
Entering from seaward (read up) Red and Black Horizontal Bands Entering from seaward (read up)
Color: BLACK Numbers: ODD Numbers: NONE Color: RED Numbers: EVEN
Where preferred channel Where preferred channel
Spay is to STARBOARD is to PORT Spar
the topmost band is BLACK the topmost band is RED
Spar Spar
nage a | I A wae
ras .
RB RB RB RB
a I: IE Lt
For MID-CHANNEL or FAIRWAY
Black and White Vertical Stripes
Can Numbers: NONE Nun
Spar
Nun
Can i
: é 1] iY : i
| ‘i pew me ~ gew ie gsw i
°C eS oN

Checkered Buoys
| b, 8 K

Typical Sound Buoys

Bell or Gong

A

gels"

Bell or Gong

a

Sei. or GONG BELL or GONG

No special shapes Numbers: NONE
Buoy colors same as for unlighted buoys, as shown above.

JUNCTIONS, MIDDLE GROUNDS and OBSTR.
Bell or Gong Whistle or Horn

195

Whistle or Horn Whistle or Horn

gre a Bw"aA"

BELL or GONG BELL or GONG

gre gewra"

e WHIS or HORN e WHIS or HORN
Checkered Buoys

oer"

gi"
. ENS or HORN Qoeer or GONG Cass or HORN WHIS or HORN
Buoys Marking Special Areas
No special shapes or numbers Special
Quarantine Anchorage Anchorage ea Net Purpose Dredging

old i gow
: Wr |
pYeLLow gwnire B i \? GREEN

J 6, ies Spherical Buoy

w"A" Mooring Buoy

Unlighted buoyage of the United States with explanation of their standard chart symbols and abbreviations.

196

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

TYPES OF AIDS TO NAVIGATION
INTRACOASTAL WATERWAY

GREEN
~ — REFLECTOR WHITE OR GREEN LIGHTS,
FIXED OR FLASHING
REAR
FRONT C@yay >
SPECIAL|RANGES| SPAR | DAYBEACONS SLATTED, PILE SKELETON
(S) ROUND, | BUOY | Pointer | Daymark} DOLPHIN STRUCTURES STRUCTURES
CAN OVAL OR | 2nd.-4th. Dayinark me anaceteny
BUOY |DIAMOND| Class added where needed.
Border and number on
‘ 4 Daymark where used.
a (Gust: 405, ko, 0S 17 Avie Aicy ® Fl 2sec “45” @. G 5sec"17" ® Fey ® FEMS?

PORT *

ide of channel (Black with Odd Numbers) entering from north and east and
traversed to south and west respectively.

yy RED
- REFLECTOR

WHITE OR RED LIGHTS,
FIXED OR FLASHING

SPECIAL|RANGES|} SPAR | DAYBEACONS SLATTED, PILE SKELETON
(S) ROUND, | BUOY | Pointer | Daymark DOLPHIN STRUCTURES STRUCTURES
NUN | OVAL OR |2nd.-4th. Ibayrari (show catiat}
BUOY |DIAMOND] Class added where needed.”
Border and number, on
R R R R R R jaymark where used.
e N“/2" Any” AG hia Ang AY a ® Fl 2sec"14” @ FIR 5sec"12” @ F "6" Fe IR 2?

ide of channel (Red with Even Numbers) entering from north and
east and traversed to south and west respectively.

=

THE ICW AIDS
ARE CHARACTERIZED BY
THE YELLOW BORDER

AA

197

NAUTICAL CHART SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS

ILLUSTRATING THE SYSTEM OF DUAL-PURPOSE MARKING

WHERE THE ICW AND OTHER WATERWAYS COINCIDE

LRWAY >

SS
NTRACOAS TAL Wy 2

-~ FIG 3sec

A on RED and J on BLACK
for common section

SKETCH A:
ICW joins another waterway, which is

numbered from seaward, at buoy No. 2 and is
common with it to buoy No. 9. ICW numbers
and yellow borders are omitted in this sec-
tion but the A or O is used on the regular

aids to designate the ICW.

193"

°
=
a>

A on BLACK and [J on RED

/ Proceeding south and west

|JREFLECTORS on beacons are

’ RED on starboard side and
GREEN on port side.

for common section

SKETCH B:
ICW joins another waterway at buoy
No. 8 and is common with it to buoy No. 3.
This section is numbered in the opposite di-
rection to that of the ICW. The ICW num-
bers and yellow borders are omitted from the
regular aids but a A or O is shown to desig-

nate the ICW.

Pet i eeteeny Hanh

hy
nd

ea

INDEX

199

INDEX

References to figures in the Appendix (pgs. 129-169) and to illustrations on Chart No. 1, Nautical Chart
Symbols and Abbreviations (pgs. 171-179) are listed in parentheses in this Index.

A Page
Abbreviations (Chart No. 1)__-_.-_--_------ 189
Bottom characteristics (S)_..._...-_-__-_- 187
Buildings and structures (I)___------- 179, 180
Buoys: (1s) eae ewee eee eee ee 182, 183
Coastitea tures (3) Bese eae eee 175
Compass)points|(U) See 2 seen eee eee 188
Controlipoints? (D) Sas e ese 176
Dangersy(O) Peles Hee oe ese Seen 185
Descriptive adjectives (F)___---_---_-_- 176
hogisignalsy((N) Sse.) oe eee one 184
Harbors: (G) esate 2s 2 ee eee 177
Thightss(kG) pees os ees ss as eee Seb es 181, 182
Miscellaneous stations (J)___---_-_-___-_ 180
Radio and radar stations (M)__-_-_-__-_- 184
Tidestandicurrents) (D)eosssse sees ee ee ee 188
Mopography, (EL) Pees ee eee eee 178
Units, time, distance (E)______________- 176
Adjectives, abbreviations (F)_______________ 176
ANGIOININPAChArts =e ee se ee eee eee 32
INV AN CeENCOD Vee ee ae ee ee eee 40
INGVanCeNMAnUSClip tases oe ee ae 40
Advance notification of issue of charts_______ 18
Advance print 2222 n. ee Leis Sa case 40
Nerialjphotopraphs same e se eae eee 19
Aero (Bigs: 1524) (K—4) e222 eee 81
Aeronautical charts, elevations. ____._-_____- 46
Selecting new numbers_--------------_-- 20
Aeronautical lights (Figs. 1, 24) (K—4)_-____- 85
Aeronautical radiobeacons, radio ranges (M-—
IMCRMid) see Sere rey eS Pee eee 30
INI ARPT OOL Ls ee tea ai hed ee ea ee 3, 16
Current corrections_-_------------------ 7, 16
Aids Section
New Charts and corrections checked_-___ 77
Rocks, shoals, landmarks (see Notice to
Mariners) 220 29 eo ea ES ae 18
FATS HCONNA Va ea bL OMe a eee ere 77-88
NIDSP roots eee ee NR ees ee RS 3, 16
Buoys (Figs. 1, 21) (L) (Chart No. 1—
Lighted and unlighted buoyage) - _____-_ 81, 82
Characteristics and numbers------------ 79-81
Characteristics of lights, coastwise naviga-
Gionees eee ee 5 Ue ee eee 79
Daybeacons (-52) =e 82

Page
Aids to navigation—Continued

Distance finding stations (Fig. 24) (M-
VD) Sebastes So ssse se est se ss aeese 84
Bixed eeu see gi tse se sk see ae 77-80
Rogisignalsn(N) 232-248 eee 83
iHandicorrections=eeee sess eee 7
HOM te aaec ee bos oe ee ee 83
Intracoastal Waterway charts___________ 17, 18
Thightfloats) (12) 22252 es sss eee 83
Lights (Figs. 1, 19, 20, 24) (K)__________ 78-80
Light sector (Fig. 1) (K-12; P-4)________ 83
Lightships (Fig. 24) (K-6)_____________- 83
Whore os scct ee soscsesase see ee 86
Magenta discs (Fig. 1).--.------------- 78, 81
Names of unnumbered lights____________ 79
iINewsC harts\2e2220s 262 SS eee ae 5, 78
Omissions, buoy characteristics__________ 81
Omissions, light characteristics_-__-__-____ 79
Omitted on overlapping charts__--_--___- 17
Plotting, colors used__------------------ 77-82
Private aids (K-17; L-Lf)_-----------_-- 47-85
Racin gsbuoyseeeee esse ee ee eee 82
Radiobeacons (Figs. 1, 24) (M-3, 4, 5) -_- 84
Stationibuoys@ ee - a= ee ee ee 83
shemporanyadelectsees= = === a= == ae 78
Airport (Fig. 20) (I-23, 24, Ic, Id)_---------- 49
Alternate course, channel (P—Pa)____-____--- 186
AmberilightsS3 42 seo oe ee eS ee 79
Anchorage areas (Figs. 1, 18, 14) (P—12)___-_- 20
Explosives: (Bignl4) 2225522 5— 25 ss=—— 145
Standard notes (Figs. 12-14) _-___--- 143-145
Anchorage buoy (I-28)_---------------- 182
Anchorsgelchart lesa. === = === a 17
Anchorage charts (see Cable or Pipelines) - - - - 21
Anchorages (Figs. 1, 12-14) (G—1, 2; P-12)__-_ 17
Prohibited (G-12; P-25)_-_-_--------- 21
Seaplanel(R=9) See ane e ee ae ee 20

Annual reports of Corps of Engineers (see
OriginaliSources) ae see ee 14
Ares of visibility (see Light Sector) ----------

Atlantic and Gulf Coast charts

Plane of reference for soundings--------- 51

Reference note, Intracoastal Waterway
Charts) (Higsal3) =e ee 144
Authorityanovesee sess en = eee eee 31

200

B Page
Bar \oystersh\2 oes eens eee ane eee 65, 69
Basculelbridee) (EH 16b) a aaa= eee ae 35
Basicyrequirements esse ee eee eee 15
Basic surveys, hydrographic__-_---_-------_- 50
Chartinoamia teri alee a een 13
When not available (see Wire-Drag Sur-

VEY) eis SS te peice Saree eee 51
Basket for clearance depth (O—6a)_--------_. 51
Bathymetric compilations- -_---------------- 112
Beacons (i) 2 see eee sae ae eee 77-85
Bearings, plotting (see Compass Roses) - - - -- - 10
Bed aT) ee a eh I OI es es 83
BellibuoyGi=3))22 Sess Bose See aes 182
Benchimarks@D—5)=- Seer eae eee 176
Berm line (see High Water Line)__-____..-___ 41
Berth numbers (G—20b) (Fig. 14)_.-_-----_- 177
Bessel’s spheroid (see Geographic Datums) - - - 8
Blueprints: 322. sess 2beo ses eo ee eee 16

Clarification for microfilm_-_-_-.-______-- 17
Disposition notations______------------- 16
SIS CO yes ee ee 36
Rectangular coordinates___.___-_____- 101-104
Bluesring copys s2 202 os ae 28 5
Blue tint (see Tints in Water Areas) ______-_- 62
Wireckst2.5+ 52.55 SSeS See se Spe yan 70
Bluektintiomitted sess === === === === ee 62
Blufisi(A=2)\ Geese es. ae eee ee eee 44
iBoatpharbor(G—33) see eee eee 134
Boom logy (H=Ha) esa oe a ee ee 178
Borders) (igs els S— 5) eee ree meee ae eee 12
INeatlinen (hi oeplhno— 5) See 12
Scales (Bigs 6) eea=: eae ae oe eee 12
State plane coordinate ticks (Fig. 4) ----- 11
Subdivisions (Figs. 4, 4A)_-_-_---------- 12
Bottom characteristics (S)__---------+-----— 74
Within compass roses__-_--------------- 55
Boundaries:
International (Fig. 1) (P—16)____-_---- 186
Stater (Higa) (R16) aee= eee s= see 186
Breakers) (A=12)"'0—-25)iee saa te 2 = hee ee 23
iBreakwatersh (G6) eeee see ee ee 47
Bridges (Hl) 52s ese eee eke Dae ee See 33
iBascule(H—16b) esses ees ee ee ee eee 35
@lesrance:file2-"t 42. 25-82 s- 233 Seeees 33
Clearance notes (Fig. 19)____-___--_---- 33
Draws (H=1'5) 2 s5 = ae ee eee 33
1oyb<2xo l(c Coa eke Re eee ee 33
Horizontal clearance (H—-18b)___.._______ 33-35
Vifti (=a) ses 58 ee ees ee eee 35
Opening obscured by landmark symbol-___ 24
Rontoone (E17) eee a 35
IRemovableis pa reese aa eae 35
Retractile so a6 ee ae Se ees ce eee ee 35
Swings (H—16) es sao ees ees ee 35
Vertical clearance (H—-18a)_____________- 33-35
Weighbridge (H—16b)__--__----__--__-- 178
Bridge clearances (H—18a, 18b)___________--- 33-35
DT ey Ae ne a Rs de SE See ee 33

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Page
Bridge list, Corps of Engineers______________ 33
Broadcastingistavlons=seeee eee eee eae 29
Building si (3 ato) eee eee ae ae 28, 49
Buoys (L) (Chart No. 1—Lighted and un-
lighted ib woiy2 ge) meee eee 81, 83
Wlongichanne|sies === see 77, 78, 82
Buoys and characteristics on Compilations_ 81
Buoys and characteristics on Drawings__ 81
Characteristics, type (Fig. 21) --__---__- 81
Coloraiise S22 BS Nes Se ale ee eee 81
Bishitrap (areas os seus.) Sats ee eee 82
Light; @i-2)ese eee eee seen eee ere 81
Marking two channels (Chart No. 1—
Buoyage) 2. - ss aa eee oe ee ee 197
Mooring) (i225 to.22¢) eee ee 81-82
Omissions of characteristics__-----_-_-_-. 81
Orientation of symbols________-__-_-__- 82
Periods:(cy.cles)\33e eee ea ae eee 81
Position\of (i= Ni 222 eee ee eee 81
Stationice: 2352s io eee ees 83
Symbols used on charts_--_------------- 81
Unlighted, along channels__--_----_----- 82
Buoys andibeacons) (bh) pases eee eee eee 81, 82

C

Cable or Pipelines (Figs. 1, 13) (P-7 to 8a)._- 21, 62

Cable permits (see Corps of Engineers) -_----- 62
Cable, overhead power (H—4) __------------- 35, 36
Can ‘buoy. \(l=5)), 22-2222 552 ee ee eo 182
@anal) (H=13) = a2 se ee a 178
Cancellationioficharts=sss]== aes eee 20
Capitalization. = 53-3225. sae eee 107
Cartographer:
Charting hydrographic features_---_-_--- 50
Evaluation of material_---------------- 13
Future history record. =--2--=-----2-=-= 39
History.- 3222-2 se ese eee ee eee 36-39
Letter of inquiry for additional informa-
tOn soe sae Cee eee aoe eee 14
Responsibility in making corrections--_--- 15, 16
Selecting names and sizes__-------- 15, 105-109
Catalog of chart numbers____-_------------- 20
Cautionimotes) (higs2) = eeeee==——— ea 65
Cellulose acetate (see Compilation Review) - -- 19
Cemetery (Figs. 1,21) (I-17a, 18)_--___----- 179
Changes in the nautical chart______--------- 1
Channel:
Improved (Figs. 1, 21) (Q-5, 6)---------- 62-64
Inactivess. ca. sabe ee ee es 63
Placinglofibuoyssener soe eee 78, 82
Soundings on ranges.------------------ 55
Channels buoys (Chart No. 1—Unlighted
buoyage) Ss. 522-5232 2 ae eee ee eee 82
Channel depths (see Improved Channels) --_--- 62-64

Notes] (Higa) l)) pose sse eee eee

INDEX 201
Page Page
Channel information (see Improved Channels). 62-64 Coast charts------------------------------ 2
Channel shown by soundings and curves__ GSH COS Ua es er ee 19
Course recommended (P-5)------------ 186 lIStOLV ee eeer see ces Ss amriee teeta 36-39
Corps of Engineers tabular forms-__-_------ 62 Features named in___----------------_- 105
Controlling depths in feet only_--------- 63 New material__-_...--.- 352 eee So 19
Controlling depth not greater than project Onipinalisourcess2eeoe- 22] =] sees eee 14
Goo eo e eee eS Seo, 63) ‘Coastline features) (A. B)s--2e2s2-se2-4—— 174, 175
General rules in charting--------------- 62—045 1 Cosstlinetopoprapl yer aa—— se === a 40-49
Channel legends (Q-5, 6)------------------- Ganson 8 Colones ose eek eee ote teens 15, 16
Channel limits (see Improved Channels) -_____- 62, 63 Added to accentuate aids___------------ 1
Channel markers, private (see Piles, etc.) _--_- 47, 85 AN CHOTA SESaes eee a= ae ee 20
Standard note (Fig. 9).---------------- 140 Buoys, daybeacons, lightships__-------- -- 81-83
Characteristics and numbers of aids_._------- 74-85 Cable and pipeline areas___------------- 21
Werol(K—4) pe eeee eee nee eee aes 85 Characteristics of aids (Chart No. 1—
Buoys (L) (Chart No. 1—Lighted and Lighted and unlighted buoyage) ------- 77-88
unlighted buoyage) ------------------ 81, 82 Compassyroses) (U) sa=e= sae a= aa 55
Daybeacons (L-52)-_------------------- 82 hishitraplaressees]- ae a= ee 22, 23
TANG) (US) cP bccceceseeteboosectesesss 78-80 Intracoastal Waterway-_--------- 17, 18, 89, 90
Lightship (Fig. 24) (K-6) (Chart No. 1— Th HG SeCHOLS sees se ae eee 83
Thichtedubuoyage) ase e see eee 83 Mars Hs sae te nk oe her 54 abies 42, 43
Light phases (cycles) (Chart No. 1— Names me oe eh een rey ee See 106
Lighted buoyage) (Fig. 35) ----------- 166 New compilations and reconstructions____ 13, 14
Chart: INewaworkon! plastice=s= === === ===== 4
INGE) 32 ssc echo neseeteceeeseeosscasese 74-88 Rocktand\coralirectaee se a) 65
Border layouts (Figs. 3 to 6)__-------- 133-137 Tints inkwatenareaseeys = a ee 61, 62
Classification of charts___-------------- 2 Wire-drag surveys_-----=-=>--2----- === 51
Constructions ee esse ee ee eee 4,14 Wrecks! ce <r eee Tee ia seh epee 70, 71
Features, coast, land (A, B, C,)------- WAMWi5tem Columbia River Datum eases sea = 35
Foreign (see Original Sources) -__-------- 14 Commercial airports (Fig. 20) (I-23, 24, Ic, Id) 49
IES tony ee ee er 36-39 Commercial radio station (M-—10) _-_--------- 29
Junctions, notes and type (Fig. 21)------ 32 Compass coer ((U) eee ee ee 55
Material, evaluation Of 2222222222 2S 13 Soundings within----_---------=------_- 55
INamesi==2-= 222 — === === == - = 105-109 Compilation Review - ------------------- 110, 111
New or reconstructed_--_-_-------------- AS 5 Conipilationsee ee eee 4
Numbers, catalog of22-=----------=--=— 20 Keepyclean sas a oamk iu seesaw ts seb pane 15
Numbers, position of (Fig. 3) ----------- 133 Names, selection and placing of - ---~---- 15
Originallsources=se sees == == eee 14 Completed projections__-_------------------ 101
Printingsssee soe aa Sasa ei sesso 5-7 Coniferous woodland (C-10)_--------------- 175
Requirements-_------------------------ 15 Construction of chart_.____-------------- 1, 15-17
Sizes and prices (Fig. 36)--------------- 167 Construction of a Mercator projection - ----- 97-101
Soundings, selection of __-_------------- 54-59 Construction of Small-craft Charts_--------- 94
NPeclhicatlons sea eae nee en eee ee 13,39 Continuous depth curves------------------- 60, 61
ple Ts eee eee 3 Contours (Fig. 1) (C-1, 1a)----------------- 44-46
Charting Material, Evaluation of___--------- 13 Control points) (D)sesasesee a eae 176
@hartiNole ssa ees ee ee aeons 171 Astronomicall(D—9) tessa. eee 176
Chesapeake Bay note (Fig. 12)--.----------- 143 Bench mark4(D=5) a: foe 22 Ses see 176
Wheekered| buoys (-da) eee eae ee 195 Corps of Engineers (D-—De)------------- 176
Chimney (stack) (I-44)___.---------------- 28 Viewapoint) (D—6) assess eee = 176
Clnmdn (6) = = 33 sae sees sebese 49 Controlling depths in channels (Q-5) (see im-
Gities (I= Wa) 2222 he See eee eee ee 48, 49 proved! Channels) sees =e = eee ee 62-64
Clarke’s spheroid (See Geographic Datums) -_- 8 Note, Intracoastal Waterway - ---------- 17, 18
Clearance depth over rocks, wrecks and ob- Originalisourceseae == eee =o eee 14
structions (O-6a; Q-9, 9a) ---------------- 51 Stream depths (Q-Qa) - ---------------- 55
Clearancesyibridges ess = een = eee 33-35 Conversion tables, surveys (Figs. 26 to 34)_-_ 53, 54
(Ghifsi(A=3) aoe eee a ae eee ae ee 44 Decimalsiofftathoms!==22 22 == === 54
Coastifeatures)(B)) 52-252 — 2 sss oe eee eee 175 Decimalsof feet: + eet Lee Se ee 53
(Chamsts CHEW eee 29 Fathoms, meters, feet, yards (Fig. 26)--_ 157
ightilist« mest 2A. fas eee rate eae 77 Feet to fathoms (Figs. 27, 28)_-------- 158, 159
Regulation of anchorage areas____------- 20 Feet to meters (Figs. 31, 32)---------- 162, 163
Stations1(J=35 39) no— 222 ee ee 29 Meters to feet (Figs. 29, 30) ---------- 160, 161

202

Page
Conversion tables, surveys (Continued)
Nautical miles to statute miles (Figs. 33,

BA) eee be Seat lens ee ore 164, 165
Tenths of feet to whole feet________-__-- 53
Coordinate plotter_..-.__.--_-------------- 101
Coordinates, rectangular, Corps of Engineers 101-104
Coral reef (A-11g; O-10)_------------------ 65
Coral, uncovers at sounding datum (A-l1g;
O2I10) easton an ee Ss seas sseee eae eeene 65
CorpsiofeEngineers== see eee eee eee 62-64
Anchorage grounds--_------------------ 60
Annual reports__--.------------------- 14
Approval of structures_---------------- 62
Bridgevlist::-2-264. 322 fee hes ssee see 33-35
Harbor lines: 2s2s- S22 52 sse ee See sess 62
Improved channels_------------------- 62
Intracoastal Waterway__.-------------- 18, 62
INames 3422 2245 o cise Ee 105
Original sources-_-_--------------------- 14
Permits for cables and pipelines___---___- 21, 62
Protection, preservation of navigable
Watersao Sse stash ogee Boeke 62
Rectangular coordinates____--___------ 101-104

Regulations for navigation in navigable

Waterss 2.222 he = eo ee eae 62
Removal of obstructions________--_------ 62
Soundings in feet and tenths___-_--__--- 53
State plane coordinates________-__--_--- 104
SUBVE See eee ee ee ee ee eee re ae 14
Tabular forms (see Improved Channels) __ 62
Triangulation stations (D-1)__________- 30

Correction date note___---_----=---__--_-__ 7
Correction of channel legend______________-_- 62-64
Worrectionsss— 2s ee ees See ee ees 15-19
Drawings in process of reproduction _ __-- 16
Ord ervo he's te cones cis ele See eee St 16
Sample: Copy= 2-5 ----- 4 42825222 ee ses U
Corrections, color of ___-----.------___-__-- 4
Characteristitss2 => 22>" sooo eee 79, 81
Names! --seos- sects cabeeeeecsesees 105-109
New and reconstructed charts____________ 15
Corrections to Drawings____-._._-_--__--_--- 15, 16
In process of reproduction_______..-__-- 16
Orderiofee seo el eas ee ae 2 ee ee a 16
Sample! Copys----4 = eee ee ee ee u
Courses, how shown (P-5, Pa)__--___-_____-_- 186
Plotting (See Compass Roses) (U)_.------ 188
Recommended (P-5)________-__-________ 186
Standard type (Fig. 21)___.__----______ 152
Perea ea es a ete ae ON a a ee 23
Courses and Ranges______-__-_____-_-_-__-_- 238, 24
Criticalisoundings =e ee 50-75
Crossings, railroad and road (H-8)___-_-____-_ 178
Culture: Shore and offshore structures__-__-___ 47-49
Cupola; (36) eit Ss a Np 27
Current diagram and abbreviations (T-Td)___ 188
Current diagram, note (Fig. 14) _____________ 145

Curvature, correction tables_____.______._-__-

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Page
Curve around isolated soundings (see Selection
of; Soundings) 23222 os aaa ieee hanes 54
Curvedtnamess223353=se— = = gae eeee 106
Curves, blue tint (R)_--..-.--.--_--_-______- 60-62
Curves, danger (See Tints in Water Areas) ___-_ 62
Custom House (G—29)________.-___-_________- 177
Cypress (Wooded Swamp)------------------- 43
D
Dam)(H=21) 2.2 ssa ee oe ee 178
Danger areas_2:.--- 2-952-255-5535 cce 20, 60, 65, 70
Danger buoy, isolated (L-19) ----____------- 182
Danger curve (See Tints in Water Areas) _-___ 62
Danger line (See Limiting danger line) (O-38)_ 185
Dangers: (A; O) ss eles ee eee eee 65-73
Duck blinds---2 22 2-22 o2¢.22 soe5 see 48
Nauticalichart===-=2222--5-- 5.5 > eee eee 1
Near compass roses_-------------------- 10
Use of depth curves to accentuate-_-_-__-__- 60
Date:
Currentiedition=]2 eee ee eee eee 6
New prints... -t2=see2 22 ose seeeeeees 6
Isstles ace ate Se ee eee eee ee eee 7
Printing date checked before printing- --- 78
Publicationinote es ==eee ee eee 5-7
Tide: note. -- 2-242 secs a2 2 ese eee 52
Datums:
Blevations: = 222": cess+ 222 --2 eee 46
Geographic=2 22-6252 2-52 2-22 --e oe ee 8,9
Daybeacons)(L)2222 22 s5e— ee ae eee 77, 82
Deciduous woodland (C-9) __--------------- 175
Decimals, feet and fathoms__----_----------- 53, 54
Definitions, submarine relief ___-_.-------- 118-128
Deflections in compass (see Local Magnetic
Disturbance) 22.2522 252-5522 See Se 10, 11
Degree numbers, frequency (See Borders) - - - - 12
Depth Curves aaa eee 60-62
Contours and tints (R)_---__----------- 187
Echo sounding navigation_--_----..------ 56
WM astra ted ae ee 60, 61
Miadeicontinuols== === eee een 60
@Omissions=...2¢ =!) 2 == ee Se eee 60
OnwDrawingst sos seen eae eee eee 16
Same unit as charted Ravens Be wera ee 60
Symbols! (R)/s4)s5e2 =e ee eee 187
Weights of.line (Fig. 1)_-_----------- 131
Whenvusedie 22232 ee eee 60
Depth ami tees oe ses ne ee eee 52

692-834 O - 64-15

INDEX 203
Page Page
Depths: E
Around piers and in slips____---___----- Somme Hanthedimensions|0l-s=== == en =e ~ 12
Controlling (Q=5, 6)---------------- 0 2=702--0 Sami bis pres von (le 20) see ee ae ee 188
Dumping yenouUnds sees es ee 22° Echo soundings:
Less than 11 fathoms___________- Seal 53 Deeps used in echo sounding navigation __ 54
ROCKSHees seme ee eae oa ee eee eS 65-69 Importance of submarine relief__-__----- 50
Selection of (see Selection of Soundings)-. 54-59 Eddies (O-19)_________------------------- 185
Mabulated eas ceeen se faces cee CA=O4 InGhitioa, mo odode ee eee seeeececooee 6
WD eee eee eee Se a nis Bae eee SB chteenefooticury.c a= =e =a 62
Descriptive adjectives, abbreviations (I"): Electric railways (Fig. 1) (H-3, 3b, 3c, 14)__- 49
ightss (Meno ce eo ee eee 78-80 Electronic Computing____---------------- 116, 117
List of abbreviations (see Chart No. 1)-- 189 Electronic Navigational Systems___________- 86-88
Descriptive reports (see Original Sources) ____- Me Hlevateditania(—53) a= ee 27
Descriptive report motesssees ees ee eee ae 36 Elevations (D-3, Da, Db, De, Dd; O-1)____-- 46
Descriptive terms (see Landmarks and Sta- Planes) of -references.22- 2-22 ===> ee 46
ONS) aise seep San ees ee 24-29 Rocks (Hig=420)0(O)====== == ee es 46
Wetailvoficharteeneralizedees se) a= i> Embankment) (H—3d) sess) sess = ee 178
Diagrams: Hmergency, run== 29s. ee eee eee nee 6
C@hantisizes| (Bigs 36) =e Gee quatorialiradiuse=="s=== === === anes 12
Cumanty (R-N sesateseseseenseese 188 Equivalents, scale (Figs. 26, 37)________--- 157, 168
IDNs. (C=GnSe aoe as eee eee eee ee 177 Erasures, chart correction_______----------- 15, 16
Dimensions of the earth (Clarkes Speriod of Evaluation of charting material___---------- 13
1866) and units of length ______._______-- 12 Exhaustion report, weekly (see Cht. Printings) - 5
Direct reproduction (see Basic Requirements) - 15 Extreme low water (See Tide Note)__________ 52
Discrepancies:
Names (see Geographic Names) ________- 105
Source material (see Future History
IRE COnd) meee ee ae eee ei nro 39
Disposalvareas|(G—Ge) esses eee a eee 21
SeDispositionmotations === sees ee ames 16
Distance finding stations___--__-___--_2____ 84 F
Distortion controlled (see New Charts) ____-_-- 4 Mactonya (a4 7) owe be see SU. Sear 179
IDNaa (Cog, I) (ells) $= goes eee ees 131, 178 Hainws yabuoye (4) eae ee ee ee 182
DOE (CHB, Hi; SNsasseosssssecaseese ian home:
Dolphins (G—21; H—9) _ _ ------------------- 47 Conversion tables (Figs. 26 to 29) ___-- 157-160
Dome____-_------------------~----------- 27 Practionsiofe-= = eh cee eee ee ee 538, 54
IDrennoiee (S16) 6 pee eee eeeocase 178 Soundings charted in_______------------ 53, 54
Drawings-—-=— ~—2- =~ -— 22-8 pmmitiederallRerister ssa seas urn a ens ie 20
Authority for corrections_________-____. 13, 14 Danger and anchorage areas___________- 20
Colonitojbeiuse dees seam =e esas 16 Fish trap area limits, (Chesapeake Bay)-- 22, 23
ixedraidsicorrecte daa = ese eee 77-80 Rulestotetheshoades et ee ne eee 23
SUS eee eee 36-39 Federal regulations requiring charts_______-- 1
Method of showing lights______________- 78-80 Feet (Figs. 8, 26 to 32):
Source material initialed_______________- 16 Soundings pins eee eee 52-54
Order of corrections____-__------------- 16 To fathoms (Figs. 27, 28)_--_--------- 158, 159
Dredeecdkare as (Q— 6) mem aera ea SOMO Han Costes mies ak oe OO outen ce 47
Dredgedichannels|(@=5) sess = == eee C2-6 2 eierriess (El) eos ote ek 8 ele lee oe 48
Dredging buoys (Chart No. 1—Unlighted Field examinations in History______--------- 36
OVO) sana es ke pose oeeebs SeGse sacs LO ON Hilm=Positivey Pro heen nee een 5
Dray docks (G3 6) eee 177 First edition date (See New Chart) _________- 5
Dual-purpose marking on joint waterways IGN Gaal (Ga) oo ese ee 23
(Ole IN@s I) = 22s = se Se SSeS SS Saba ses 197 Fish trap areas (Fig. 1) (P-10)__------------ 22
IDs MGS. soo Sones bee sesso se Sees ase 48 INGLE (Hie ap 0) eae ee eta wee eee 141
Dumping grounds (Fig. 1) (G—Gb; P-11)_____ 22 = “Fish trap buoys (L-27) (Chart No. 1—Un-
iD unes\(Aq4) ees se OE ees eee sae 174 lightedibuoyace) pease 182, 195
His hetraysy (Ceol) eee eee ee 177
Fishing areas, charting of (P—10)__---------- 22
hixedtbridgel(H=14) sae 31-35
Fixed floating objects, standard type (Fig. 21). 152

204

Page
Ib Gael WAM. cosas cose eS seeoseeSeSeesscorsS 78-80
Hixedi point (D=2) Reese s ss = eee ease eee 176
Mla gatOwerl (JC) eae ee ee 26
Mag poleyW—19) Sees sas see ea eee 25
BlagstafiiG—19) ose ee eae ee aoe eee eee 26
Hloatineidocka (Go3) sees sess eee eee 177
Floats (lightfloats) (L-12)___--------------- 83
Flood stream (T-19) __-_------------------- 188
Blogisignalsn(N) eee sees eee eee eae ee 184
Foot, in meters (Figs. 31, 32) ------------- 162, 163
Hoot pathy (H=2) See sees 2 eee ee eee eee 178

Foreign charts, used in compiling------------ 14

Foreshores (A-1la to 11g)--_-_-------------- 174
Mormulines) (C28) See Se ae ee 175
Forms:

Huturewhistory sees ee eee ee 39

History see ws ee ok aye arate ep a 36-39

Type list (see Ordering Type) --------- 108, 109
Fort (I-19) Fortifications__------.---------- 179
Fotosetter Type Guide (Fig. 38) ----- Bae 169
Foul ground, area (O-17)__-_---------------- 67
Inractions@ ae estes es ree eee eee 52-54
Huturevhistorysrecord == === = === oe eee 39
G
Gable (I-72) ___----- Seas SoBe ES ROS oS Seeeee 180
Gasitanka (l= 71) fe see nes Be ee eee eee 27
Gasoline pipeline (see Cable or Pipelines) --- -- 21
Generalichantso= = 52-2207 eee eee 2
Generaljinstructions# ase sos se =a eee eee 15-19
Generaltpractices¥s 232s ee eae eee ee 8-12
Geographic coordinates of triangulation

stations sense se eee ee ee eee 8

Geographicidatumss== esse ss == = see eee eee 8

Geographic positions, from grid coordinates_ 101-105

Geographic names-_-_-__------_------------- 105-109
Geographic Names Section_____------------ 105
Glacier’ (Ca3) awe. 24. ee. = eet Re ah ee 175
Gongi(seesHorn)\ = 92522 sasees eee 83, 195

Gong buoy (L-38a) (Chart No. 1—Lighted and

unlightedibuoyage) a2 sass 5 2-2 eee eee 194, 195
Government house (I-30)_-____--___--__------ 179
Graphic scale (see Scales) _______------------ 12

Mercatonich ants sesame 97-101
Grassi(@26a) sae ere Fee ale is Beene meee 42
GraveliGASWicwli fe.) 225 so See ee eee 41
Greenvink-syiea ces SUN Ee aa oe 5 re A es Ba 16
Green overprint (see Wire Drag Surveys) (Q-9,

gy) a ete Ed erat Se SS eR Se Aa 51
Grid note (see State Plane Coordinates) __-_--- 11
Grid, Corps of Engineers, Local-___-_------ 101-104
Grid, plane coordinate___________________-- 104
Groin (G-11)_____ Bec arreD als ta, SERS SR SNE AY 177

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Page
H
Hachures i(C—2)i- ste s ee ca eee eee 175
Hand corrections:
Aid Proof <3 22) 8 eon ee eee 3
Correction note and date_________------ a
Samples Cop yaaa ee 7
Harbor, boat or yacht (G—33) ____----------- 177
Mlarborichantsesee a= eee eee ee 2
Harbor lines (see Corps of Engineers) - ------- 62
Harbors (G):
Bottom characteristics _--------------- 74
Bridgeiclearances#= === s= === == ee 33-35
Grids; local: 2222 52252 Soe 101-104
Hawaiian Datum (see Geographic Datums)-- - 9
Heights (see Elevations) ---_..-------------- 46
Isletsiandirocks#=s see esses == eee 46
MeanvHigh)Waterse= see eee ee eee eee 46
Summits*20 2 23S eo eee eee eee 46
High water line (Fig. 1) (A-9)_-=-=---=_--—= 41
Miarshyareash (Cal) see see eee 42, 43
Overlapping charts-_------------------- 17
Sand beaches: (A—6)2222- 2-222 222 so see 46
Shoreline and berm line--_--_---------- 41
Highways, when charted and numbered (Fig. 1)

(see Cities and Roads) ------------------- 43
Hill summits (see Contours) D-3 to De) ----- 44-46
History of cartographic work______---------- 36-39
History record uturebes= === eee eee 39
Horizontal stripe buoy (Chart No. 1—Buoyage) 195
Horn (Chart No. 1—Buoyage) (N) ---------- 195
IOspitaly (132) kes are Meera ate pent ee eer ee eee 179
Jouses (l—5) eee eee eee eee eee 28
Hydrographic surveys---------------------- 50

Critical soundings_----_-__------------- 50-75
Descriptive report note____------------- 36
Evaluation of charting material-_-_______- 13
Nlustrations =e eee ee ee 56-61
Low water line (A-10) (see General
Statement)i-2 2222-55 -ees5-- eee 50
Prior,towl94 8a eee ee ee 53
Rockstawash: =) 5-22-42 3-0 eee 50, 67-69
Selection of soundings------------------ 54, 55
Unreviewedsunveya nase soe eee ee eee 50
Unverified hydrographic survey - - ------- 50
Hydrography eee see ee ee eee eee 50-76
General Statement___-_----------------- 50
Sounding conversion tables (Figs, 25 to 27)_ 157-159
Wire-drag surveys (O-6a; Q-9, 9a) - - - ------- 51

INDEX 205
I Page J Page
Ncevlimits (P18) See soa ee ee eee eee 1S6h mwetvies! (G—8) Sa, —Ga)iz =. se eee 177
Improved channels (Figs. 1, 21) (Q-5-6) - - --- 62-64 Junction buoy (L-18) (Chart No. 1—Lighted
Blue tint omitted (see Tints in Water and unlighted buoyage) --__------------ 194-195
[Nveas) Beer cee eee eee eee 62 Junction notes__--.----- Spaie ee. : 32
Channel legends (Q-5) ----------------- 62-64 Standirditvpel (Wig y2))s sa. 2 == ee =a 152
Controllingidepths===2-— = — ===) == === 62-64
Standard type (Fig. 21).--------_------ 152
Incomplete Manuscript-_--.------------------ 40
Information blocked out in green, note (Fig.11) - 142
Initialing blueprints, letters, ete____.-------- 16
Inland rules of the road (Fig. 1)------------- 23
Insets on charts (see Junction Notes) ___------ 32
Border arrangement (Fig. 5)____----__-- 136
ImbtenmediatercuLy eS ssesee= sae a ae eee 61
Intermittent stream (C-14) _____-_-------_-_ 175
International boundary (P-16)--__--__--__-- 186
International Hydrographic Bureau_-_-_------- 8
International Telecommunication Union__-_--- 29 K
Ue eeu siumyn nn (6 UR + Rall fe Ticlny(Oo 20) ee eM 72
Projection line (Figs. 1,4-6)---------_- 131-137 Kilometer (see Dimensions of the Earth) .._.- L 12
Intracoastal Waterway charts_---- Seas 18
Aids (Chart No. 1) (K-N)__-_-------- 193-197
Article in Notice to Mariners______-____-- 18
Bridgerclearan cesses a= ees eee = aaa eae 33
Wompilation{ofe=— oe see eee 89-93
Corps/of) Hingineers2s-5225—-2-- ses = eee 62
@ourses) (Rigs) i ¢@B—o sea) eee ee 186
Wang ericunvey OMee tamer ae 62
Daybeacons, “Bn’’ omitted (Fig. 20)
(a5 2) ie ee ne eee ae ae eee 82
Depth notennimargnetaas= ===) eee = LS
Reference notes, 80,000 scale Atlantic and
(Gulf Coasticharts= == sess. See eae 7a oonn (CG) ese a eee 175
Route lines in magenta__-___-_---_-__-- 18m Wiaker(C=15)\j2 2s 2 ee SSeS ee Se eee 175
Standardmotess (Higa) nese ene 144 Land features (C) (see Placement of Names) - - 106
Type for name ‘Intercoastal Waterway”’ handing (Gol6) ease e een a sas eee anaes 177
(Bigw 2) Bese ee. pase eee ce ea apne 152) ieandmarkeG@lassifications=s see sane 25-29
Iron\pipes (see) Riles; etc:) —_"--=-=--- 2-2 == 47 ChimneyA(=44) Ses eae se eee 28
Islets (see General Statement) _____________- 50 @upolas (3 6)ase eee ae ee 27
Mlevationsionese. 2 eee 46 DG In etek edicts ek we es Fe nll Baa 27
TSOPORTeHINeS = meet ee ee ere a eer 9 Blac pole 19) =s2s ase =e es eee 25
Isolated dangers: Blagstatig()=19) S2-- sees eee eee arenes 26
Bu ya 19) he eer ee ee 182 lace lowers =U) eee ae 26
Rocka(O=3426)te2 22-3 i aT kee 185 Gas Tank or Oil Tank (I-46, —-71)___---- 27
Tsolatedatreesn (C5) see eee ane ne 175 House or Building (I-3a, 5)_----------- 28
Nssuemdaterofen ss eae ee ape eee eee 5-7 ookoutmlowerl (4) pee eae 26
Loran Station (L-63, Lh) _-------------- 28
Monument (=35) == ee 25
Riadioglowers (M9) eee 26
SPIER (1) eee 27
Stach (414) ae ee a ee ee 28
Stand piper (45) masa ee 27
Manka (l=53)iseseee ne ce eee “a 27
Telemetry Antenna (M—Ma) .----------- 29
Television Tower (M-—Mb) _------------- 26
owen (4: eeeease ose See ae 26
Mire es (Ga) beeen ee Ba ese ee eee 28
Watersbower (—45)easeee esse ee 27
Witinabranll! GE) oe = tees oe eee 28

206

Page
Landmarks (Fig. 19) (D, I, J)--------------- 25-29
Changes reported to Aids Section___----- 18
Churches = 22 eee oe eee ee eer 49
Coast Guard stations (J-3, —Ja)__---__-- 26
Lights on radio tower, private___.__--_-- 85
Notice to) Mariners== == 2225 222255222 e es 18
Photogrammetry Division, locate land-

marke Dey ae ee eee Ey he atl Be eee 24
Plotting 226s sere ee aia) 2h ee OE ee 15
Range markers, trial course__---------- 23
Standard type (Fig. 19)__-_------------ 150
Triangulation stations (see Landmarks)

(DEN) ee Se ae le ae eet 176
Landmarks and stations___------------- 24, 25
Latitude and longitude values_____------ 98
Leading line (Range line) (P-1)--------- 186
Least depths on shoals (see Selection of

Soundin’s) 22 eee eee eee eee 54, 55

Prominently shown (see General
Statement) pase. ots Boe eae 50
Wed pew! Sak ae i ee Le es es LS 65, 69
Legends, channel (Q—5, 6)-_------------ 62-64
Letter of inquiry (see Original Sources) -__ 14
Wettenispacing assess) oo ene aU SSE 107

Letters:

Chart, as source material_____--___----- 14

Corps of Engineers (see Improved Chan-

[10 |) See See eee Ba Cee ea reae 62-64
Correction date note_-_---------------- 7
Misteduonehistornyaee assess eee ee 36-39

Weveci(H=3d)h2a 22 s85- 55 aaa See SES Ses mumlets)
Lifesaving station (J—6) ---__- TER eee 180
Aiftporid gen (E16 9) ase s eee ee eee 178
Lighted beacons (Figs. 19, 20)------------ 150, 151
Light buoys (L-2) (Chart No. 1—Lighted
buoyage)22 S54. - 2 2 ste sete ease e eae 194
Itighticyicless a= Sees eee eee ae 81
Marentadisch):. 222s -2s2 {ae aee SS ae o 81
Omissions of characteristics__----------- 81
Light characteristics (Figs. 20, 24)----------- 79
PNG pete es a Se ES eS 77-85
Aeronautical lights= 522s se eee eee 85
Drawings and compilations__-----_----- 77, 78
Omissions order ofs2ese eee eee eee 79
Sailingychartseeeee =e eee eee ee 79
Rightioats| (ua 12) ee eee eee eee 83
ighthousel@<—3) ase eee 181
Light list (see Aids to Navigation) _____-_---- 77
Aeronautical Jights_.---------_------2- 85
Distance finding stations___------------ 84
iNest We he hwi fia ce Oe aS eel er 79
Riadiobed cons eee ese ase ae eee 84
Rangemamesse = 2S. a eee 24
Light sector (Fig. 1) (K-12; P—4)___---_-_-_- 83
Colorshowishownee sss esses eee eee 83
Length of ray lines_____-_-------------- 83
Limits in Light List (P—4)___----------- 83
Lighted aids, private__________-_----------- 85

Radio tower (see Private Aids)___---_-_- 85

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Page
Lights (Figs. 1, 19, 20, 24) (K)---------__-_- 78-80
Aeronautical so ye ee eee 85
Characteristics and numbers_-----_--__- 79
Characteristics on sailing charts_________ 79
Marentardisc= ot 26s meee ee an a eee 78
INfyones (Oia 10, 20) ose scecaseescs 79
Notes: (Bigs 0) oes sete tse = ee on a ea 141
‘Positions 2255 S25 seasee ee esses eee 79
Lightships (Fig. 23) (K-6) (Chart No. 1—
ni gh tedi woe ge) eae ee 81-83
@haracteristicste == see eee ee 81
Malsentandisc! 22582 === ee eee eae 81, 82
Station buoys omitted_______-_-_-__---- 83
Limits, various (P):
Airport (P=13)\ 22252322822 eee eee 186
Anchorage: (2-12) 2a ease ee ee 189
Chart sae) 42 See ee ae 13
Danger linel(O-38) == s—e sees eee sees 185
Dumping ground (P-11)---_-_---_--_-- 186
hishin'g’zonel(P>10) Saas ee= == 186
Tee \((PS18) ae ee eee ee See 186
Improved channels (Q-5, 6)_------------ 186
Linear scales (Figs. 7, 8)----______------- 138-1396
Local grid systems (see Corps of Engineers
Rectangular Coordinates) -_------------- 101-104
Local magnetic disturbance—Standard note
andibyper (Higael 3) Saas ee 144
hocks (G=4 OSE 13) aaa ee 177, 178
Logarithmic speed scale (Fig. 37) -.---------- Wii
Gog) boo may (EL El) ee eee 178
Longitude and latitude values___------------ 98
ookoutitowernQ—4) eee eee 180
Loran‘chartst. 223222 0s eee. oe eee 2
Loran lines of position added_-------------- 2
Loran’ stations (= Me) 22222 see 184
Loran tower (M—Mh)____------------------ 28
Low water line (A-10)(R) (see Hydrography) - 42
Conflict between hydrography and topog-
Taphyo2 2 see ee ee eee 50
New and reconstructed charts___-_------- 42
On Drawingseeee see eee eee 16
Outlining oyster reefs___--------------- 65
oxodromicicunye seen eee ee ee 97

INDEX 207
M Page Page
Magazine (I-34) -------------------------- 179
Magenta compass roses - - - ----------------- 10
ING ramE, CEES (9). fence ee eee eecesoseses= 77-82
Magenta line weights and type standards
CEa Pe os aee giie Seopemer ag peer 131
Marentalplates === =—e—e= see eee 16 N
Magnetic disturbance, local___-------------- 10, 11
Magnetic variation (see Compass Roses)----- 9, 10 Names:
NEnmIpTONENCAH Theo eece aces = sae Se 43 Cable or Pipeline area (Fig. 1) (P-7, 7a, 8,
Manual, Nautical Chart, purpose of_--_----- vil S32) eee ee ee 21
Map scales and equivalents, tables (Figs. 26, (Chisitinitimnitoy 5-28 =- eso eee 107
Bi omar = ceteesead aig) SE pb pa 157, 168 Cities (see Placement of Names) -_-_----- 106
Maps, miscellaneous (see Catalog of Chart Coast Guard stations (J—3, Ja)_--------- 29
Numbers) Wee eee co oe 2 LL eee 20 Coast Pilot, Light List, Corps of Engi-
Marine railway (G-39) --------------------- 177 WOW ech cesetsoes seeStasasssess+s 105
Maritime limits (P) (see Dumping Grounds)-- 22 Compilations and Drawings (see Require-
Marker (L-Lf) (see Trial Course and Private TCT US) ete ss a ey eee 106
PAG pie omer UE See lsat ere cat 23, 85 Curved 28S ese sees. to epee ee 106
Wiemsin (ne, iby (CHI) a2 jaca ee ose 42, 43 Discrepancies (see Geographic Names)--- 105
Green tint in low water areas (A-10) (R)- 2 File of proposed changes --_--_-_-__------- 105
High water determined by berm line Geographic eee se ee 105
(CREO) epee 7 Shi aeons re ak 41 Histonye ones ee oe Se een ee 36-39
iHowgindicated == 5 so Aosta te see 42, 43 Landmarks (Fig. 19) (D, I, J)----------- 24, 25
Wasteradion (M-9)eeeete ae eee As4 Light characteristics (Figs. 1,19, 20, 24)
Magis, tmed's (HIM) 2s so eeee sees 185 (OS) ee ae ale SE ei eS 79
Material ichantin sa = s== seen enone 13, 14 Milifanyafeaturesmes = sess 49
[Mat teyprints tees ee ease ee a ee Fue 3 Minorornunimportant === ======= === 105
Maximum work size of charts (Fig. 36)-----__ 167 Ordering ty pessse === === 108, 109
Mean High Water (see Tide Note) ---------- 41, 52 Orientationo fees = eee 106
MeantlowaWaten- mee. ses eo ek 51 IRAN Ge Sa oes fe = aia se Soe = ee 106
Mean Lower Low Water_______------------ 51 Reels 222 see snot beatae eee eee 65
Measured course (P—24)__.----------------- 23 Selection and placement of -_-__-_--- 15, 105, 106
Measured nautical mile (see Trial Course) ___- 23 Street (Fig. 20) (I-26, 26a, Te) ____------ 48
Mercator projection. _________-_----------- 97 Submarine tre lic tase 106
Construction of___________________--- 98-101 (Unnumberedilichtsess==== sees === == 79
onstruction platess 2222 - = eee 1090 Natural gas pipeline (see Cable or Pipelines) -- 21
Meridians of Longitude_______-____-__--_-- 9g Nautical chart terms___--_-----_----- 3-8, 118-128
Meter, conversion tables (Figs. 26, 29 to 32)__ 160 Nautical charts, classes of__---------------- 2
IMICTORIMS=teee eine ol et ae ee et oe 17. Nautical mile (Figs. 33, 34) ---------------- 12
Midchannel (fairway) buoys (Chart No. 1— Naval trial course, note (Fig. 9)------------- 140
Lighted and unlighted buoyage) (L-14)-- 194, 195 Navigation, echo sounding_____-_------------ 56-60
Mile (Figs. 33, 34, 37): Neatline (see Borders) (Fig. 1) -------------- 12
INSU Caltetantess te ere re Tene eens 12 Negatives, proofs from (see Proofs) - --------- 5
Nautical (International)_________-__--_- Oe NewsCh ants == aes =e ee see ee eee 5, 14
Serb be Memes oe eg et Ne eae ee 12 Acetate overlays used in verification _--- - 19
Mile course (see Trial Course (Fig. 1))______- 23 Catalog of chart numbers-_-_----------~-- 20
Military airports omitted (see Airports) ------ 49 Checked by Aids Section----------- --- 78
IMiiRiansy eninmes_ 28 = esse ee bee cease 49 Dep thicunvesseee= eee es = 78 60
Miscellaneous stations (J)_...------__--_-_ 5 AED Geographic Names------------------ 105, 109
Monument, (38) 42 seccscce esecesessse 25 IIS bOnVae oe oe eee Ree ea ee 36-39
Monthly reports, Corps of Engineers___-_-_-__- 62 Low-water line (A-10) (R)------------- 42
Mooring buoy (L-22) (Chart No. 1—Lighted Originalisources@= === === = = 14
and unlighted buoyage) _________-.__-___- 82 Soundings in fathoms------------------ 53, 54
Mountains (see Contours)-______--_--------- 44-46 State grid ticks (Wig. 4) ----.-_-----=--= 11
Mind Gis (Asie) os eh en ee seek 7a. Newjedition= =__ 2222 222-- 22-22-52 6
New information, shown on standard (see
Standard) /S-eoss 425-6 Se eee 3
New material (see Standard)____------------ 3

Coastubilot eae eet Se rua se eee 19

208

Page
ING WADTID tee ee eee eee a nee 6
New print date (see New Print)_--..-----_-- 6
No bottom found (Q-2) (see No-Bottom
Soundings) /nave See ee ee aye eee 55
North American Datum of 1927___---_--.__- 8,9
Notations on Drawings-------------------- 16
Notes (Figs. 2, 8 to 14):
Brid cexclearance== === == eae 33
Correction note and date___-_____-___--_- 7
Descriptive report_-_-----------.------ = 36
Sunctiony (ii1o+720) =a ae ee 21
Magnetic disturbance (Fig. 13)_-------_- 10, 11
Plane coordinate grid (Fig. 10)------_--- 11
Project depth, Intracoastal Waterway
(Higse3) We wees Bete eet te ee 18
Rocks, dangerous offshore -------------- 67-69
Rules of the Road (Fig. 1)-------------- 23
i hee ae ee Me es of 52
Notice to Mariners (see Aid Proof, New
Bd@ition) ao ose ran eeslessekoseeee bee 3, 6, 18
An choragelaleas sass === === ee 20
Conflicts, surveys vs. charts - ----------- 13
Controlling. depths, Intracoastal Water-
WEN Bee San eeoe Sea ae Ser eenebere 18
Correction note and date__-----_---___- 7
Critical information reported to_----_-_-_ 18
Important landmarks------_-------_--- 24
Tabulated values, depths__---------___- 62-64
Wreck information -------------------- 70, 71
Numbers:

CoastiGuardiV—3yda) eee eee ease e 29

Fei uw anysi (El) eee ee eee 48
Numerals, projection (Figs. 4-6)-_----_-_--- 12
Nun buoy (L-6) -------- ee ee pera ee Ae. © 195
O
Obelisk, not to be used_______________-____-- 25
Object names, type (Fig. 20, 21)_-___-_____ 151, 152
Observation spot (D—-4)____-.------------_- 176
Observation tower (See Lookout Tower) (J—4)_ 26
Observatory (J—21)___--------- EAL ts SM Me 180
Obstruction buoys (L-20a) (Chart No. 1—

Lighted and unlighted buoyage)__--__-_- 194, 195

@bstructions((O>27) hae se oe ee 65-73

Wire-drag clearance depth over (O-6a;

Q-9, 9a) (see Wire-Drag Surveys) _______ 51
Occulting lights (Fig. 35) (K-22)____.________ 166
Offshore roc kee a ey ee SU ae Em eed 67, 69
Oil pipelines (see Cable or Pipelines) ________- 21, 62
Oilitank (4 6) Rese a peace ed ees 27
Oil well obstructions. _______________._-____ 66
Okeechobee Waterway, note (Fig. 9)_________ 140

Old Hawaiian Datum (see Geographic Datums) - 9)

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Page
Omissions:
Blue tints within channels (Q-5, 6; R)---_- 62
“Bn” on Intracoastal Waterway charts___ 82
Congested depth curves________________- 60, 61
Congested light characteristics___________ 79
Curves around depressions__________--_- 61
Details on small-scale charts____________ 17, 41
Magenta disc omitted on landmark with
light (see Private Aids)_----_________-_ 85
Privatewoadss.e4 ea ee 48
OrderioficorrectionsSe=e== ae eee 16
Ordering*ty pe — 2 se eee ee er 108, 109
Organization of the Coast and Geodetic
Surveys SS Se es See 1
Oricin‘allsourcess=s== sys ee 14
Overfalls, Tide rips (O-18)________---------- 185
Overhead cable clearances____-.-_----------- 35, 36
Notes: 20 220% Sale eee. eae eee 35, 36
Overhead power cable (Figs. 1, 19) (H—4)------ 35, 36
Overlapping chartshas==—— == sess =e eee 17
Overlays, cellulose acetate (see Verification) ___ 19
Overprint, green (see Wire Drag Surveys) - - --- 51
Oyster, bottoms|\(S-24) 22s aes = 74
Oyster'reef_i2- 25. 5-228. 2 22022 aes 65
P
Panels of chart, same scale__-_--_----------- 32
Pantosraph, formula eae eee eee 13
Paper, work size, normal and extreme (Fig. 36). 167
Parallelsiof latitude=ese=s—==— shee =a 98
Patent slip (Marine railway) (G39) ----- pene 177
Peak (D-Da to Dd):
Accentuated by contours (D—Da) -_-_----- 176
Accentuated by hachures (D—Db)------- 176
Summit of height (D-8)_-------------- 176
Undetermined elevation (D-De)-------- 176
Used as a landmark (D-De)------------ 176
Periods (cycles) of lights on buoys--_--------- 81
Periods, omission of in abbreviations____-_---- 107
Photoprints (see Matte Prints)_-_.-__------- 3
Rhotogrammetryases =e 16, 19, 24
Photographs, aeriales= = sete eee ee 19
Piers)((G=9) as se eee eee eee 47, 55
Piles y= 9) eas ee a eer error 47
Pilot rules (see Rules of the Road)_---------- 23
Bilotistation:s 0=8) see) eee eee eee 180
Pipeline area (Figs. 1, 13)(P-7 to 8a)___----- 21, 62
INOWS Os, 118) s2saosecoe oto sesosase 144.
Pipes (see Piles, etc.) ___------------------- 47
iPlacementioh mam ess esse eee ee 106

INDEX 209
Page Page
Plane coordinate grid note (Fig. 10)__------- 11
Plane coordinates, computation of___---_--- 101-104
Plane of reference, soundings_____----------- 51
Meantlown Waterss sese= a eeeeeeeneeee 50
Mean Lower Low Water--------------- 50 Q
Planes of reference, note (Fig. 9)_------__-- 140
Plastic (see New Charts and Comp. Review). 4,19 Q.T.G. radio station (M-10a)---__.___ ~~ 184
Plationmeesesee: akan se Sa a Ay “Quadrangles. o- - 222-222-232 2-225 22 Seek 45
Plotting aids from triangulation____________- 77 Quality of the bottom (S)---------.----- 187
Point (geographical feature) (see Abbrevia- Quarantine (G—26) === eee == UY
CLOLYS) ese ca epee ye al eat ey gS SOE 107 Quarantine buoy (L-24) (Chart No. 1—
Points Compass (UW) sete ete ee ee 188 BUOYAage) Asano roscoe so eee ee ee 195
Polar semi-axis (see Dimensions of the Earth) _ 12
Pontoonybridgel (Ha I))ee ae = eee ee eee ee 173
Port Series Publication, pier numbers (see
PTET S) ener eee oes Se SR YS Spans PN 47
ositionvotialdss sche ease see ee eee 77-85
Postilichti(ko)) Sa — = es ee eee 196
BostiOmicen(l=29) 42 22 a 2 179
Power transmission line (Fig. 1) (H~-5)_______ 178
Preliminary chart (see Basic Requirements) __ 15
Preliminarysmanuscript= ose assess] 5 ee =o 40
PricestOtch antsy (Hig 3.0) es eee 167
Print, latest, compared with Drawing____--__ 16 R
IBTINt eNeWe ssa 5 oases ae SS oe Ss eee Cee ee 6
IBtinbin ped ate eee sate ee ah ee eee 5 Racing buoys, note (Fig. 10)__-------------- 82
Private aids (K—17; 1-29, —Lf) -.--------__- 85 Radar navigation detail added______________ 1
highted— aloe ae 2. See aaa So 85 Radar reflectors (M-18) __---- SS eer 81
Unlighteds: sess aneseen ete eee sees 85 Radar responder beacon (Racon) (M-—12)_--_- 184
Private buoys (Fig. 9) (L-29)____________ 182 Radio and radar stations (M)__-_________~-- 184
Private names on landmarks and buildings___ 25 Radiobeacons (Fig. 24) (M-3, 4, 5, 6) (see
Private roaGs Omitted sas a= sees ee 48 Addsyto) News gac1On) a 84
Privately maintained buoys (Fig. 9) (L-29)--_ 182 Aeronautical (M—Mc)________-_________- 30
Privately maintained lights (K-17)_________ 85 Frequency, code signal, operating sched-
Prohibited anchorage (Fig. 1) (G-12)_____-__ 177 (HU Ce aaa es ee Sp ke 84
Prohibited areas (Figs. 1, 12-13) (P-25)_____- 20 Radio direction finding station (M-7) _______ 184
iprojectidepthinsas = seas yee ee on eee oS IS%62—564 eRadionmasth (M—9)) 25a ee ee 184
iProjectionwlinesy (hig tpl)) mee eee 98 Radio navigational aids_____________-_-_-_--- 30, 84
Projection note (Fig. 2) (see Scales)__________ 12 Radio range, aeronautical (M—Md)_________- 30
Projection ruling machine_-_-__-----------__- NOU Revels) Kurkntenny GMO). 22 ee ee 29
IPTOJeCHONS) (ENE Saml 4) — 6) ee eee ee 97-104 Commercial broadeasting (M-10)__------ 29
Border subdivisions and numerals (Figs. Radio telegraph station (M-1)______------ 184
AO) ee hemi es eaters a Sera Sia . 134-137 Radio telephone station (M-2) _________--- 184
Completed projections_________________ LOU VRadioitowers(M—9) a2 ee ee 26, 29

Construction of a Mercator projection___ 98-101
Mercator projection, advantages and dis-

advantages!) s=Usnce 2 Wiis 2.05 2)ke SAL, 97
Rolyiconiciprojectionsas == sae = ae 9
Erojectionsjandy Gridsaa a= === es = = ae eee 97-104
IPROOlS etre Srls Se ARS oleae Be ee coi) CR RS 5
Proportional dividers, settings (Fig. 25)___ ._ 156
Provisional charts (see Basic Requirements) __ 15
Publication date (see Catalog of Chart Nos.) __ 20
Publication note (see New Chart)___________ 5
Puerto Rico Datum (see Geographic Datums) _ 9
Datum of soundings in Puerto Rico___-___ 51

Railroad (Fig. 1) (H-3, 3b, 3e, 14)_-_-------- 49
Railroadétunnell(H—3c)2 22 = ae eee
Railroads, names of (see Abbreviations) _-_- ---
Railways (Fig. 1) (H-3, 3b, 3c, 14)-_-------- 49

Ramp (G3 9a) aS eee ae 177
Range, channel, soundings on (see Selection of
Soundings) Sees. ees aa See eee 54, 55
iRangenlines)(Higsll) (b>) === 222 24
Names splacement obese 106
Vang ein ames eee sane Seis eee pues 24
Range targets for measured mile (L-65) (see
pbrislCourse Ssee eee tees ete eee 23
Rayelinesa(Higsl))(P=4) eee = eee a 186
Light sector (K-12) (P-4)-------------- 181
Recent developments_-__--_---- ---------- 112-117

210

Page
Reconstructed charts---------------------- 4
Colors of Drawings, names and aids-__-_-__-_ 15
Depthcurves] Sss2 ss-o ese As see eae 60
Geographic names-__--_---------------- 105, 106
History slip: 222552 222s ose ee ee 36-39
Low water line (A-10) (R)------------- 42
Range lines (Fig. 1) (P-1)-------------- 24
Soundings in fathoms--------_---_-----_- 53, 54
Type (see New Charts) -_-------------- 4
Verification (see Compilation Review) --- 19
Records=: = 5222 sss 2e Ss Ss Sse eee seer 36-39
iEistonys (Chant) See eee eee 36-39
Permanent survey___------------------ 76
Rectangular coordinates, local___..-------- 101-104
Reduction by pantograph-------------- a 13
Recis aes oee ase a amass eee a ene 65
Coral CAS iilo 5 O10) meee eee ee 65
edgersymbolst= = 34 as-e see -s eee eee 65, 69
Oystenseer as ne eee. Cee ee 65, 69
Riprapemoundsy (hha) pee eee 65
Rock (A=11id; O=10)-=- == - == 22 == =--- === 65
Soundings on (Q-8, 17) ------------------- 186
Reference ,tolc hats === == ae 32
Reference note, Intracoastal Waterway (Fig.
OEE eee eee See ee ele ie ee AU Ee ee 17
Reflector (K-10) (Chart No. 1—Lighted and
unllichtedibuoyace) pase eee eee 194, 196
Reflectors, radar (see Buoys) (M-13) - ------- 81
Registration of surveys__-_------------------ 76
Removable span bridge - - - - ---------------- 35
Reprintwa. ae soap ae eeae sees ee 6
Requirements for chart compilation____ -_--__15, 106
Research and Development_---------------- 116
Reservation line (P—23)_____-___---___-----_-- 186
Reservations, military (P—23)___-__-------_- 186
Restricted, danger and prohibited areas (Fig.
IN (PH2 5) soe ce ee eae eee ee Nema 20
INotess(Higayl 25a 3) eee een 148, 144
Retractile| bridge 22s 2-22 2352325 ee 35
Reviewed manuscript -___--_-_--_------------- 40
Review of hydrographic surveys-_------------ 75
Revisionisheets=_ == soc 62s eset ae 40
Revisions to color plate_____-_------------- 16
Rbumbyliness= lees ee ee A ee ee 97
River (C-13) (see Corps of Engineers, Place-
mentioti Names)" Ss5--=22 ee soe ees 62, 105
Roaditunnell (Hi 3c) eee eee eee 178
Roads (Fig. 1) (H-1; I-1, 1a) (see Cities and
NERO) G1) ae Ne ep a iss ol A 48
TOC Ks terminate nes ee See ee 67-69
Atlantic coast (MHW) (MLW)-_-_______- 67-69
AcwashiK(@=2543) Si ee Bets le poe Sete 67-69
Bareg (Oa) jee ees Seen AEs ea 67-69
@hrar tis bo] ser see ae 68-69
Cleared by wire drag (O-6a)___________- 51
Coralireei((ASWie)= = 5-22 cee eee eee 65
Mev tions tone ee ease aa es eu cane 46, 69

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Page
Rocks—Continued
Foul areas (O-10, 17) (see Sunken Rocks
and Rocks Awash)______-____________ 67-69

Isolated and dangerous (O-3, 5a, 26)__ 54, 67-69

Ledges! 22-22 oso sl hoe ea eee 65, 69
Namingireeiss sce sees eee ee 65
Notice to Mariners_-_---_------________ 18
Oystertreefss 2. SoS = sae nee 65
Pacific coast (MHW) (MLLW)_-_______- 67-69
Riprap mounds (K—Ka)_-____-__________ 65
Rocky reefs (O-10)--_---------_--_--___ 65
Sunkent(O=58s)2 6) pee 67-69
Sunken, on small-scale charts_-_-_-__-___- 67
Survey symbolsseess= =) = ee === == =a=ee 68, 69
Dhatauncovern (O=2) pee see ae 67-69
Wire-drag clearance depth over (O-6a) _- 51
Rocky reef \(@=10) 22-2 ee = ee eee 65
Rocky shoreline (A-8a)--------------------- 44
IRoses compass) (UW) 2a e ea a ee 9, 10, 55
Route lines, Intracoastal Waterway-___------ 18
Route numbers, highways (see Cities and
Rosds)\p2 22 22 2 Bees se eee ae eee 48
Rubble\(A=Aa)o-. 2 2. 3222 ee eee 174
Ruins!(I—40). 2. sh Seo eee ee ee Bae 179
Rulesfandtpracticessass= == —=- === 8-39
Rulestofithe sRoadi(higw i) == === ————— =a 23
Ruling machine, projection_-_--------------- 101
S
Sailinetcharts see ee = ee eee 2
Citiesjandsrosds===see== === eee ea 48
Light characteristics - -----_-_--------=- 79
Saltpans\(C—4) ee ssp ees 175
Sampleycopyseese sane 0
Sand and gravel (A-11f)-------------------- 174
Sandibeach: (A—6) pase ee eee eee 174
Sand hills\(A=4) 2s. 2 eee 174
Sandy/shore)(A=6) see eee eee ee 174
Scales (Figs. 4, 6, 7, 8)---------- ee See 12
Border or marginal (Fig. 6)------------- 137
Border subdivisions (Figs. 4, 6) --------- 12
Catalog of chart numbers and scales ----- 20
Graphich (ics?) 8) ee ee 138, 139
Equivalents (Figs. 26, 27) ------------ 157,168
Griditicks< 2630542 eee see Sessa 11

INDEX 211
Pago Page
Schooll(l-b5yl oh) eae eee a ene eee 180 Soundings—Continued
Seaplane areas and anchorages( P-9)_------_- 20 Practions: 24 +e-- oo. see ase oe eee 53
Seaplane landing area, note (Figs. 12,13). 148 Neolatedrockss ass 2s5- 525-5 eee 55
Seaplane prohibited area, note (Figs.12,13). 144 Neat ardeppbicunvess=s= === =a ee a= 54
Sections of chart, same scale (see Junction New, joining old) work===52=- =. == seen == 55
INO GES eee ee eee ne cereale 32 Nol botton(@Q—2) 22242 s525= Ss ae 55
Sector, light (Fig. 1) (K-12; P-4)_----------- 83 Omitted=23. 34-2232- 2822-8. eee 55
himits\(B—4) eacwasee see cee cease ee een 83 IPlaneyorrereren ce sa ee ee 51
Selectiontofmalmes === eee a eae 105-109 Reefs that uncover (Q-8, 17) ----------- 65
Selection of soundings_--------------------- 54-55 Selection“ <—- =| ===: 262245 s5-* See 54, 55
Within compass roses-_-_---------------- 55 Sizevoiee=6-- = =. - 555 Sass eee 52
Sewers (iil) Seen so ese ono eee 47 Slipsiand'plers-es 22 32 3- Sa = See eee 55
Shoal soundings (see Evaluation of Charting Streams (Q—@a) =eee 2-2 Sane 186
Material) pi aeee setae se aan oat see 13 Surveyed in feet and tenths______-___-_- 53, 60
Notice: tom Mariners== oss 22 o55 ee eee 18 Sunveyediin) wholefeetas--=— === se 53
On isolated rock (O—5a)------------- 55, 67-69 Wnnecessary 2! — 22+ 22222-2322 Sasa 54
Selection of__---------- esreoesesserss= 54, 55 Verification (Compilation review) --__-__--- 19
Wired ns cee eta SUED MUERTE YOY 51 Source of Geographic Names________-_-__--- 105
Shoalest curve retained__--_---------------- 61 Source of information (History) ------------- 36-39
Shorelines (A) memeber ae east bos eee Aju SOULCES) OF GiN a] sass == ne ee ee 14
Unsunveyedi (Al) eee a eee ne esos 41 Spacing of lettering (Figs. 15 to 23)-______-_- 107
Weight of line (Fig. 1)----------------- 41 Spar buoy (Chart No. 1—Unlighted buoyage)
Signal tower, not used_-_--_---------------- 26 (Gis8))- he Ba ee ee Se 195
Signals stoga(N) eeeee eee ss sen. eae 184 Special buoys (Chart No. 1—Buoyage) (L-Lh)_ 195
Stan (Geo, 18 in) Bae eee ees 83 Special-purpose charts:
SIixsfOOtICURVES ee eee nee ae = ee eee 62 Navy S22 soos 555-2228 see ere 2
Sizesmcnarth (Hips 36) meee ee = aaa k= nese eee 167 Wire Cle 2 oe yo See eee tape a 70
Slanting lettering (see Placement of Names)-. 106 Specifications, chart (see History of Carto-
Slips and piers, soundings (see Selection of graphic WOrk))= — = =-) eee 13, 36-39
Soundings) sees sons see sea se StS eee 55 Plotting sheet adopted for I.H.B___---__- 112
Sines (siai6)) Ses se ee eee 178 Spherical buoy (Chart No. 1—Buoyage)
Small-scalerehartsmee eee ees = ae ae soe ee 2 (ia) ge a2 sot esse ee eee 195
Aids (see Overlapping Charts) -_----- 17, 77-88 Spheroids of reference____------------------ 8
Coast Guard stations (J—3, —Ja)_-------- 297) Spire: (I—S8b) 2 22 = Ss =8ee see ee eee 27
Depth curves generalized_________------ GONG Spoilfareas= (Mies 1) (G=13) = 2222225222 = 2]
hishstrapranrea|buoysaess sess sas eae 22) Stack (I—44)2 le see eee 28
Graphic scales not usable (Mercator Stakes (see Piles, etc.) (L-59)__------------- 47
IPrOjection) asters ae eee ee eee O77) (Standards j42. 455. Se eee eee ae 3, 38
High-water line (Fig. 1) (A-9)___--____- 41 iBridgejclearancess=ssa= soe) aa 33
Highways (see Cities and Roads)_______-_ 48 Name (see History of Cartographic Work) - 36
Light characteristies__._.._....--_------- 79 Source of information.—-------=---=225== 14
Marginal scales added_________-__----_-- 12 Temporary (see Matte Prints) ---_------ 3
Omissions (see Selection of Soundings, Stand pipes (1-45) ae eee 27
Whip ts) Semen servant seen eee ea BAN o ao mestate boundary, (b—16)==se sass == = 186
Rocks aeeees seers meee et ee eee 67-69 State plane coordinates (Fig. 4) ------------- 104
Smooth-drafted charts (see Basic Require- Stationibuoys=-- 2.12222 2 ce ee eee 83
MENtS) Meee aa eee oe Se one T5tmStations) (iy Moss soe o- Sok = See eee 180, 184
Snags (O-s0a) eee ae eee eee Ok ee 185 Aeronautical radiobeacons (Fig. 24) (M-
Sound buoys (Chart No. 1—Unlighted buoy- Mic) sae ees eee oases 30
EY) ase Set et hd Ae hse i ee Ba 195 Commercial radio broadeasting (M-—10) -- 29
Sound signals (see Distance Finding Stations) _ 84 Miscellaneous) eames ee 180
Sounding si (@) eases we scepter: Sawaya ee 51-59 triangulations (Dol) sss sssee= ae a= 30
IBASICISUTVEYS Sena eee noe = Ho eee 50=5i1) sStatute mile (Migs: 33) 04) o0)=-- == — === ———— 12
Blueprints (see Underlined Soundings) ___ 55 Steeple (see Spire) (I-8b)_------------------ 27
Bottom characteristics (S)__._____-_____- (AES TONES) CASING) ete ster en ogre eee 174
Channeliran vest sss Aen emia a as Stomy Sen CN). 3 so se eee 174
Chartediingiathoms= se see eee ene Baa 5 Aeemotormesionalsy (Mig s19) eee ee 31
@hartedhinsfeetum 2-0 see eee 53 Storm warnings (see Storm Signals) notes
Gompassiroses see seen ee eee 9-10 (Wigs (9) Mas ee oes 6 ee eee 31
Critical Ramee eed ek earn eae cer 50 Strandediwreck(O-I) possess 70
DUM PIN SeeTOUNC Ss ae eee 22 weEStreamdepthsy(Q—Oa) messes eee 186

212

Page

Streams (Fig. 1) (C-138, 14)---__------------ 175
Streets (Fig. 20) (I-26, 26a, Ie)_-_____------- 48
Stumps (59) Se ee eee Soe 183
Style of type (Figs. 15 to 23)____.___-__-- 108, 109
Drawings and compilations _--_--_----- 105-107
Subdivisions, border (Figs. 4-6) (see Borders) - 12
Submarine cable (P-7, 7a)--__--__--_----- Jay 186
Submarine operating note (Fig. 12)__--_--___- 143
Submarine relief (see General Statement) _____ 1, 50

Submarine relief terminology_______--_-_ 106, 118-128
Submerged piling (O-30) -____---- 223525 85
Submerged rocky reef or ledge (O-10)___-___--
Submerged wreck (O-12, 14, 29)___-__----_-
Sunken dangers cleared by wire drag (O-6a) __ 51

Sunkensrocks (O=5an02 6) eee eee 65-69
Sunken wreck (O-12, 14, 15, 16, 29)___-____- 70, 71
Supplemental corrections_--_--_------------ 16
Survey:
Conversion of soundings_____-_---------- 53, 54
Depth curves, illustration __ ~~ ---------- 60-62
Descriptive report note____....--_------ 36
Future (see Future History Record) - - --- 39
ely dir e780 ly eee ee ae 50-76

Improved channels (Fig. 1, 21) (Q—-5, 6)__ 62-64
New surveys joining old work (see Selec-

tionkof soundings) see === ase 55
Sources of information________________- 14
Topography tots 545ssess se oee= soe ee 40-49
Unverified and unreviewed____-__----__-- 50
Wire drag (O-6a; Q-9, 9a)____-_---_--_- 51

Swamp (C-17) (see High-Water Line) _______- 41
Swept areas (Q—9, 9a)_---- -_ -------------_- 51
Swingibridge)(H—16)222se2 ===. eae 35
Symbols and Abbreviations Chart No. 1 (A to
{Ute ohes tetas aul eRe fae 2k otal Ste 174-197
Symbols standardized______-_--------------- 1, 41
Curves (Ros =2555 4 a ee Se es eee 60
Marine radiobeacons (see Aeronautical

Radiobeacons and Stations)__________- 30
Reefs (see Coral and Rock Reefs and

Wied ges) heya aye = se ee ed A 65

NAUTICAL CHART MANUAL

Page
T
Tables:
Chart sizes and prices (Fig. 36)_________- 167
Conversion, feet to fathoms (Figs. 27, 28)_ 158, 159
Conversion, linear distance (Figs. 26, 29 to

PD Sa eee petite Sige. epee se 157-165
Conversion, sounding _-------_---__--_- 53, 54
Curvature correction, rectangular coordi-

Mates 2/5552 sess sss seas eee eee 104
Dimensions earths eee 12
Seales and equivalents (Figs. 26, 37)___ 157, 168
Settings, proportional dividers (Fig. 25)-_ 156

Tabular forms, channel depths_-___---_------ 62
Tanks’ (1=46) 53; 7M) 32. 2 eee eee 27
Targets, range... -2 = 2-22 ee 23
Telecraph’ (1=2)) 222 bores ae eee 179
Telemetry antenna (M—Ma)_--------------- 29
Television tower (M—Mb)-_----------------- 26
Template, chart paper sizes (Fig. 36) -.---___- 167
Temporary Aid Proof (see Matte Print) ____--- 3
Temporary Standard (see Matte Print) ______- 3
Terms nautical chartees === === =e ae 3-7
Terminology, standard usage_____--------- 118-128
Thirty -foo ti cule asa eee ee eee eee 62
Ticks, grid (Fig. 4) (see State Plane Coordi-
nates)\22 02 p=S 258 bel lee eee 11
Tide note:(Migu2)e == =- oss eee eee eee 52
TWidé-Over= choses e ee ete ee eee 6
Tide rips) (O-18)). 5-2 a- eee ee eee 72
Midesvandacurren tsi (ly) ae 188
Dintsii(R)222225 35) see eee eee 62
Marsh 2.3053 cscces=2 Ske =e eee 42
Ommitted 22222425 eee 62
Mitles(Pig: (2) 52-2 2-2 eo eee ee 132
Topography (C, H)---------- nets 40-49
Conflict with hydrographic low water

(see General Statement) ___----------- 50
valuation =) 2 sees see eee 13
HIStory osoee5 eee eee ee 36-39
Notation of charting (see ‘ Descriptive

Report Note) =eeee eee ee 36

Tower: (U=4:1)) ay 5 ee oc ype ee renters 26
Towns. (cla) eet oe ae tees ee eee eee 48
Tracks (irail)i(H—2) eee 48
Trackalinies\(P—5) sees esse a 186
Traffic lights, note (Fig. 10)-----------_-- z= a4
Traffic signals, note (Fig. 10)--------------_-- 141
[pam Gitex, 1) CS) cs ccenscosdsseestoces= 48
Training program_---------------------- 113-115
Transmission line (Fig. 1) (H—-5)------------- 178
Trees) (ahs aentOy ti) mee ee 43
Treetops, elevation of (C-11)---------------- 46
Trial course (Fig. 1) (note Fig. .11)_--------- 140
Triangulation (D-1)----------------------- 30

Nids)located| bys ease ene eee Kids

Descriptions of stations (Original Sources) - 14

File of geographic coordinates__--------- 9

Landmarks located by - - - -------------- 24

Records (see Original Sources) ---------- 14

Stations) (D=1) poses eee nee eee 30

INDEX 213
Page Page
True courses (see Intracoastal Waterway W
Tp I a etait he Warning note (Mic 2)ses2ssn2 02 2) wee 143
Onnelu(h=—3c))2 seseeee ne oh ee esate 178 as :
Water features (Figs. 21 to 23) (see Placement
Munreth(Cupola) (I-36) passes eee a== ee] - = === 27 L rs
welve-OOlCULV.e see eee ae ee = ee = 62 of Names) .--------------.----- 106
> 4 Water tower (I-45)__________ 27

Twin, when omitted (see Landmarks) -------- 25 A CRETAB acca ure al i _

Type specimens (Figs. 15 to 23, 38)-.____ 4, 154-169 : gnabstation (d=Jb)- 31
RINT ene 105-109 Weights of lines (Fig. 1)_____- : 131
Ordering Rie ree Ae 108-109 Wiharti(Ga8)\ses2-s-2ss2 525s Sk Seie> 177

Whistle buoy (L—4) (Chart No. eaiiehte dand
Unhightedtbuovage)a=- ase eae 194-195
Wandmilli(-42)en 288 Soe ee 28
Wirchdrapepmesmn a. = 02.2 ene ae a ee 51
Dangers (O=Ga)ie 224 oases ssl 51
U Notes (hig) S22 2222 eee see ee ee _. 142
SunveVsessepess- ees aero eee 51

U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, origin - - __-- 1 Sweptrarcask(@29) 0a) aan sno Jel 51

U.S. Corps of Engineers (D—De)----_--~--- = 62 Wirac late ree koe eee eae 51, 70, 71
INVA EME) NON a eS eee 14° Woodland, coniferous (C-10)____-_______.__- 175
Rectangular coordinates____--------_- 101-104 =Woodland, deciduous (C-9)____---------__-- 175
Stream depths--___-------+------.---- 55 Woods, in pal (CaN) a ee sees ne re = 175
Tabular forms (see Improved Channels) __ 62 Wreck or obstruction buoy (L-20, 20a)___.__. 194

U.S. Geological Survey quadrangles____.--.-_ 14, 45 eeaeanie (OL) ee ee eee es 70, 71

Underwater features (Fig. 20) (see Placement of Wrecks (O) (see Wire Drag Surveys) _____- 51, 70, 71

Names) Pao ses Se RSS Se See SSh SSR SS SS Sean 106 Ghrantedinwire Cs eae eee ae eee 70, 71

Units: Cleared by wire drag___------------- 51, 70, 71
Depth-- --_-------------------------- 52 Dangerous and nondangerous--_-_----- ~~ 70, 71
Time, distance, etc. (HE) --__---.-------- 176 Speci alchartsteteetabns tug ee se eeee 70

Unlighted beacons (Fig. 19) (L-52)___--_-__- 196 Sibmersed ee O22 Sat au ae ee 70, 71

Unlighted buoys (Chart No. 1—Unlighted SEY a co oe I neg EAL AL” 70, 71

buoyage) ---------.--------------------- 195 Wire-drag clearance depths over___------ 51

Wnreviewed'surveys=_-2=------ 2 _ = 50

Unsurveyed shoreline (A-1)____________--__ 41

V

Variation, magnetic (see Compass Roses) ----- 9-11

Vegetation:

Berm line (see Marsh)_________________ 41
Notes (Hig2.9) ase see see ele et eee 140
Symbolsiomitteds-o-s2 see 2-—22- 2552 22 41, Y:

Verification of wire-drag surveys----_---_--_- 74

Vertical lettering (see Placement of Names).. 106 Yards: !

Vertical stripe buoy (L-14, 14a) (Chart No. 1— Conversion to meters (Fig. 26)__--------- 157

Unlighted buoyage).____________________- 195 einesnescalen(biess (10) ase ee 138, 139

Wid GUCty (ELS) meena cele SL a Er i 178

Wiewgnoint)(D—6) sense ee SE ee ie ee 176

Visible wreck (O-11, 12, 13a)______________- 70, 71

Wasibilityaplights ean ene a te ae 78-80

Wolcanicrashi(S—Sb) meee eee = ne 187

U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1964 O—692-834

Vig] Vad
Herd ie Uw Ne ea
aA fe i igh

5 y ne iva i Le Wy ,
ib aA Ram aers et Lead iit idly